RAM Data Book

SUPERIOR® COMPRESSORS
COMPRESSOR CYLINDER
Table of Contents:
Compressor Cylinder
Compressor Cylinder Technical Data Book: RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Warning: Delays between the adoption of engineering revisions

to data contained in this manual and the distribution of updates
are unavoidable, although every attempt will be made to
minimize them. We recommend contacting Superior Compressor Marketing
to ensure the accuracy of information before making guarantees to
customers on ratings and performance.
Cooper Energy Services TOC-iii

Table of Contents
Chapter 1 General
Application and Performance Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Balancing Superior Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Balance Data for RAM Separable Compressors (1-2) . . . . . . . . 1-6
Operating Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Conversion Data Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Conversion Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Useful Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Useful Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Areas of Circles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Miscellaneous Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Glossary of Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Symbols and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Hydrocarbon Synonyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Altitude and Atmospheric Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33
Gas Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Compressor Horsepower Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
Compressor Interstage Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Superior Compressor Crank and Cylinder Location. . . . . . . . . 1-44
Engineering Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
ES 3 Venting and Draining Systems
for Reciprocating Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
ES 5 Protection of Engines and Compresssors
for Domestic Shipment or Average Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
ES 7 Protection of Engines and Compressors
for Export Shipment or Hazardous Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56
ES 13 Trimming Superior and Ajax Compressors for Sour Gas
Applications in Lubricated Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
ES 14 Trimming Compressors for Carbon Dioxide/Natural
Gas Applications in Lubricated Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77
ES 16 RAM Series Compressor Mechanical and
Acoustic Packaging Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82
ES 19 Compressor Frame and Cylinder Assembly Criteria . . . 1-85
ES 20 Guard and Spring Reference List for RAM, WH,
MH, & W7 Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94
ES 23 Superior Compressor Cylinder
and Cylinder Class Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-99
ES 27 Compressor Performance Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-102
ES 1001 Lubrication of Superior Engines and Compressors . 1-106
Cooper Energy Services TOC-v

Table of Contents: Ram Compressors
ES 1002 Lubrication Recommendations for Superior

Reciprocating Compressor Frames and Cylinders. . . . . . . . 1-109
ES 3001 Pipe Cleaning Engines, Compressors,
Packaged Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-115
ES 3002 Welded Clearance Volume Bottles for Compressors:
Material and Fabrication Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-117
ES 3004 Ajax-Superior Packager Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-119
ES 3006-Compressor Cooling System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-132
ES 4009-Determination of Compressor Cylinder
Dead Center Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-147
ES 4100-Compressor Field Performance Test Specification . 1-150
ES 4101-Ajax-Superior Compressor Field Performance
Test Instrumentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-162
ES 4102-Analysis and Interpretation of Compressor
Field Performance Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172
ES 5011-Hydrostatic and Helium Test of Compressor Cylinders,
Cylinder Heads, and Valve Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-182
Service Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-187

Recommended Frame Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-189
Recommended Cylinder Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-192
Parts Interchangeability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-220
Cylinder and Valve Parts Interchangeability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-225
API 11P AND 618 Comments and Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-235

Comments and Exceptions to API 618, 4th Edition,
for Superior MH, WH, W7, WG & RAM Compressors . . . 1-237
Comments and Exceptions to API 11P,
for Superior RAM Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-250
Chapter 2 RAM Frame Data
General Frame Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Model Nomenclature and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Standard Equipment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Summary of Estimated Frame Component Weights. . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Optional Equipment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
RAM 52 .......................................... 2-15

Frame Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
RAM 52 Standard Auxiliary Equipment Specifications . . . . . . 2-18
RAM 52 Frame Construction Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
RAM 52 Frame Material Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
RAM 52 Starting Torque Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
TOC-vi RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Frame Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
RAM 54 Standard Auxiliary Equipment Specifications . . . . . . 2-32
RAM 54 Frame Construction Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
RAM 54 Frame Material Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
RAM 54 Starting Torque Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Chapter 3 RAM Cylinder Data
General Cylinder Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Cylinder Nomenclature and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Standard Equipment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Valve Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

RAM Cylinder Valves - MT Plates / No Cushion Plate. . . . . . . 3-9
Application and Other Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Standard Options for Sour Gas Machines (Lubricated Service) 3-17
Special Options for Sour Gas Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Standard Options for Carbon Dioxide Machines . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Assembly Weight Charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
RAM Cylinder Lineup Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Cylinder Head End Support Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Gas Passage Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Cylinder Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Cylinder Number Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
C15A Class 4.50 - 5.00" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
C15B Class 5.50 - 6.00". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
C15C Class 6.50 - 7.00". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
C15D Class 7.75 - 8.25" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
C15E Class 9.00 - 9.50". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
C15F Class 9.50 - 11.00" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
C15G Class 12.00 - 12.50" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
C15H Class 13.50 - 14.00" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
C15I Class 15.50 - 16.00" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
C15J Class 17.50 - 18.00" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
C15K Class 19.50 - 20.00" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Cooper Energy Services TOC-vii

Table of Contents: Ram Compressors
TOC-viii RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS
Chapter 1 General:
Application and Performance Data
RAM Compressors Technical Data Book: RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Balancing Superior Compressors

Ajax-Superior manufactures the “RAM”: a balanced, opposed, five-inch
stroke reciprocating compressor having 1 to 4 cylinders. Model designations
are RAM 52 and RAM 54. The name “RAM” refers to the model designated
to the compressor frame: the “5” is for 5-inch stroke and the last digit (2
or 4) refers to the number of crankshaft throws. The cylinders are unique to
the RAM compressor in that they are all air-cooled and range in size from
14.0" - 20.0" in bore. The net rod load rating is 35,000 lbs.
In order to produce a balanced opposed RAM compressor, the reciprocating
weights of each pair of opposing throws must be approximately the same.
This takes into consideration the large number of cylinder sizes and throw
location combinations and the combined weights of each opposing piston
and rod assembly (piston. rings, piston rod and nuts).
Balancing of the unit is accomplished by using both an appropriate weight
crosshead assembly and a combination of up to 12 balance weights (5# each)
to obtain a maximum weight difference of 2 pounds on the active opposing
throws. (To achieve balance when one of the opposing throws is blank, up
to 14 of the 5-pound weights may be used on the blank throw. If this is
not enough, a special balance cylinder arrangement is available. Refer to
Figure 1-1). The crosshead assembly consists of a pair of shoes, the bolts and
nuts to attach the shoes, the balance weights and securing hardware, and the
crosshead. There are currently two different weight crossheads available for
the RAM frames: 56 lbs and 96 lbs. Up to 12 of the 5-pound RAM frame
balance weights may be used on an active throw, allowing a maximum of
60 lbs of balancing weights per active cylinder throw. (Refer to The Balance
Data Table for RAM Separable Compressors 1-2). In addition to the above
mentioned balance parts, the connecting rod weight is also involved in
the balance. Connecting rods may vary in weight and, when the units are
assembled in the factory, care is taken to select the connecting rods so
that the weight variation for opposing throws does not exceed 1 pound.
Thus, a total of 2 lbs weight difference is allowed between opposing throw
reciprocating assemblies.
There is also a total weight of 222 lbs which should not be exceeded. This
maximum allowable weight includes the piston and rod assembly, crosshead,
and balance weights.
Cooper Energy Services 1-3

Chapter 1: Application and Performance Data
Every effort should be made to achieve as near equal balance between

opposite throws as possible. REMEMBER: WE PERMIT A MAXIMUM
VARIATION OF TWO POUNDS ON THE RECIPROCATING WEIGHTS
AND ONE POUND ON THE CONNECTING ROD WEIGHTS FOR
EACH PAIR OF OPPOSING THROWS.
This does not apply to adjacent throw pairs which sometimes vary by 100 lbs
or more and will not cause problems.
The following table identifies the fasteners required to attach weights to the
crossheads. Torque capscrews to 150 ft-lb.
Number of
Weights Socket Head Capscrew
Qty. Size Part No.
1 2 5/8-11 x 1-1/4" O4CS1O1OPC
2 2 5/8-11 x 2" O4CS1O16PC
3 2 5/8-11 x 2-3/4" O4CS1O22PC
4 2 5/8-11 x 3-1/4" O4CS1O26PC
5 2 5/8-11 x 4" O4CS1O32PC
5 2 5/8-11 x 4-3/4" O4CS1O38PC
*7 2 5/8-11 x 5-1/2" O4CS1O44PC
* Use only on blank throws.

Torque to 150 ft-lbs ±10%. Lube threads.
The actual balance achieved at original assembly of a compressor is recorded

on a Compressor Reciprocating Balance Data Sheet 1291-1. A copy of the
data sheet for this compressor is included in the Instruction Manual and
should be referred to in the event a change which would affect the balance
is contemplated. Also, when replacing crossheads, connecting rods, pistons,
or changing piston ring material, the new parts should be weighed in
order to reaffirm the actual unit balance. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN
RESULT IN EXCESS MECHANICAL VIBRATION, CAUSING
FRAME CRACKING, PIPING VIBRATION, FOUNDATION
CRACKING, ETC.
1-4 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Figure 1-1: Cross-Section of Balance Cylinder For RAM Compressor

Balance Data for RAM Separable Compressors (1-2)

Piston Weight 50 56 77 87 108 112 67 73 85 92 107 110 98 103 99 100 151 153 150 151 160 166 Blank
Mate- Throw
ials Diam. 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.75 8.25 9.00 9.50 10.50 11.00 12.00 12.50 13.50 14.00 15.50 16.00 17.50 18.00 19.50 20.00
CI 4.50 0-A 1-A 5-A 7-A 4-B 4-B 3-A 5-A 7-A 8-A 3-B 3-B 2-B 3-B 2-B 2-B 12-B 12-B 12-B 12-B * *
CI 5.00 0-A 4-A 6-A 2-B 3-B 2-A 3-A 6-A 7-A 2-B 2-B 0-B 1-B 1-B 1-B 11-B 11-B 11-B 11-B * *
CI 5.50 0-A 2-A 6-A 7-A 0-A 0-A 2-A 3-A 6-A 7-A 4-A 5-A 4-A 5-A 7-B 7-B 7-B 7-B 9-B 10-B
CI 6.00 0-A 4-A 5-A 0-A 0-A 0-A A 4-A 4-A 2-A 3-A 2-A 2-A 4-B 4-B 4-B 4-B 6-B 6-B
CI 6.50 0-A 1-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 1-B 1-B 0-B 1-B 2-B 4-B
Consult Superior Engineering

CI 7.00 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-B 0-B 0-B 0-B 2-B 3-B
AL 7.75 2-A 4-A 0-B 1-B 0-A 1-A 4-A 5-A 8-A 1-B 6-A 7-A 6-A 7-A 9-B 9-B 9-B 9-B 11-B 12-B
AL 8.25 1-A 3-A 5-A 0-B 0-A 2-A 4-A 7-A 7-A 5-A 6-A 5-A 5-A 8-B 8-B 7-B 8-B 9-B 11-B
AL 9.00 5-A 5-A 0-A 1-A 4-A 5-A 3-A 4-A 3-A 3-A 5-B 6-B 5-B 5-B 7-B 8-B
AL 9.50 3-A 4-A 0-A 3-A 4-A 1-A 2-A 1-A 2-A 4-B 4-B 4-B 4-B 6-B 7-B
AL 10.50 1-A 0-A 1-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 1-B 1-B 1-B 1-B 3-B 4-B
AL 11.00 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-B 1-B 0-B 0-B 2-B 3-B
AL 12.00 2-A 3-A 2-A 2-A 0-A 1-A 0-A 0-A 3-B 3-B 2-B 3-B 4-B 6-B
AL 14.00 2-A 2-A 1-A 2-A 1-A 0-A 2-B 3-B 2-B 2-B 4-B 5-B
AL 15.50 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 2-A 3-A
AL 16.00 0-A 0-A 0-A 2-A 3-A
AL 17.50 0-A 0-A 2-A 3-A
AL 18.00 0-A 2-A 3-A
AL 19.50 0-A 1-A
AL 20.00 0-A
* Consult Superior Engineering group for proper balance weights.
Example 1
Mount a 5.5" cylinder across from a 13.5" cylinder.
Step 1: Start with the small bore 5.5" diam. first.
a. Read down the left hand diameter column to the 5.50 line.
b. Follow across that line to the 13.50 column.
c. At that intersection, you will read the code ‘4-A.’ ‘4’ is the
number 01 weights required and ‘A’ is the light 56 lb
crosshead.
Step 2: Now the large bore 13.5" diameter.
a. Read down the left hand diameter column to the 13.50 line
b. Follow across that line to the 5.50 column.
c. At that intersection you will find a blank space. Any blank
space indicates a ‘0-A’ code. That would mean no weights
and a 56 lb crosshead.
To summarize, the 5.5" diameter cylinder requires four weights and the
light 56 lb crosshead and the 13.5" diameter needs no weights and a light
crosshead.
1-6 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
As a further check, the weights can be added and the difference checked.
Piston and rod assembly weights are at the top line of the Balance i The lightest crosshead
should generally be
Data table. used on the heavier
throw having the biggest
cylinder: however, there may
be exceptions. The table
Cylinder Diameter 5.5" 13.5" indicates which combinations
to consider for any given
Piston and Rod Weight 77 lb 99 lb cylinder..
Crosshead Weight 56 lb 55 lb
Balance Weights 4x5= 20 lb 0 lb
Total Difference =1 lb 153 lb 154lb i When trying to
achieve maximum
balance weight, do
not exceed 222 lbs for
Example 2 the piston and rod
assembly, crosshead, and
Mount a 7.0" cylinder across from a 9.0" cylinder. balance weight total.
Step 1: The smaller bore 7.0" cylinder:

a. Read down the left column to the 7.00 row.
b. Read across that row to the 9.00 column. i Maximum allowable
unbalance in any given
c. Find the code ‘0-A.’ No weights and 55-57 lb crosshead application
are indicated. is 1 lb.
Step 2: The larger bore 9.0" cylinder:

a. Read down the left column to the 9.00 row.
b. Follow across the row to the 7.00 column. i This chart is to be
used as a general
guideline for balancing
c. The code ‘5-A’ indicates five weights and 55-57 lb a RAM Separable
crosshead are required. Compressor. For proper
balancing, the individual
reciprocating components
must be weighed at time of
final assembly to insure that
uniform balance within 1 lb
has been achieved.
i All values left of the

diagonal line are to
be considered “0-A”
unless otherwise specified.

This example points out that it is possible for a larger diameter cylinder to
have a lower piston and rod assembly weight than a smaller bore cylinder.
The larger bore then requires more balance weight. In this case the 7.0"
cylinder will use a light, 55-57 lb crosshead and no balance weights while the
9.0" cylinder will use the light crosshead and five balance weights.
Definition of Codes in Balance Data Table
Represents the total number of weights to be used
with the cylinder indicated in the left hand column
# of the table.
12 - total number of weights available for
use per active throw.
A or B 14 - total number of weights available for use per
blank throw.
Represents the crosshead size or balancing stub rod
(blank throw only) to be used with the cylinder
indicated in the left hand column.
A - 55-57 lbs (light crosshead)
B - 95-97 lbs (heavy crosshead)
1-8 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Operating Limits
The following speed limitations have been set forth on all RAM Series
compressors and should be reviewed for each application. The limitations
are as follows:
1. The maximum allowable piston assembly weight is 200 (90.5kg) pounds.
2. A maximum total reciprocating weight limit applies to all 1200 RPM
Superior machines. This total weight value is for the sum of:
Reciprocating Weights OR Balance Sheet Weights
The piston and piston rod, Piston and piston rod assembly,
The crosshead assembly, Crosshead assembly,
The crosshead pin, * and Connecting rod, and *
The balance nuts or balance Balance nuts or balance
weights. weights.
* For reciprocating weight measurements, the connecting rod
is not included and for balance sheet weight measurements, the
crosshead pin is not included.
The weight limit value for the RAM is:
• Max limit for recip. weight 270 lb (122 kg)
• Balance sheet weight 331 lb (150 kg)
3. All of the RAM cylinders were designed for Hoerbiger valves which
will always be assembled with MT or PEEK plates. Accordingly, the
discharge temperature limit is 340° F (171 °C) MT, 350° F (177 °C)
PEEK for the air-cooled RAM cylinders.
4. The maximum piston assembly weight for 1500 rpm is 144 lb (65 kg).
5. The maximum piston assembly weight for 1400 rpm is 182 lb (82 kg).
6. The cylinders require cylinder head supports for 1500 rpm.
7. The maximum cylinder size for 1500 rpm is 14" dia.
8. The maximum cylinder size for 1400 rpm is 16" dia.
9. The maximum unbalanced couple of the RAM52 is 20000 ft-lbs.
10. The maximum unbalanced couple of the RAM54 is 29000 ft-lbs.
11. The allowable gas specific gravity is less than 1.0

Conversion Data Tables

TO CONVERT MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN
TO OBTAIN DIVIDE BY TO CONVERT
Units of Length
* Inches (in) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeters (mm)
Inches (in) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centimeters (cm)
Inches (in) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters (m)
* Feet (ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters (m)
* Yards (yd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters (m)
Miles (mi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers (km)
Units of Area
* Square Inches (in2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sq. Millimeters (mm2)
Square Inches (in2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.452 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sq. Centimeters (cm2)
Square Feet (ft2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sq. Centimeters (cm2)
* Square Feet (ft2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0929 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sq. Meters (m2)
Square Yards (yd2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8361 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sq. Meters (m2)
Square Miles (mi2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.590 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sq. Kilometers (km2)
Units of Volume
Cubic Inches (in3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.388 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cu. Centimeters (cm3)
Fluid Ounces (fl oz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.577 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cu. Centimeters (cm3)
* Cubic Feet (ft3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02832 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cu. Meters (m3)
Cubic Yards (yd3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7645 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cu. Meters (m3)
Cubic Inches (in3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters (l)
Fluid Ounces (fl oz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02957 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters (l)
Cubic Feet (ft3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters (l)
Cubic Yards (yd3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters (l)
* U.S. Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.785 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters(l)
Imperial Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters (l)
Units of Weight
Grains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0648 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams (g)
Ounces (oz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams (g)
Ounces (oz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02835 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms (kg)
Pounds (lb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams (g)
* Pounds (lb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4536 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms (kg)
U.S. Tons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms (kg)
U.S. Tons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tonnes
Tons, long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms (kg)
1-10 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

Units of Pressure
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams/Sq cm (g/cm2)
Pounds/Cu Inch (lb/in3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams/Cu cm (g/cm3)
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.07032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/Sq cm (kg/cm2)
Inches of Hg (in Hg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03453 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/Sq cm (kg/cm2)
Inches of Water (in H2O). . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/Sq cm (kg/cm2)
Feet of Water (ft H2O). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/Sq cm (kg/cm2)
Atmospheres (atm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.03327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/Sq cm (kg/cm2)
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/Sq m (kg/m2)
Pounds/Cu Foot (lb/ft3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.0256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/Cu m (kg/m3)
Pound/Feet (lb/ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4881 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/meter (kg/m)
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.7063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeters Hg (mm Hg)
Inches of Hg (in Hg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeters Hg (mm Hg)
Feet of Water (ft H2O). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centimeters Hg (cm Hg)
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centimeters Hg (cm Hg)
Inches of Hg (in Hg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3453 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters Water (m H2O)
Feet of Water (ft H2O). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters Water (m H2O)
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters Water (m H2O)
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7032/sp gr . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters - any liquid
* Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89655 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilos Pascal (kPa)
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89655 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilos Newton/Sq.m (kN/m2)
Inches of Hg (in Hg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Atmospheres (atm)
Pounds/Sq Inch (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06804 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Atmospheres (atm)
Inches of Hg (in Hg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03386 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar
Pounds/Sq In (psi). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06896 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar
* Inches of Water (in H2O). . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2488 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilos Pascal (kPa)
* Inches of Hg (in Hg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3769 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilos Pascal (kPa)
Volume - Flow Rates

Gallons/Min (gpm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06309 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters/Sec (l/s)
Gallons/Min (gpm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7850 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters/Min (l/min)
Cubic Feet/Min (cfm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters/Min (l/min)
Gallons/Min (gpm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227.273 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters/Hour (l/h)
Cubic Feet/Min (cfm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02832 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters/Min (m3/min)
Gallons/Min (gpm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.003785 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters/Min (m3/min)
Cubic Feet/Min (cfm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters/Hour (cu3/hr)
Gallons/Min (gpm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.22713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters/Hour (cu3/hr)
* SI units - the International Standards system


Units of Power
Foot-Pounds/Sec(ft-lb/sec) . . . . . . . . . . . 1.356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watts (W)
Horsepower (hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watts (W)
Btu/Min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watts (W)
Foot-Pounds/Sec (ft-lb/sec) . . . . . . . . . . 0.001356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatts (kW)
* Horsepower (hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7457 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatts (kW)
Btu/Min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01757 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatts (kW)
Horsepower (hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metric Horsepower (mhp)
Horsepower (hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories/Min
Btu/Min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories/Min
* Btu/Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2931 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watts (W)
Units of Velocity
* Feet/Sec (ft/sec) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters/Sec (m/sec)
* Feet/Min (ft/min) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00508 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters/Sec (m/sec)
Feet/Min (ft/min) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers/Hour (km/hr)
Miles/Hour (mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers/Hour (km/hr)
Units of Work, Energy & Heat

Foot Pounds (ft-lb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gram-Calories (g-cal)
Btu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gram-Calories (g-cal)
Btu/Square Foot (Btu/ft2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2712 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gram-Calories/sq cm
Foot Pounds (ft-lb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0003241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories (kg-cal)
Btu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories (kg-cal)
Horsepower-Hour (hp-hr) . . . . . . . . . . . . 641.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories (kg-cal)
Btu/lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5556 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories/kg
Btu/Cubic Foot (Btu/ft3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.899 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories/Cubic Meter
Horsepower (hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories/Min
Foot Pounds/Sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01945 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kg-Calories/Min
Foot Pounds (ft-lb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0003766 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watt-Hours
Btu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0002928 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatt-Hours (kWh)
Foot Pounds/Sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatts (kW)
Foot Pounds (ft-lb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1383 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilogram-Meters (kg-m)
Foot Pounds (ft-lb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joules
* Btu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joules
* Btu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KiloJoules (kJ)
1-12 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

Units of Density
Pounds/Cubic Inch (lb/in3) . . . . . . . . . . . 27.68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams/Cubic cm (g/cm3)
Pounds/Cubic Foot (lb/ft3) . . . . . . . . . . . 16.0184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms/Cubic Meter
(kg/m3)
Units of Force
Pounds Force (lb f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4535 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms Force (kg f)
Pounds Force (lb f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KiloNewtons (kN)
* Pounds Force (lb f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4482 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newtons (N)
Units of Torque
Pound-Feet (lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1383 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meter-Kilograms (m-kg)
* Pound-Feet (lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.35575 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newton Meters (Nm)
Heat Flow Rate

* Btu/hr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.29283 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watts (W)
Btu/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01757 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatts (kW)
Btu/hr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.07003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calories/Sec (cal/sec)
Btu/hr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilocalories/Hr (kcal/hr)
Capacity, Displacement
Cubic Inches/Revolution (in3). . . . . . . . . 0.01639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters/Revolution
Cubic Inches/Revolution (in3). . . . . . . . . 16.39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeters/Revolution
Specific Heat
* Btu/lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joules/Kiolgram-Kelvin
* SI units - the International Standards system

Useful Equivalents
1 U.S. Gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 0.833 . . . . . . . . Imperial Gallon
Revolutions/Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . = 6 ............ Degrees/Second
Revolutions/Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . = 0.01472 . . . . . . . Radians/Second (rad/s)
1 Cubic Foot of Water . . . . . . . . . . = 7.48 . . . . . . . . . . U.S. Gallons
1 Cubic Meter per Hour . . . . . . . . = 4.40 . . . . . . . . . . GPM
1 Cubic Foot of Air . . . . . . . . . . . . = 0.076 . . . . . . . . . Pound (STP)
1 Pound of Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 13.15 . . . . . . . . . Cubic Feet (STP)
1 British Thermal Unit . . . . . . . . . = 778 . . . . . . . . . . Foot-Pounds (ft-lb)
1 Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 550 . . . . . . . . . . Foot-Pounds/Second
1 Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1.014 . . . . . . . . . Metric hp
Viscosity (mPas) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1 ............ Centipoise (cP)
Viscosity (mm2/s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1 ............ Centistroke (cSt)
Moisture (kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 0.0624 . . . . . . . . lbm/ft3
1-14 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Useful Calculations
Formulas:
Temperature
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32) °F = (9/5 x °C) + 32
R = (°F + 459.69) K = (°C + 273.16)
Volume - Flow Rates

(lb/hr) 24 hr
x ft2/lb = MMSCFD
1,000,000
Mol/hr x SV x MW x 24 hr
= MMSCFD
1,000,000
Thread Root Area Stress Factor

Calculated Rod Load (lb)
Area (in2) - based on the minimum thread
diameter of the compressor rod
Model Standard Thread Minimum Area

RAM 2" 8-UN 2.65 in2
Piston Bearing Load Per API 618

Piston Weight (lb) + 0.5 (Rod Weight)
0.866 (Piston Diameter) (Ring Width)

Determination of Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter

A prediction of the minimum motor shaft diameter required for Superior
compressor drives may be made. The prediction is preliminary and must be
confirmed for each individual application via torsional analysis. The result of
this prediction is intended to provide a shaft size recommendation which will
serve in perhaps 80% of all applications — when the shaft is manufactured
of "standard materials" (steel with Su = 75,000 psi). This means that some
applications will require bigger or stronger shafts, but it is also true that
smaller shafts may be suitable for some applications.
Determine motor rated HP per 100 RPM:
(Motor Rated HP) (100)
H =
(Motor Rated RPM)
Determine minimum motor shaft diameter:

If HP/100 RPM (H) is less than 150:
0.266
Dstd = 1.12 + (H) .33
(H) .25
If HP/100 RPM (H) is greater than 150:

0.266
Dstd = 1.12 + (H) .33
(H) .25
If shaft material is improved, smaller shaft diameters may be predicted. An

estimate of the shaft diameter for higher strength material may be calculated
based upon a ratio of material ultimate tensile strengths.
Diameter for higher strength material = Dh
(Su) std .25
Dh = Dstd
(Su) H
Where (Su) std = Ultimate tensile strength for standard

shaft material (Su = 75,000 psi)
(Su) H = Ultimate tensile strength for higher strength
material.
Adiabatic Discharge Temperature

K-1
Suction Temp. x R K Where R = compression ratio
1-16 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Horsepower
BHP / MMCFD x Capacity
BHP =
1,000.000
Total Piston Displacement

Capacity (SCFD) Ts1 (deg. R) P Base (PsiA) 1
1440 T Base (deg. R) Ps1(PsiA) VE
Piston Speed
RPM x Stroke
Feet per minute =
6
Pressure Head, in feet

Head in psi x 2.31
=
Specific Gravity
Pipe Velocity
GPM x 0.321
V (ft/sec) =
Area (square inches)
Capacity
lbs/hr
GPM =
500 x Specific Gravity
Valve Velocity Calculation

Stroke (in) Piston Area
2 x x RPM x
12 Minimum Flow Area
of Suction Valve(s)
Where: Piston area (in2) = area HE + CE area - Rod area;

Minimum flow area of suction valves = flow area of all i This velocity is twice
the number obtained
suction valves in cylinder (in2). using the API-618
formula. API averages valve
velocity over a time period
of one stroke (1/2 revolution)
which is equal to the
maximum time the valves can
be open.
This average should
match API 11P's current
calculation.

Areas of Circles
Areas of Circles
(Diameters in inches, areas in square inches)
Diameters Area Diameters Area Diameters Area
1/16 .00307 2 3.1416 4 12.5664

1/8 .01227 1/16 3.3410 1/8 13.3641
3/16 .02761 1/8 3.5466 1/4 14.1863
1/4 .04909 3/16 3.7583 3/8 15.0330
5/16 .07670 1/4 3.9761 1/2 15.9043
3/8 .1104 5/16 4.2000 5/8 16.8002
7/16 .1503 3/8 4.4301 3/4 17.7206
1/2 .1964 7/16 4.6664 7/8 18.6655
9/16 .2485 1/2 4.9087 5 19.6349
5/8 .3068 9/16 5.1572 1/8 20.6289
11/16 .3712 5/8 5.4119 1/4 21.6476
3/4 .4418 11/16 5.6727 3/8 22.6907
13/16 .5185 3/4 5.9396 1/2 23.7583
7/8 6.013 13/16 6.2126 5/8 24.8505
15/16 .6903 7/8 6.4918 3/4 25.9673
1 .7854 15/16 6.7771 7/8 27.1086
1/16 .8866 3 7.0686 6 28.2744
1/8 .9940 1/16 7.3662 1/8 29.4648
3/16 1.1075 1/8 7.6699 1/4 30.6797
1/4 1.2272 3/16 7.9798 3/8 31.9191
5/161.3530 1/4 8.2958 1/2 33.1831 3/8
1.48495/16 8.6179 5/8 34.4717 7/16 1.6230
3/8 8.9462 3/4 35.7848 1/2 1.7671 7/16
9.28067/8 37.1224 9/16 1.9175 1/2 9.6211
7 38.4846 5/8 2.0739 9/16 9.9678
1/8 39.8713 11/16 2.2365 5/8 10.3206
1/4 41.2826 3/4 2.4053 11/16 10.6783
3/842.7184 13/16 2.5802 3/4 11.0447
1/2 44.1787 7/8 2.7612 13/16 11.4158 5/8
45.6636 15/16 2.9483 7/8 11.7933
3/447.1731 15/16 12.1767
7/848.7071
1-18 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Areas of Circles
(Diameters in inches, areas in square inches)
Diameters Area Diameters Area Diameters Area
8 50.2656 12 113.098 20 314.159

1/8 51.8487 1/4 117.859 1/4 322.063
1/4 53.4563 1/2 122.719 1/2 330.064
3/8 55.0884 3/4 127.677 3/4 338.164
1/2 56.7451 13 132.733 21 346.361
5/8 58.4264 1/4 137.887 1/4 354.657
3/4 60.1322 1/2 143.139 1/2 363.051
7/8 61.8625 3/4 148.489 3/4 371.543
9 63.6174 14 153.938 22 380.134
1/8 65.3968 1/4 159.485 1/4 388.822
1/4 67.2008 1/2 165.122 1/2 397.609
3/8 69.0293 3/4 170.874 3/4 406.494
1/2 70.8823 15 176.715 23 415.477
5/8 72.7599 1/4 182.655 1/4 424.558
3/4 74.6621 1/2 188.692 1/2 433.737
7/8 76.5888 3/4 194.828 3/4 443.015
10 78.5398 16 201.062 24 452.389
1/8 80.5158 1/4 207.395 1/4 461.864
1/4 82.5161 1/2 213.825 1/2 471.436
3/8 84.5409 3/4 220.354 3/4 481.107
1/2 86.5903 17 226.981 25 490.875
5/8 88.6643 1/4 233.706 1/4 500.742
3/4 90.7628 1/2 240.529 1/2 510.706
7/8 92.8858 3/4 247.447 3/4 520.769
11 95.0334 18 254.469 26 530.929
1/8 97.2055 1/4 261.587 1/4 541.189
1/4 99.4022 1/2 268.803 1/2 551.547
3/8 101.6234 3/4 276.117
1/2 103.8691 19 283.529
5/8 106.1394 1/4 291.040
3/4 108.4343 1/2 298.648
7/8 110.7537 3/4 306.355

Piston Speed
API Standard states that the average inlet valve gas velocity shall be
computed as follows:
D
V = 288 x
A
Where:
V = Average gas velocity (ft/min)
D = Cylinder displacement (cu. ft/min)
A = Product of the actual lift obtained in service and the valve

opening periphery (free lift area); total for all inlet valves
per cylinder (sq. in).
This formula essentially defines cylinder displacement as the product

of the total piston area (sum of the head-end and the crank-end
piston areas) times the stroke. It is implied that the total gas flow
displaced by the cylinder occurs over one stroke of the piston for
every revolution.
Miscellaneous Information
The following information provides assistance in fitting frame and
cylinder components to the specific requirements of the compressor
application.
Information includes:
• Keys to a number of symbols, abbreviations, and terms common

to the industry.
• Information about the physical characteristics of gasses and gas

mixtures.
• Charted compressor performance characteristics.
1-20 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Glossary of Definitions
Actual Capacity
The quantity of gas actually compressed and delivered to the discharge
system by the machine at rated speed and under rated inlet and discharge
conditions (and under rated interstage conditions in a multi-stage machine).
Actual capacity is usually expressed in cubic feet per minute, referring to
first stage inlet flange temperature and pressure.
Air Speed
An industry term denoting the average velocity of the gas flowing through
the valve lift area. It assumes that the valves are wide open at full stroke
and that the piston moves at a constant velocity. It is thus a “rating” velocity
expressed in ft/min. It is most accurately obtained by dividing the net
piston area (sq in) by the inlet valve lift area of one cylinder end (sq in)
and multiplying by piston speed (ft/mm). Some evaluators divide the total
cylinder piston displacement (cfm) by the total cylinder inlet valve lift area
(sq in) and multiply by 144.
Arithmetic Average (R5)

The average of all departures of the roughness profile from the center
line within the evaluation length. This value is used as a finish scale for
production throughout industry today.
Clearance
The volume present in one end of the cylinder in excess of the net volume
displaced by the piston during the stroke toward that end. It may not be
the same for the two ends in a double acting cylinder. An average is
usually used.
Combined Rod Loading

The algebraic sum of gas load and inertia force. Gas load is the force
resulting from the differential gas pressure, based on the pressures inside
the cylinder, acting on the piston differential area. Inertia force is that force
resulting from the acceleration of the reciprocating mass. For net rod load,
the inertia force with respect to the rod is the product of the mass of the
piston and rod assembly and its acceleration. For evaluation of rod load
reversals, the inertia force with respect to the crosshead pin is the sum of
all reciprocating masses (piston and rod assembly, and crosshead assembly
including pin) times their acceleration.

Compressibility
A volume ratio which indicates the deviation (as a multiplier) of the actual
volume from the volume as determined by perfect gas laws.
Compression Efficiency
The ratio of the theoretical work requirement (using a stated process) to
the actual work required to be done on the gas for compression and
delivery. Expressed as a percentage, compression efficiency accounts for
leakage, fluid friction losses, and thermodynamic variations from the
theoretical process.
Compression Ratio
The ratio of the absolute discharge to the absolute intake pressure. It usually
applies to a single stage of compression but may be applied to a complete
multistage compressor as well.
i The words “corrosive”
and “non-corrosive” are
not exact terms and Corrosive Gas
there are differences of
degree in their application. One which attacks normal materials of construction. Water vapor, when
Specifications must clarfy mixed with most gases, does not make them corrosive within the sense of the
what is meant when these
terms are used. Refer to above definition. In other gases (C02 for example) it makes them corrosive.
Superior’s Engineering
Standard #13 for further
information.
Critical Pressure
The saturation pressure at the critical temperature. It is the highest vapor
i Critical conditions
must be experimentally
pressure the liquid can exert.
determined for each
pure gas. When they are Critical Temperature
calculated for a mixture,
they are called pseudo The highest temperature at which a gas can be liquified.
(pretended) critical
conditions.
Density
The weight of a given volume of gas, usually expressed in lb/cu ft at SPT
conditions.
Design Pressure
A term also frequently used to denote Maximum Allowable Working
Pressure.
Dew Point
The temperature of a gas at which the vapor (at a given pressure) will start
to condense (or form dew). Dew point of a gas mixture is the temperature at
which the highest boiling point constituent will start to condense.
1-22 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Discharge Pressure i Pressures may be

expressed as gauge
The total pressure (static plus velocity) at the discharge flange of the or absolute pressures.
PsiG plus Atmospheric
compressor. Pressure equals PsiA. Note
that PsiG does not define a
Discharge Temperature pressure unless the Barometric
Pressure (Atmospheric) is also
The gas temperature existing at the discharge flange of the compressor. stated.
Dry Gas
Any gas or gas mixture which contains no water vapor and also in which i In commercial com-
pressor work, a gas
may be considered
all of the constituents are substantially above their respective saturated vapor dry (even though it contains
pressures at the existing temperature. water vapor) if its dew point
is low at the inlet condition
(say, minus 50°F to minus
Energy 60°F).
Capacity of a substance, either latent or apparent, to exert a force through a

distance (that is, to do work).
i DRY or WET GAS
terminology has
different meanings
External Rod Load in different applications.
One must be very careful
Gas rod load based on the external (flange or line) pressures. Sometimes when using these terms to
referred to as the maximum allowable rod load. be sure that the meaning
intended is actually
conveyed.
Gas Saturated With Another Vapor
Actually, a gas is never saturated with a vapor. However, the space jointly
occupied by the gas and vapor may be saturated. This occurs when the vapor
is at its dew point, the saturation temperature corresponding to its partial
pressure.
Heat
Energy transferred because of a temperature difference. There is no transfer
of mass.
Inert Gas
To a chemist, one which does not enter into known chemical combination,
either with itself or another element. There are four known gases of this type:
helium, neon, argon and krypton. To the engineer, however, the term usually
means a gas which does not supply any of the needs of combustion.

Inlet Cubic Feet Per Minute (ICFM)

Refers to the flow rate at the conditions of pressure, temperature,
compressibility, and moisture existing at the compressor inlet flange,
(inlet cubic feet per minute is identical to actual cubic feet per minute
[ACFM]). To determine inlet cubic feet per minute, allowance must be
made for pressure drop across pulsation suppression devices and for
interstage liquid knockout.
Inlet Pressure
The total gas pressure (static plus velocity) at the inlet flange of a
compressor. Velocity pressure is usually too small to be considered at any
point in a reciprocating compressor.
Inlet Temperature
The gas temperature at the inlet flange of the compressor.
Internal Rod Load

Gas rod load based on the internal pressures within the compressor cylinder.
Isentropic (Adiabatic) Process

One during which there is no heat added to or removed from the system.
Isothermal Process
One during which there is no change in the temperature.
Kinetic Energy
The energy a substance possesses by virtue of its motion or velocity. It enters
into a reciprocating compressor calculation.
Manufacturer's Rated Capacity

Thc capacity used to size the compressor. When NNT (no negative
tolerance) applies, the manufacturer’s rated capacity is calculated by dividing
the required capacity by 0.97. This result accommodates the normal
manufacturing tolerance so that the lower limit of tolerance will never be less
than the required capacity.
Maximum Allowable Continuous Rod Loading (MACRL)

The highest force Superior will permit for continuous operation on all
running gear (piston, piston rod, crosshead assembly, connecting rod,
crankshaft, and bearings) and the compressor frame.
1-24 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Maximum Allowable Speed (RPM)

The highest speed at which Superior’s design will permit continuous
operation, assuming overspeed and governor mechanisms are installed and
operated per manufacturer’s recommendations.
Maximum Allowable Temperature

The maximum continuous temperature for which Superior has designed the
equipment (or any part to which the term is applied) when handling the
specified fluid at the specified pressure.
Rod Reversal
A change in direction of force in the piston rod loading (tension to
compression, or vice-versa) which results in a load reversal at the crosshead
pin during each revolution.
Root Mean Square (RMS)

The average from the mean surface. The “mean surface” referred to is the
perfect surface that would be formed if all the roughness peaks were cut off
and used up in filling the valleys below this surface. Though formally used
as a standard for gauging material finishes, this method is now considered
by most as obsolete.
Safety Valve
Setting is to be no higher than the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure.
i Cylinders are not
always installed to
operate at their
maximum “rated discharge
Saturated Vapor Pressure pressure.”
This is due to specific
The pressure existing at a given temperature in a closed vessel containing conditions involved in
a specific compressor
a liquid and the vapor from that liquid after equilibrium conditions have design. Limitations other than
been reached. It is dependent only on temperature and must be determined maximum cylinder design
experimentally. pressure are in control. The
proper safety valve setting
may be substantially below
Saturation Pressure the Maximum Allowable
Working Pressure.
Another term for Saturated Vapor Pressure.
Saturation Temperature
The temperature corresponding to a given saturated vapor pressure for a
given vapor.

Specific Gravity
The ratio of the density of a given gas to the density of dry air, both
measured at the same specified conditions of temperature and pressure
(usually 14.696 PsiA and 60°F). It should also take into account any
compressibility deviation from a perfect gas.
Specific Heat (Heat Capacity)

The rate of change in Enthalpy with temperature. It may be measured at
constant pressure or at constant volume.The values are different and are
known as Cp and Cv, respectively.
Specific Volume
The volume of a given weight of gas, usually expressed as cu ft/lb at SPT
conditions.
SF12
Means standard pressure and temperature. As used herein it is 14.696PsiA
and 6O°F.
Standard Cubic Feet Per Minute (SCFM) or Million Stan-

dard Cubic Feet Per Day (MMSCFD)
Refers to capacity at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (1.014 bar
absolute) and 60°F (15.6°C).
Supercharging
Occurs when the pressure in the cylinder at the end of the suction stroke is
higher than the rated inlet pressure at the cylinder inlet flange. This occurs
when a resonant condition exists in the inlet pipe which brings a pressure
peak at the end of the suction stroke. It results in greater than normal actual
capacity and a greater power requirement. It can seriously over-load a driver.
Temperature
The property of a substance which gauges the potential or driving force for
the flow of heat.
Trip Speed
The speed (in revolutions per minute) at which the independent emergency
overspeed device operates to shut down the compressor driver. It is normally
10 percent of the Rated Speed.
1-26 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Valve Lift Area

The minimum net flow area between the valve and seat when the valve is
fully open. Usually, this is also the least area in a valve through which the
gas must flow.
Volumetric Efficiency
The ratio of the actual capacity to the piston displacement, expressed as a
percentage.
Wet Gas
Any gas or gas mixture in which one or more of the constituents is at its
i DRY or WET GAS
terminology has
different meanings
saturated vapor pressure. The constituent at saturation pressure may or may in different applications.
not be water vapor. One must be very careful
when using these terms to
be sure that the meaning
Work intended is actually
conveyed.
Is energy in transition and is defined as Force times Distance. Work cannot
be done unless there is motion.

Symbols and Abbreviations

ACE. . . . . . . . Area of crank end of CC . . . . . . . . . Crank End Clearance
compressor piston. CCS . . . . . . . . Crank End Clearance
AHE . . . . . . . Area of head end of Added Per Valve Spacer
compressor piston. CE . . . . . . . . . Compression Efficiency
AR . . . . . . . . . Area of compressor rod. CFH. . . . . . . . Cubic feet per hour
AISI. . . . . . . . American Iron and Steel CFM . . . . . . . Cubic feet per minute
Institute CFFF . . . . . . . Carbon Filled Teflon
Ace . . . . . . . . Area of crank-end piston, in2 CHP. . . . . . . . Cylinder horsepower
Ahe . . . . . . . . Area of head-end piston in2 CI. . . . . . . . . . Cast Iron
AL . . . . . . . . Aluminum CIB . . . . . . . . Cast Iron/Babbitt
ALBZ . . . . . . Aluminum Bronze Cl. . . . . . . . . . Cylinder clearance,
ANSI . . . . . . . American National Standards % 100
Institute, 1430 Broadway, COML . . . . . . Commercial
New York, New York 10018 COP. . . . . . . . Copper
API . . . . . . . . American Petroleum CORK . . . . . . Cork
Institute, Production COT. . . . . . . . Cotton
Department, 211 N. Ervay, Cp . . . . . . . . . Specific heat at
Suite 1700, Dallas, constant pressure
Texas 75201 (Btu/°F/lb)
ARI . . . . . . . . Armco Iron Cv . . . . . . . . . Specific heat at
ASB. . . . . . . . Asbestos constant volume
ASME . . . . . . American Society of (Btu/°F/lb)
Mechanical Engineers, 345 DA. . . . . . . . . Double acting
East 47th Street, New York, (compressor cylinder)
New York 10017 DEMA. . . . . . Diesel Engine Manufacturers’
ASTM . . . . . . American Society for Testing Association, 122 East
and Materials, 1916 Race 42nd Street, New York,
Street, Philadelphia, New York 10017
Pennsylvania 19103 DI . . . . . . . . . Ductile Iron
BAB . . . . . . . Babbitt ELAS. . . . . . . Elastic
BAR . . . . . . . Barometric Pressure EM. . . . . . . . . Mechanical
14.496 psi efficency.%/l00
BHP/MM . . . Brake horsepower per million Ev . . . . . . . . . Volumetric efficiency
cubic feet of gas. (also VE)
BKLT . . . . . . Bakelite ERL . . . . . . . . External rod load,
BRS . . . . . . . . Brass pounds
BRZ. . . . . . . . Bronze °F. . . . . . . . . . Degrees Farenheit
BFTF . . . . . . . Bronze Filled Teflon FBR . . . . . . . . Fiber
BRZD . . . . . . Bronze/Babbitt FBRG . . . . . . Fiberglass
C . . . . . . . . . . Cylinder clearance FELT . . . . . . . Felt
(% or decimal) FHP . . . . . . . . Total frame horsepower
CAD . . . . . . . Cadmium FPM . . . . . . . Feet per minute
CAL. . . . . . . . Cast Aluminum ft. . . . . . . . . . . Feet
CAR . . . . . . . Carbon
1-28 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
GI . . . . . . . . . Galvanized Iron LTHR . . . . . . Leather

GFNY . . . . . . Glass Filled Nylon MAG . . . . . . . Magnesium
GFFF . . . . . . . Glass Filled Teflon MASB . . . . . . Asbestos/Metal Clad
GL . . . . . . . . . Glass MAWP . . . . . Maximum allowable
GPH. . . . . . . . Graphite working pressure (1.10 x
GPSA . . . . . . Gas Processors Suppliers MWP)
Association, PO. Box 35584, ME. . . . . . . . . Mechanical Efficiency (%)
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74153 MERC . . . . . . Mercury
GS . . . . . . . . . Galvanized Steel MCp . . . . . . . Molar heat capacity BTU/
RB . . . . . . . . . Brinell hardness LB MDL/°R
HC . . . . . . . . . Minimum Head End MFTF . . . . . . Moly-Disulf Filled Teflon®
Clearance with Standard MI . . . . . . . . . Malleable Iron
Head, % of cylinder MMCFD . . . . Million cubic feet per day
displacement MMSCFD . . . Million standard cubic
HCO . . . . . . . Minimum Head End feet per day. Measured at
Clearance with Variable 14.73 PsiA and 60°F.
Volume Clearance Pocket, % MPa . . . . . . . . Mega Pascal
of cylinder displacement Ms . . . . . . . . . Moisture factor at suction
HCI . . . . . . . . % Clearance Added Per Inch conditions = total vol gas
of Pocket Travel, % of — vol dry gas
cylinder displacement MW . . . . . . . . Molecular weight
HCS. . . . . . . . Head End Clearance Added MWP . . . . . . . Maximum working pressure
Per Valve Spacer N . . . . . . . . . . Number of moles
HE . . . . . . . . . Head end compressor (dimensionless)
cylinder Na,b,c . . . . . . Moles of constituents
HP . . . . . . . . . Horsepower (dimensionless)
(HP). . . . . . . . Designation for high pressure “n” . . . . . . . . . Ratio of specific heats
cylinder or stage NACE . . . . . . National Association of
HTAY . . . . . . High temperature alloy Corrosion Engineers, P.O.
HTP . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic test pressure (1.5 Box 218340, Houston,
x MAWP or 1.65 x MWP) Texas 77218
IC. . . . . . . . . . Iron Constantan NBAY . . . . . . Nickel Base Alloy
Hip. . . . . . . . . Indicated Horsepower NEMA. . . . . . National Electrical Manufacturers
IHP/MM . . . . Isentropic HP/MMCFD at Association, 2101 L Street
14.4 psi and Ts N.W., Washington,
IHP/MMc . . . Corrected isentropic D.C. 20210
HPIMMCFD at 14.4 psi NI . . . . . . . . . Nodular Iron
and Ts NIKL . . . . . . . Nickel
K . . . . . . . . . . Ratio of specific heat of NYLN . . . . . . Nylon
gas, Cp/Cv OSHA . . . . . . Occupational Safety and
(dimensionless) Health Administration,
Lb. . . . . . . . . . Pound U.S. Department of Labor,
LEAD . . . . . . Lead 200 Constitution Avenue
(LP) . . . . . . . . Designation for low N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210
pressure cylinder or stage P . . . . . . . . . . Pressure - PsiA
LPLS . . . . . . . Laminated Plastic pa. . . . . . . . . . Partial air pressure

pa, b, c . . . . . . Partial pressure of r . . . . . . . . . . . Ratio of compression per

constituents state (dimensionless)
Pb . . . . . . . . . Base pressure - PsiA R’. . . . . . . . . . Specific gas constant,
pc. . . . . . . . . . Critical pressure (gas ft lb/lb °R
property) PsiA Ra . . . . . . . . . Average roughness
Per . . . . . . . . . Pseudo critical pressure, RB . . . . . . . . . Rockwell hardness “B”
PsiA Rc . . . . . . . . . Rockwell hardness “C”
PD . . . . . . . . . Piston displacement. Rc . . . . . . . . . Compression ration = Psuc
Cubic feet per minute (PsiA) ¸ Pdis (PsiA)
Pd, Pdis . . . . . Line discharge pressure °R . . . . . . . . . Degrees Rankin
measured at cylinder RFTF . . . . . . . Rulon/Ceramic Filled Teflon
flange, PsiA RH . . . . . . . . . Relative humidity, %
Pdi . . . . . . . . . Internal discharge Ri. . . . . . . . . . Initial stage ratio
pressure, PsiA Rint . . . . . . . . Internal stage ratio
% CL . . . . . . . Percent clearance RLc . . . . . . . . Rod load in tension, lbs.
Pi . . . . . . . . . . Interstage pressure - PsiA RLt . . . . . . . . Rod load in tension, lbs.
PLd . . . . . . . . Discharge pressure loss, RMS . . . . . . . Root mean square
%100 Ro . . . . . . . . . Universal or molar gas
PLST . . . . . . . Plastic constant (1545 when p is in
PPR . . . . . . . . Paper lb/sq ft), ft lb/Mole °R
PPS . . . . . . . . Ryton RPM . . . . . . . Revolutions per minute
pr . . . . . . . . . . Reduced pressure rt . . . . . . . . . . Ratio of compression3⁄4 total
(dimensionless) (dimensionless)
Prd . . . . . . . . . Reduced discharge pressure RUB . . . . . . . Rubber
Prs . . . . . . . . . Reduced suction pressure s . . . . . . . . . . . Number of stages of
Ps, Psuc . . . . . Suction Pressure measured at compression (dimensionless)
cylinder flange, PsiA S . . . . . . . . . . Entropy Btu/°F/lb
ps . . . . . . . . . . Saturated vapor pressure, PsiA SBAL . . . . . . Steel Backed Aluminum
or inches Hg SC . . . . . . . . . Steel Casting
psi . . . . . . . . . Internal Suction pressure, SCFM . . . . . . Standard cubic feet per minute
PsiA SDD. . . . . . . . Spring Drop - Discharge, psi
PsiA. . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch SDS . . . . . . . . Spring Drop - Suction, psi
absolute SF . . . . . . . . . Steel Forging
PsiG. . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch gauge SG . . . . . . . . . Specific gravity
Psl . . . . . . . . . Line suction pressure, PsiA SH . . . . . . . . . Specific humidity, lb moisture
Pt . . . . . . . . . . Theoretical horsepower lb dry gas
(work rate), horsepower SL . . . . . . . . . Slate
pv . . . . . . . . . Partial vapor pressure, PsiA or SLd . . . . . . . . Cylinder discharge spring loss,
inches Hg psi
Q . . . . . . . . . . Heat, Btu SLs . . . . . . . . Cylinder suction spring loss,
Q . . . . . . . . . . Cylinder capacity, MMCFD psi
at 14.4 psi and Ts SO-HP/MM-IS Horsepower/million SCFD,
Qs . . . . . . . . . Flow, MMSCFD Superior method and industry
® . . . . . . . . . . Registered Trademark of standard
E.I. Dupont, Inc. SPGS . . . . . . . Spring Steel
1-30 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
SPT . . . . . . . . Standard Pressure and VE . . . . . . . . . Volumetric efficiency,

Temperature (14.696 psiA & %/100 (also Ev or nv)
60°F) Vi. . . . . . . . . . Interstage volume
SST . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel VI . . . . . . . . . Suction volume
ST . . . . . . . . . Stage of compression VLD . . . . . . . Valve Loss Discharge, % of
STAY. . . . . . . Steel Alloy discharge pressure
STL . . . . . . . . Steel VLS . . . . . . . . Valve Loss Suction, % of
T . . . . . . . . . . Absolute temperature, °R suction pressure
Tb . . . . . . . . . Base Temperature V2 . . . . . . . . . Discharge volume
Tcr . . . . . . . . . Pseudo critical vr . . . . . . . . . . Pseudo specific reduced
temperature, °R volume, cu ft/lb
Td, T2, Tdis. . Discharge temperature Vs . . . . . . . . . Specific volume
Tdf. . . . . . . . . Final discharge VVd. . . . . . . . Valve velocity at discharge,
temperature fpm
Tdi . . . . . . . . . Initial discharge VVs . . . . . . . . Valve velocity at suction, fpm
temperature W. . . . . . . . . . Weight, lb
TEFL . . . . . . . Teflon® Wa . . . . . . . . . Weight of dry air in a
TEMA . . . . . . Tubular Exchanger mixture, lb
Manufacturers Wv. . . . . . . . . Weight of vapor in a
Association, 25 North mixture, lb
Broadway, Tarrytown, Wa, b, c . . . . . Weight of constitutents in a
New York 10591 mixture, lb
TI. . . . . . . . . . Titanium WK . . . . . . . . work in foot pounds
Ti . . . . . . . . . . Interstage Temperature Z . . . . . . . . . . Compressibility factor
TIR . . . . . . . . Total indicated reading (dimensionless)
(runout) Za . . . . . . . . . Average compressibility
TRI . . . . . . . . Tri-Metal Zb . . . . . . . . . Compressibility at base
Tr. . . . . . . . . . Reduced temperature conditions
(dimensionless) Zd, Z2 . . . . . . Compressibility at discharge
Trd. . . . . . . . . Reduced discharge conditions
temperature Zs, Z1 . . . . . . Compressibility at suction
Trs . . . . . . . . . Reduced suction conditions
temperature
TS . . . . . . . . . Tool Steel
Ts, Tsuc. . . . . Suction Temperature
TU . . . . . . . . . Tungsten
v . . . . . . . . . . Specific Volume
V . . . . . . . . . . Total Volume
va, b, c . . . . . . Partial volume of
constitutents, cu ft/lb
Vc . . . . . . . . . Clearance volume
Vct. . . . . . . . . Total clearance volume
for a double-acting
cylinder

Hydrocarbon Synonyms
Ethene — Ethylene
Propene — Propylene
2-methylpropane — Iso-butane
1-butene — 1-butylene
Cis-2-butene — 2-butene, 2-butylene, Cis-2-butylene
i "ISO" Is Sometimes
Abreviated as "I".
2-methylpropene — Iso-butene, Iso-butylene
2-methylbutane — Iso-pentane
2,2-dimethylpropane — Neo-pentane
1-pentene — 1-pentylene, Iso-pentene, Propylethylene
Cis-2-n-amylene — 2-pentene
N-hexane — Dipropyl
2-methylpentene — Iso-hexane
2,2-dimethylbutane — Neo-hexane
2-methylhexane — Iso-heptane
2,2,3-trimethylbutane — Triptan
2,2,4-trimethylpentane — Iso-octane
N-hexadecane — Cetane
Propadiene — Allene
Benzene — Benzol
Iso-propylbenzene — Cumene
1,2-dimethylbenzene — Ortho-xylene, O-xylene
1,3-dimethylbenzene — Meta-xylene, M-xylene
1,4-dimethylbenzene — Para-xylene, P-xylene
Acetylene — Ethyne
Methylacetylene — Propyne
Ethylene Oxide — Oxirane
1-32 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Altitude and Atmospheric Pressures

Altitude above Sea Level Temperature** Barometer* Atmospheric Pressure
Inches mm Kg/sq
Feet* Miles Meters* °F °C Hg Abs. Hg Abs. PSIA Cm Abs
-5000 -1526 77 25 35.58 903.7 17.48 1.229
-4500 -1373 75 24 35.00 889.0 17.19 1.209
-4000 -1220 73 23 34.42 874.3 16.90 1.188
-3500 -1068 71 22 33.84 859.5 16.62 1.169
-3000 -915 70 21 33.27 845.1 16.34 1.149
-2500 -763 68 20 32.70 830.6 16.06 1.129
-2000 -610 66 19 32.14 816.4 15.78 1.109
-1500 -458 64 18 31.58 802.1 15.51 1.091
-1000 -305 63 17 31.02 787.9 15.23 1.071
-500 -153 61 16 30.47 773.9 14.96 1.052
0 0 59 15 29.92 760.0 14.696 1.0333
500 153 57 14 29.38 746.3 14.43 1.015
1000 305 55 13 28.86 733.0 14.16 .956
1500 458 54 12 28.33 719.6 13.91 .978
2000 610 52 11 27.82 706.6 13.66 .960
2500 763 50 10 27.32 693.9 13.41 .943
3000 915 48 9 26.82 681.2 13.17 .926
3500 1068 47 8 26.33 668.8 12.93 .909
4000 1220 45 7 25.84 656.3 12.69 .892
4500 1373 43 6 25.37 644.4 12.46 .876
5000 0.95 1526 41 5 24.90 632.5 12.23 .860
6000 1.1 1831 38 3 23.99 609.3 11.78 .828
7000 1.3 2136 34 1 23.10 586.7 11.34 .797
8000 1.5 2441 31 -1 22.23 564.6 10.91 .767
9000 1.7 2746 27 -3 21.39 543.3 10.50 .738
10,000 1.9 3050 23 -5 20.58 522.7 10.10 .710
15,000 2.8 4577 6 -14 16.89 429.0 8.29 .583
20,000 3.8 6102 -12 -24 13.76 349.5 6.76 .475
25,000 4.7 7628 -30 -34 11.12 282.4 5.46 .384
30,000 5.7 9153 -48 -44 8.903 226.1 4.37 .307
35,000 6.6 10,679 -66 7.060 179.3 3.47 .244
40,000 7.6 12,204 -70 -57 5.558 141.2 2.73 .192
45,000 8.5 13,730 -70 -57 4.375 111.1 2.15 .151
50,000 9.5 15,255 -70 -57 3.444 87.5 1.69 .119

Altitude above Sea Level Temperature** Barometer* Atmospheric Pressure

Inches mm Kg/sq
Feet* Miles Meters* °F °C Hg Abs. Hg Abs. PSIA Cm Abs
55,000 10.4 16,781 -70 -57 2.712 68.9 1.33 .0935
60,000 11.4 18,306 -70 -57 2.135 54.2 1.05 .0738
70,000 13.3 21,357 -67 -55 1.325 33.7 .651 .0458
80,000 15.2 24,408 -62 -52 †8.273 -1
21.0 .406 .0285
90,000 17.1 27,459 -57 -59 5.200 -1
13.2 .255 .0179
100,000 18.9 30,510 -51 -46 3.290 -1
8.36 .162 .0114
120,000 22.8 36,612 -26 -48 1.358 -1
3.45
140,000 26.6 42,714 4 -16 5.947 -2
1.51
160,000 30.4 48,816 28 -2 2.746 -2
†6.97-1
180,000 34.2 54,918 19 -7 1.284-2 3.26-1
200,000 37.9 61,020 -3 -19 5.846-3 1.48-1
220,000 41.7 67,122 -44 -42 2.523 -3
6.41-2
240,000 45.5 73,224 -86 -66 9.955-4 2.53-2
260,000 49.3 79,326 -129 -90 3.513-4 8.92-3
280,000 53.1 85,428 -135 -93 1.143-4 3.67-3
300,000 56.9 91,530 -127 -88 3.737-5 9.49-4
400,000 75.9 122,040 6.3-7 1.60-5
500,000 94.8 152,550 1.4-7 3.56-6
600,000 114 183,060 5.9-8 1.50-6
800,000 152 244,080 1.6-8 4.06-7
1,000,000 189 305,100 5.1-9 1.30-7
1,200,000 228 366,120 2.0 -9
5.08-8
1,400,000 266 427,140 8.2-10 2.08-8
1,600,000 304 488,160 3.8-10 9.65-9
1,800,000 342 549,180 1.8-10 4.57-9
2,000,000 379 610,200 9.2-11 2.34-9
Data from NASA Standard Atmosphere (1962).

* Temperature and barometer are approximate for negative altitudes.
** Temperatures are average existing at 40° latitude and are rounded to even numbers.
† Negative exponent shows number of spaces the decimal point must be moved to the left.
1-34 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Gas Properties
Empirical Properties of Specific Gases
ID Name of Gas Chemical Tc Pc Molec. Cpa Cpb Ax Bx

No. Formula deg. F psia Weight
01 Nitrogen N2 -232.53 492.30 28.013 6.94496 1.53572E-4 25.9871 3.99781E-2
02 Carbon Dioxide CO2 87.87 1071.30 44.010 8.41947 5.57786E-3 52.9105 4.42834E-2
03 Hydrogen Sulfide H2S 212.79 1306.50 34.076 8.06538 1.81782E-3 61.9445 4.45954E-2
04 Hydrogen H2 -399.49 190.80 2.016 6.81839 6.07858E-4 7.93715 2.73362E-2
05 Methane CH4 -115.79 673.10 16.043 8.12375 6.00357E-3 37.3214 4.42663E-2
06 Ethane C2H6 90.81 709.80 30.070 11.3607 1.64429E-2 65.4390 6.71957E-2
07 Propane C3H8 206.21 617.40 44.097 15.5707 2.65857E-2 89.0094 9.34464E-2
08 Iso-Butane C4H10 275.01 529.10 58.124 20.3818 3.58929E-2 108.724 1.20307E-1
09 N-Butane C4H10 305.61 550.70 58.124 20.7325 3.39071E-2 112.148 1.20403E-1
10 Iso-Pentane C5H12 370.11 483.00 72.151 24.9779 4.41571E-2 132.496 1.48849E-1
11 N-Pentane C5H12 385.91 489.50 72.151 25.5718 4.18929E-2 134.753 1.49669E-1
12 N-Hexane C6H14 454.51 440.00 86.178 30.2500 5.06571E-2 156.687 1.80015E-1
13 N-Heptane C7H16 512.61 396.80 100.205 34.6364 6.02714E-2 178.206 2.12299E-1
14 N-Octane C8H18 565.21 362.10 114.232 39.7515 6.89900E-2 199.249 2.45230E-1
15 Ethylene C2H4 49.81 742.10 28.054 9.34221 1.36271E-2 58.0974 5.94842E-2
16 Propylene C3H6 197.51 667.00 42.081 13.6500 2.08857E-2 84.2397 8.53674E-2
17 Carbon Monoxide CO -220.29 507.00 28.010 6.94354 2.50715E-4 27.3438 4.09107E-2
18 I-Butene C4H8 295.61 583.00 56.108 18.0539 3.06214E-2 107.219 1.12246E-1
19 Oxygen 02 -181.77 730.40 31.999 6.95350 8.81429E-4 27.4522 3.29670E-2
20 Water H2O 705.60 3208.00 18.015 7.96479 8.15715E-4 78.5929 3.14717E-2
21 Ammonia NH3 270.30 1636.00 17.031 8.51600 4.57135E-5 61.3356 3.86593E-2
22 Air --- -221.30 547.00 28.964 6.93575 2.94999E-4 26.1863 3.77590E-2
23 Helium HE -450.31 34.33 4.0026 4.96896 0.00000E+0 2.20634 1.80553E-2
24 Argon AR -188.32 717.16 39.948 4.96896 0.00000E+0 26.8907 3.27645E-2
25 Ethylene Oxide C2H4O 384.40 1043.42 44.053 10.6337 1.69122E-2 92.0904 7.00890E-2
26 I-Pentene C5H10 393.31 586.00 70.135 23.0749 3.97600E-2 124.507 1.26116E-1
27 Iso-Propanol C3H80 456.08 780.36 60.096 19.5807 2.89499E-2 117.908 1.01674E-1
28 N-Propanol C3H80 506.66 739.21 60.096 19.0374 3.07464E-2 129.566 1.13263E-1
29 Ethanol C2H60 469.58 925.30 46.069 16.0470 1.84884E-2 110.279 8.70121E-2
30 Methanol CH4O 462.97 1174.20 32.042 9.86939 1.10832E-2 97.0262 6.80800E-2
31 Sulphur Dioxide SO2 315.57 1143.30 64.059 9.14823 4.77205E-3 79.1019 5.87499E-2
32 Methylcyclohexane C7H14 570.51 504.40 98.189 27.2442 6.66513E-2 169.911 1.76957E-1
33 Trans-2-Butene C4H8 310.31 600.00 56.108 18.8565 2.74429E-2 108.267 1.11188E-1
34 Cis-2-Butene C4H8 310.31 600.00 56.108 16.5550 2.97857E-2 108.267 1.11188E-1
35 N-Nonane C9H2O 613.31 332.00 128.259 44.0720 7.79752E-2 220.363 2.80015E-1

Empirical Properties of Specific Gases, Cont.
ID Name of Gas Chemical Tc Pc Molec. Cpa Cpb Ax Bx

No. Formula deg. F psia Weight
36 N-Decane C10H22 654.31 304.00 142.286 48.8556 8.62503E-2 241.339 3.17491E-1
37 Iso-Butene C4H8 292.51 579.80 56.108 18.8943 2.97464E-2 106.963 1.12402E-1
38 Propadiene C3H4 247.31 674.90 40.065 12.6158 1.59305E-2 91.7514 9.07612E-2
39 1.2-Butadiene C4H6 364.81 589.70 54.092 17.0086 2.67883E-2 118.954 1.21138E-1
40 1.3-Butadiene C4H6 305.31 628.00 54.092 17.0086 2.67883E-2 104.968 1.05541E-1
41 Neo-Pentane C5H12 321.11 464.00 72.151 25.4570 4.69945E-2 125.278 1.45795E-1
42 Toluene C7H8 609.51 590.00 92.134 21.4828 4.39172E-2 164.572 1.57010E-1
43 Benzene C6H6 553.01 714.00 78.115 16.8568 3.79870E-2 139.785 1.22886E-1
44 Cyclohexane C6H12 538.01 561.00 84.163 21.2100 5.42072E-2 154.784 1.54064E-1
45 N-Undecane C11H24 694.31 282.00 156.314 54.5375 8.51218E-2 261.873 3.54549E-1
46 N-Dodecane C12H26 728.31 262.00 170.341 59.3864 9.25848E-2 281.727 3.92858E-1
47 N-Tridecane C13H28 760.31 250.00 184.368 64.2314 1.00023E-1 298.152 4.22805E-1
48 N-Tetradecane C14H30 791.31 235.00 198.395 69.0865 1.07500E-1 317.319 4.61222E-1
49 N-Pentadecane C15H32 818.31 220.00 212.422 73.9345 1.14963E-1 336.830 5.03302E-1
50 N-Hexadecane C16H34 843.31 206.00 226.449 78.7797 1.22399E-1 356.619 5.48021E-1
51 N-Heptadecane C17H36 868.31 191.00 240.476 83.62.64 1.29867E-1 379.262 6.02400E-1
52 Cis-2-Pentene C5H10 406.31 518.80 70.135 21.2657 3.70941E-2 134.851 1.44623E-1
53 Trans-2-Pentene C5H10 403.31 515.80 70.135 23.0701 3.49392E-2 134.658 1.44960E-1
54 2-Methyl-1-Butene C5H10 390.31 514.40 70.135 23.8050 3.51810E-2 132.307 1.43165E-1
57 1-Hexene C6H12 460.31 471.70 84.163 28.1054 4.28914E-2 152.532 1.68983E-1
58 Cyclopentane C5H10 461.51 655.00 70.135 16.2385 4.33911E-2 129.652 1.21852E-1
59 Methylcyclopentane C6H12 499.31 549.00 84.163 22.0885 5.03074E-2 148.917 1.51344E-1
60 Ortho-Xylene C8H10 678.61 530.00 106.169 28.0004 4.64776E-2 187.776 1.86081E-1
61 Meta-Xylene C8H10 655.21 510.00 106.169 26.4806 4.81500E-2 186.517 1.89403E-1
62 Para-Xylene C8H10 653.41 500.00 106.169 26.3485 4.78694E-2 187.993 1.92879E-1
63 Ethylbenzene C8H10 656.11 540.00 106.169 26.5426 4.93082E-2 181.445 1.79025E-1
64 2-Methylpentane C6H14 436.81 440.10 86.178 30.4315 4.83753E-2 152.887 1.76490E-1
65 3-Methylpentane C6H14 448.11 453.10 86.178 30.3131 4.83859E-2 153.055 1.73587E-1
66 2.2-Dimethylbutane C6H14 421.21 450.50 86.178 29.7676 5.06323E-2 147.832 1.69415E-1
67 2.3-Dimethylbutane C6H14 440.81 455.40 86.178 38.5461 1.14167E-1 151.135 1.71321E-1
68 1-Heptene C7H14 504.21 412.20 98.190 33.9796 5.03556E-2 172.959 2.02602E-1
69 Ethylcyclopentane C7H14 565.34 492.80 98.190 26.5648 5.82480E-2 170.822 1.80213E-1
70 Ethylcyclohexane C8H16 625.01 453.90 112.217 32.9087 6.98249E-2 191.036 2.07047E-1
1-36 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Empirical Properties of Hydrocarbon Gas Mixtures
SG Tc Pc Cpa Cpb Ax Bx
0.56 -113.17 672.84 8.19862 7.07604E-03 37.6845 4.46207E-02
0.57 -110.05 672.38 8.28132 7.22213E-03 38.1221 4.50533E-02
0.58 -106.93 671.92 8.36415 7.36822E-03 38.5610 4.54864E-02
0.59 -103.81 671.46 8.44710 7.51431E-03 39.0011 4.59202E-02
0.60 -100.69 671.00 8.53020 7.66040E-03 39.4425 4.63545E-02
0.61 -97.57 670.54 8.61342 7.80649E-03 39.8851 4.67895E-02
0.62 -94.45 670.08 8.69677 7.97258E-03 40.3290 4.72250E-02
0.63 -91.33 669.62 8.78025 8.09867E-03 40.7740 4.76611E-02
0.64 -88.21 669.16 8.86387 8.24476E-03 41.2204 4.80978E-02
0.65 -85.09 668.70 8.94761 8.39085E-03 41.6679 4.85352E-02
0.66 -81.97 668.24 9.03149 8.53694E-03 42.1167 4.89731E-02
0.67 -78.85 667.78 9.11550 8.68303E-03 42.5666 4.94116E-02
0.68 -75.73 667.32 9.19964 8.82912E-03 43.0178 4.98508E-02
0.69 -72.61 666.86 9.28391 8.97521E-03 43.4701 5.02905E-02
0.70 -69.49 666.40 9.36831 9.12130E-03 43.9237 5.07309E-02
0.71 -66.37 665.94 9.45285 9.26739E-03 44.3785 5.11718E-02
0.72 -63.25 665.48 9.53751 9.41348E-03 44.8345 5.16134E-02
0.73 -60.13 665.02 9.62231 9.55957E-03 45.2916 5.20556E-02
0.74 -57.01 664.56 9.70723 9.70566E-03 45.7499 5.24984E-02
0.75 -53.89 664.10 9.79229 9.85175E-03 46.2095 5.29418E-02
0.76 -50.77 663.64 9.87748 9.99784E-03 46.6702 5.33858E-02
0.77 -47.65 663.18 9.96280 1.01439E-02 47.1320 5.38305E-02
0.78 -44.53 662.72 10.0483 1.02900E-02 47.5951 5.42757E-02
0.79 -41.41 662.26 10.1338 1.04361E-02 48.0593 5.47216E-02
0.80 -38.29 661.90 10.2196 1.05822E-02 48.5247 5.51681E-02
0.81 -35.17 661.34 10.3054 1.07283E-02 48.9912 5.56152E-02
0.82 -32.05 660.88 10.3914 1.08744E-02 49.4589 5.60629E-02
0.83 -28.93 660.42 10.4775 1.10205E-02 49.9277 5.65113E-02
0.84 -25.81 659.96 10.5637 1.11666E-02 50.3977 5.69603E-02
0.85 -22.69 659.50 10.6501 1.13126E-02 50.8689 5.74099E-02
0.86 -19.57 659.04 10.7366 1.14587E-02 51.3412 5.78601E-02
0.87 -16.45 658.58 10.8232 1.16048E-02 51.8146 5.83110E-02
0.88 -13.33 658.12 10.9100 1.17509E-02 52.2892 5.87625E-02
0.89 -10.21 657.66 10.9969 1.18970E-02 52.7649 5.92146E-02
0.90 -7.09 657.20 11.0839 1.20431E-02 53.2417 5.96674E-02

Empirical Properties of Hydrocarbon Gas Mixtures, Cont.
0.91 -3.97 656.74 11.1711 1.21892E-02 53.7197 6.01208E-02
0.92 -0.85 656.28 11.2584 1.23353E-02 54.1988 6.05748E-02
0.93 2.27 655.82 11.3458 1.24814E-02 54.6790 6.10295E-02
0.94 5.39 655.36 11.4333 1.26275E-02 55.1604 6.14848E-02
0.95 8.51 654.90 11.5210 1.27735E-02 55.6429 6.19408E-02
0.96 11.63 654.44 11.6088 1.29196E-02 56.1264 6.23973E-02
0.97 14.75 653.98 11.6968 1.30657E-02 56.6112 6.28546E-02
0.98 17.87 653.52 11.7849 1.32118E-02 57.0970 6.33125E-02
0.99 20.99 653.06 11.8731 1.33579E-02 57.5839 6.37710E-02
1.00 24.11 652.60 11.9614 1.35040E-02 58.0720 6.42302E-02
1.01 27.23 652.14 12.0499 1.36501E-02 58.5611 6.46900E-02
1.02 30.35 651.68 12.1385 1.37962E-02 59.0513 6.51504E-02
1.03 33.47 651.22 12.2272 1.39423E-02 59.5427 6.56115E-02
1.04 36.59 650.76 12.3161 1.40884E-02 60.0352 6.60733E-02
1.05 39.71 650.30 12.4051 1.42344E-02 60.5287 6.65357E-02
1.06 42.83 649.84 12.4942 1.43805E-02 61.0234 6.69988E-02
1.07 45.95 649.38 12.5835 1.45266E-02 61.5191 6.74625E-02
1.08 49.07 648.92 12.6728 1.46727E-02 62.0159 6.79269E-02
1.09 52.19 648.46 12.7624 1.48188E-02 62.5139 6.83920E-02
1.10 55.31 648.00 12.8520 1.49649E-02 63.0129 6.88577E-02
1.11 58.43 647.54 12.9418 1.51110E-02 63.5129 6.93241E-02
1.12 61.55 647.08 13.0317 1.52571E-02 64.0141 6.97911E-02
1.13 64.67 646.62 13.1218 1.54032E-02 64.5164 7.02588E-02
1.14 67.79 646.16 13.2119 1.55493E-02 65.0197 7.07271E-02
1.15 70.91 645.70 13.3023 1.56954E-02 65.5241 7.11962E-02
1.16 74.03 645.24 13.3927 1.58414E-02 66.0296 7.16659E-02
1.17 77.15 644.78 13.4833 1.59875E-02 66.5362 7.21362E-02
1.18 80.27 644.32 13.5740 1.61336E-02 67.0438 7.26073E-02
1.19 83.39 643.86 13.6648 1.62797E-02 67.5525 7.30790E-02
1.20 86.51 643.40 13.7558 1.64258E-02 68.0623 7.35514E-02
1.21 89.63 642.94 13.8469 1.65719E-02 68.5732 7.40244E-02
1.22 92.75 642.48 13.9381 1.67180E-02 69.0850 7.44982E-02
1.23 95.87 642.02 14.0294 1.686411E-02 69.5980 7.49726E-02
1.24 98.99 641.56 14.1209 1.70102E-02 70.1121 7.54477E-02
1.25 102.11 641.10 14.2126 1.71563E-02 70.6272 7.59235E-02
1-38 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
1.26 105.23 640.64 14.3043 1.73023E-02 71.1433 7.64000E-02
1.27 108.35 640.18 14.3962 1.74484E-02 71.6606 7.68771E-02
1.28 111.47 639.72 14.4882 1.75945E-02 72.1788 7.73549E-02
1.29 114.59 639.26 14.5803 1.77406E-02 72.6982 7.78335E-02
1.30 117.71 638.80 14.6726 1.78867E-02 73.2185 7.83127E-02
1.31 120.83 638.34 14.7650 1.80328E-02 73.7400 7.87926E-02
1.32 123.95 637.88 14.8576 1.81789E-02 74.2625 7.92732E-02
1.33 127.07 637.42 14.9502 1.83250E-02 74.7860 7.97545E-02
1.34 130.19 636.96 15.0430 1.84711E-02 75.3106 8.02364E-02
1.35 133.31 636.50 15.1360 1.86172E-02 75.8362 8.07191E-02
1.36 136.43 636.04 15.2290 1.87632E-02 76.3629 8.12025E-02
1.37 139.55 635.58 15.3222 1.89093E-02 76.8906 8.16366E-02
1.38 142.67 635.12 15.4156 1.90554E-02 77.4194 8.21714E-02
1.39 145.79 634.66 15.5090 1.92015E-02 77.9492 8.26568E-02
1.40 148.91 634.20 15.6026 1.93476E-02 78.4801 8.31430E-02
1.41 152.03 633.74 15.6963 1.94937E-02 79.0120 8.36299E-02
1.42 155.15 633.28 15.7902 1.96398E-02 79.5449 8.41175E-02
1.43 158.27 632.82 15.8842 1.97859E-02 80.0789 8.46058E-02
1.44 161.39 632.36 15.9783 1.99320E-02 80.6139 8.50949E-02
1.45 164.51 631.90 16.0725 2.00780E-02 81.1499 8.55846E-02
1.46 167.63 631.44 16.1669 2.02241E-02 81.6870 8.60750E-02
1.47 170.75 630.98 16.2614 2.03702E-02 82.2251 8.65662E-02
1.48 173.87 630.62 16.3561 2.05163E-02 82.7643 8.70581E-02
1.49 176.99 630.06 16.4508 2.06624E-02 83.3045 8.75507E-02
1.50 180.11 629.60 16.5457 2.08085E-02 83.8456 8.80440E-02
1.51 183.23 629.14 16.6408 2.09546E-02 84.3879 8.85380E-02
1.52 186.35 628.68 16.7359 2.11007E-02 84.9311 8.900328E-02
1.53 189.47 628.22 16.8312 2.12468E-02 85.4754 8.95283E-02
1.54 192.59 627.76 16.9266 2.13929E-02 86.0208 9.00245E-02
1.55 195.71 627.30 17.0222 2.15389E-02 86.5672 9.05214E-02
1.56 198.83 626.84 17.1179 2.16850E-02 87.1145 9.10191E-02
1.57 201.95 626.38 17.2137 2.18311E-02 87.6629 9.15175E-02
1.58 205.07 625.92 17.3097 2.19772E-02 88.2124 9.20166E-02
1.59 208.19 625.46 17.4057 2.21233E-02 88.7627 9.25165E-02
1.60 211.31 625.00 17.5020 2.22694E-02 89.3143 9.30171E-02

1.61 214.43 624.54 17.5983 2.24155E-02 89.8667 9.35184E-02
1.62 217.55 624.08 17.6948 2.25616E-02 90.4203 9.40205E-02
1.63 220.67 623.62 17.7914 2.27077E.02 90.9748 9.45233E-02
1.64 223.79 623.16 17.8881 2.28538E-02 91.5304 9.50269E-02
1.65 226.91 622.70 17.9850 2.29998E-02 92.0869 9.55312E-02
1.66 230.03 622.24 18.0820 2.31459E-02 92.6445 9.60362E-02
1.67 233.15 621.78 18.1791 2.32920E-02 93.2031 9.65420E-02
1.68 236.27 621.32 18.2764 2.34381E-02 93.7627 9.70486E-02
1.69 239.39 620.86 18.3738 2.35842E-02 94.3234 9.75559E-02
1.70 242.51 620.40 18.4713 2.37303E-02 94.8851 9.80639E-02
1.71 245.63 619.94 18.5690 2.38764E-02 95.4477 9.85727E-02
1.72 248.75 619.48 18.6668 2.40225E-02 96.0114 9.90823E-02
1.73 251.87 619.02 18.7647 2.41686E-02 96.5761 9.95926E-02
1.74 254.99 618.56 18.8627 2.43147E-02 97.1417 1.00104E-01
1.75 258.11 618.10 18.9609 2.44607E-02 97.7085 1.00616E-01
1.76 261.23 617.64 19.0592 2.46068E-02 98.2763 1.01128E-01
1.77 264.35 617.18 19.1577 2.47529E-02 98.8450 1.01641E-01
1.78 267.47 616.72 19.2563 2.48990E-02 99.4148 1.02156E-01
1.79 270.59 616.26 19.3550 2.50451E-02 99.9856 1.02670E-01
1.80 273.71 615.80 19.4538 2.51912E-02 100.557 1.03186E-01
1.81 276.83 615.34 19.5528 2.53373E-02 101.130 1.03703E-01
1.82 279.95 614.88 19.6519 2.54834E-02 101.704 1.04220E-01
1.83 263.07 614.42 19.7511 2.56295E-02 102.279 1.04738E-01
1.84 286.19 613.96 19.8505 2.57756E-02 102.855 1.05257E-01
1.85 289.31 613.50 19.9500 2.59216E-02 103.431 1.05776E-01
1.86 292.43 613.04 20.0496 2.60677E-02 104.009 1.06296E-01
1.87 295.55 612.58 20.1493 2.62138E-02 104.588 1.06817E-01
1.88 298.67 612.12 20.2492 2.63599E-02 105.168 1.07339E-01
1.89 301.79 611.66 20.3493 2.65060E-02 105.749 1.07862E-01
1.90 304.91 611.20 20.4494 2.66521E-02 106.331 1.08385E-01
i Ax and Bx are
constants for
Redlich-Kwong
equation of state.
1-40 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Properties of Gases Summary
Specific Specific
Cp/CV @ Gravity Vol. Cu. ft.
150 deg. F @ 14.7 Gas @
Molec. & 14.7 PsiA & Pc 14.7 PsiA
Gas Formula Wt. PsiA 60 deg F (PsiA) Tc (deg. R) 60 deg F
Hydrogen H2 2.016 1.40 .0700 188.00 60.20 188.6790
Oxygen O2 32.000 1.39 1.1047 730.00 277.85 11.8480
Nitrogen N2 28.016 1.40 .9672 492.00 226.91 13.5320
Carbon Monoxide CO 28.010 1.40 .9670 510.00 241.49 13.5500
Carbon Dioxide CO2 44.010 1.27 1.5194 1073.00 547.67 8.5690
Water H2O 18.016 1.32 .6220 3206.00 1164.89 ---
Ammonia NH3 17.032 1.29 .5580 1657.00 730.08 22.1240
Sulphur Dioxide SO2 64.060 1.25 2.2116 1142.00 774.65 5.8240
Hydrogen Sulfide H 2S 34.076 1.31 1.1764 1306.47 672.41 11.0500
Air --- 28.966 1.40 1.0000 546.69 238.43 13.0890
Methane CH4 16.042 1.28 .5550 673.10 343.19 23.6100
Acetylene C2H2 26.036 1.22 .8988 905.00 557.09 14.5770
Ethene C2H4 28.052 1.21 .9684 742.10 509.51 13.5300
Ethane C2H6 30.068 1.17 1.0460 708.30 549.47 12.5200
Propene C3H6 42.078 1.14 1.4526 667.00 656.64 9.0200
Propane C3H8 44.094 1.11 1.5470 617.38 665.95 8.4710
I-Butene C4H8 56.104 1.09 1.9368 583.00 755.29 6.7640
Isobutene C4H8 56.104 1.09 1.9368 579.80 752.19 6.7640
Butane C4H10 58.120 1.08 2.0710 550.70 765.31 6.3270
Isobutane C4H10 58.120 1.08 2.0670 529.10 734.65 6.3390
Pentane C5H12 72.146 1.06 2.4906 489.50 845.61 5.2601
Isopentane C5H12 72.146 1.06 2.4906 483.00 829.69 5.2601
Neopentane C5H12 72.146 1.09 2.4906 464.00 780.77 5.2601
Benzene C6H6 78.108 1.09 2.6965 714.00 1012.70 4.8586
Hexane C6H14 86.172 1.05 2.9749 439.70 914.19 4.4039
Heptane C7H16 100.198 1.04 3.4591 396.90 972.19 3.7875
Constants used: 1 BTU = 778.16 ft-lb (Wt.) 1 Atms = 14.696 psia 0 deg. F = 459.69 deg. R
R = 1.98718 BTU per lb-mole = 10.7385 psia CF per lb-mole, deg. R
Volume of 1 lb-mole at 491.69 deg. R = 359.28 CF

1-42
MMSCFD measured at 14.7 and 60° F
N value 1.26
DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG) Suction temperature 60° F
25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
0 60 92 119 134 145 156 165 174 189 202 216 216 224 230 236 241 247 253 257 262 266 270 274 278 281 285 289 293
10 33 59 79 97 112 122 130 138 151 163 173 182 190 199 207 215 212 216 220 225 228 232 235 239 241 245 248 251
20 40 58 72 85 98 110 117 129 140 149 158 165 173 179 185 191 197 202 209 215 210 213 215 219 222 225 228
THREE STAGE
30 27 44 58 69 79 89 99 114 124 133 141 148 155 161 166 172 177 182 187 191 193 201 205 210 214 208 211
40 33 46 57 67 75 84 99 112 121 128 135 141 147 152 158 163 167 172 176 180 184 188 191 195 199 202
50 24 38 48 57 65 72 86 98 111 118 124 131 137 142 147 151 156 161 164 168 172 176 179 182 186 189
60 30 41 49 57 64 77 88 100 110 116 122 127 133 137 142 147 150 154 158 162 165 169 172 175 178
70 23 34 43 50 57 69 80 90 101 109 114 120 125 130 135 138 142 146 150 153 157 160 163 166 169
80 28 37 44 50 62 72 83 91 101 109 113 118 123 127 132 136 139 142 146 150 152 155 159 162
90 22 32 39 46 57 67 75 85 93 101 108 112 117 122 125 129 133 137 139 143 146 149 151 154
100 26 34 41 51 61 70 78 85 93 101 108 111 116 120 124 127 131 134 137 140 143 146 149
125 23 30 41 50 59 66 72 79 85 92 98 105 109 112 115 119 122 124 127 130 133 136
150 20 33 42 49 56 62 69 74 80 85 91 96 102 106 110 112 115 118 121 124 125
TWO STAGE
175 25 34 42 48 53 56 66 71 76 81 85 90 95 99 104 107 110 112 114 117
SUCTION PRESSURE (PSIG)

200 28 35 42 48 54 59 63 68 72 77 82 85 89 94 98 102 105 108 111
250 24 31 37 43 47 52 56 60 64 68 72 75 79 82 85 88 92 95
300 21 28 33 38 43 46 50 54 58 61 64 68 71 73 77 80 83
350 20 25 31 35 39 43 46 49 53 56 59 62 65 68 70 72
Compressor Horsepower Selection Chart
400 23 29 33 36 40 43 46 49 52 55 56 59 62 65
450 21 26 30 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 54 56 59
500 20 24 28 32 35 38 41 43 46 48 50 53
550 19 23 27 30 33 36 38 41 43 46 47
600 21 25 28 32 34 36 39 41 43
650 20 24 27 30 33 35 37 39
SINGLE STAGE
700 20 23 26 28 31 33 35
750 19 22 25 27 30 32
Note: To be used only as an estimation guide. Horsepower Sizing and Engine/Generator Selection should be confirmed with Superior Marketing.
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Compressor Interstage Pressure Drops
Compressor Interstage Pressure Drops
7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000
10
9 9
8 8
∆P - (Psi)
7 w) 7
6 belo 6
Note: Use only when actual on
5 values are not available. uati 5
tin
on
Interstage Pressure Drop -
4 c 4
:
ote
3 .7) (N 3
=0
(A
2 2
g .5)
olin =0
co (A
er
1 Int
ith ling
∧
W oo ∆ P = Pd
erc 10
Int
out DP
W it h %= x100
.5
Pd
.4 40
35
.3 30
ng 25
ooli )
.2 rc on 20
Inte uati
ith tin
W con 15
(
Stage Discharge Pressure - Pd - Psia
.1 10
7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 800 1000 2000 3000

Superior Compressor Crank and Cylinder Location
CRANK INTERNAL STARTING No. 1 CYLINDER CRANK CYLINDER

0O @ HEAD END CENTER DIAGRA LOCATION
1
DRIVE
END
DEG. 0O 90O 180 O 270O 360O 1

2 2
CYL. H.E. 1&2 1&2
AUX. END
C.E. 1&2
1 DRIVE
END
1
DEG. 0O 90O 180 O 270O 360O 2
4 4 3
CYL. H.E. 1&2 3&4 1&2 3
4
C.E. 1&2 3&4
AUX. END
2
DRIVE
1 END
4 6 1
2
DEG. 0 O
60 O
120 O
180 O
240
O
300O
360O
6 3
CYL. H.E. 1 & 2 3&4 5&6 1&2 4
5
C.E. 5&6 1&2 3&4 5 3 6
2 AUX. END
1 DRIVE
8 END
1
DEG. 0O 90O 180 O 270O 360O 2
8 4 3 3
CYL. H.E. 1&2 3&4 7&8 5&6 1&2 5 6 4
C.E. 7&8 5&6 1&2 3&4 7&8 5

6
2 7
H.E. OUTER DEAD CENTER 8
7
C.E. INNER DEAD CENTER
AUX. END
1-44 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS
Chapter 1 General:
Engineering Standards
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Contact Technical Publications Dept.
SUPERIOR® COMPRESSORS for current version. (713) 890-1300
ENGINEERING STANDARDS
The following engineering standards are provided to further illustrate points
made throghout this manual and to provide the necessary recommendations
for packaging Superior compression equipment. By receiving these
documents, you agree not to use such confidential information for any
purpose other than for marketing and packaging of superior products.
INDEX
Standard Topic
ES-3 Venting and Draining Systems for Reciprocating Compressors
ES-5 Protection of Engines and Compressors for Domestic Shipment
of Average Storage
ES -7 Protection of Engines and Compressors for Export Shipment or
Hazardous Storage
ES-13 Trimming Superior and Ajax Compressors for Sour Gas
Applications in Lubricated Service
ES-14 Trimming Compressors for Carbon Dioxide/Natural Gas
Applications in Lubricated Service
ES-16 RAM Series Compressor Mechanical and Acoustic Packaging
Requirements
ES-19 Compressor Frame and Cylinder Assembly Criteria
ES-20 Guard and Spring Reference List for RAM, WH, MH, & W7
Assemblies
ES-23 Superior compressor Cylinder and Cylinder Class Designations
ES-27 Compressor Performance Guarantee
ES-1001 Lubrication of Superior Engines and Compressors
ES-1002 Lubrication Recommendations for Superior Reciprocating
Compressor Frames and Cylinders
ES-3001 Pipe Cleaning Engines, Compressors, Packaged Unit
ES-3002 Welded Clearance Volume Bottles for Compressors: Material
and Fabrication Requirements
ES-3004 Ajax-Superior Packager Manual
ES-3006 Compressor Cooling System Design
ES-4009 Determination of Compressor Cylinder Dead Center Position
ES-4100 Compressor Field Performance Test Specification
ES-4101 Ajax-Superior Compressor Field Performance Test
Instrumentation
ES-4102 Analysis and Interprestation of Compressor Field Performance
Test Results
ES-5011 Hydrostatic and Helium Testing of Compressor Cylinders,
Cylinder Heads and Valve Covers

UNCONTROLLED COPY
for current version. (713) 890-1300 Chapter 1: Engineering Standards
ES 3
Venting and Draining Systems
for Reciprocating Compressors
1.0 Scope
1.1 This standard sheet describes the venting and drain systems
which must be provided for crosshead guides and/or distance
pieces and packings.
2.0 Requirements
2.1 Vent lines and drain lines must be separate for each crosshead guide
distance piece and each packing. The use of one line as both a drain
and vent is not acceptable. Packing vents must also be separate from
distance piece vents.
2.2 Vent piping and drain piping shall be at least 3/4 inch nominal
size. External connections and piping shall not be less than 3/4 inch
(except vent holes in packings and internal connection tubing which
may be 1/4 inch).
2.3 Vent and drain piping or tubing shall be seamless steel. Nipples,
when used, shall be Schedule 80 minimum, with steel tubing fittings
being an acceptable alternate.
2.4 To prevent “back venting” and drain plugging, it is desirable
that each vent and drain from the individual distance pieces and
packings be a separate line, especially on multistage units. If vent
lines are manifolded together, however, the cross-sectional flow area
of the manifold must be at least equal to the total of the flow areas
of the individual lines feeding into it. Drain manifolds shall be sized
in the same manner.
2.5 Vent lines and drain lines from each auxiliary distance piece must
be separate. Manifolding of these lines into any other vent or drain
is not acceptable. Different gasses should never be manifolded into
a common vent.
2.6 Vent connections are always located on the top of the distance
pieces. The proper location will always be shown on the foundation
and outline drawing. Vent lines piped from these connections must
be configured such that their level is always equal to or rising above
the connection point (i.e. - liquid traps must not be formed).
2.7 Drain connections are always located on the bottom of the distance
pieces. The proper location will always be shown on the foundation
and outline drawing. Drain lines piped from these connections must
be configured such that their level is always equal to or dropping
below the connection point (i.e. liquid traps must not be formed).
1-48 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 5
Protection of Engines and Compresssors
for Domestic Shipment or Average Stor-
age
1.0 Scope
1.1 This procedure explains the necessary steps required to protect
engines and compressors from rust and oxidation during
domestic shipment and/or average storage before start-up.
Domestic shipment applies to transport within North America
when not subject to a salt-laden atmosphere for a significant time
(offshore service). Average storage applies to a salt and sand-free
and otherwise non-highly corrosive atmosphere. (Units to be
exported should be protected in accordance with the requirements
of ES7. Non-lube compressor cylinders should be protected
according to the requirements of ES2).
2.0 Protection Life

2.1 Minimum protection afforded by this procedure is approximately
one year. Maximum protection is dependent on the environment.
2.2 It is the responsibility of the customer, packager or warehouse
at which the units are being stored to periodically monitor the
conditions of the units for protection breakdowns. The frequency
of inspection depends on the conditions of the environment,
but should be at least every 6 months. When a breakdown
is observed, the old coating should be removed and the unit
reprotected per this standard. If a protection breakdown is formed
during the initial one year period, the Superior Technical Field
Service department should be notified.
2.3 Units in storage should be flushed out and recoated at least every
eighteen months to assure adequate protection.
2.4 Any additional protection beyond this standard, required by
the customer, should be negotiated with the CES Marketing
Department. Marketing should contact CES Materials Lab to
determine if customer requirement is reasonable and whether
we can meet these standards.
2.5 Unless otherwise stated on the sales release, all units are to be
protected in accordance with ES5. It is Marketing’s responsibility
to designate on the sales release when special protection and
packaging is necessary.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.0 Requirements
3.1 Compressor Frames
3.1.1 Pump a good rust inhibiting oil such as Tectyl 940
through the oil lines for a period long enough to insure
that a good distribution of oil to all necessary locations
(bearings, rods, etc.) is attained. Once completed,
drain the oil. When units have cylinders mounted, this
protective oil shall be pumped throughout the cylinder
lubrication lines as well.
3.1.2 With crosshead guide covers, distance piece covers and
frame top cover removed, spray Tectyl 843 or equal
on packings, piston rods, crossheads, crosshead guides,
inside the crankcase frame including the crankshaft,
connecting rods and gears. Replace all the above covers.
3.1.3 Plug all holes using pipe plugs where threaded, or
plastic plugs. Breather caps should be covered with
6 mil plastic bags secured with waterproof tape or a
draw string.
3.1.4 If compressor cylinders are not on the frame, seal
crosshead guide cylinder end openings with 1/2" marine
plywood and 1/8" thick flat neoprene gasket sheet
installed with at least 50% bolting. After painting,
Tectyl 506 shall be brushed between the wood cover
and crosshead guide cylinder mounting face to inhibit
moisture from penetrating past the rubber gasket.
3.1.5 The compressor should not be barred over after the rust
proofing has been accomplished as this will remove the
protective film.
3.1.6 Caution tags should be attached to the frame to indicate
the treatment performed (see last page for example).
3.1.7 Cover the unit with a heavy waterproof tarp
during transportation and outdoor storage. IF THE
ABOVE PROCEDURES HAVE BEEN FOLLOWED
BUT TARP IS NOT USED, CES WILL NOT
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ACCELERATED BREAK
DOWN OF RUST PROTECFION.
1-50 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.1.8 Prior to start-up, remove Tectyl 843 or equal with

mineral spirits, or stoddard solvent if unit has been in i Compressor cylinder
bores, pistons and
piston rods must be
storage for 12 months or more, or change the lubricating cleaned of all rust pre-
oil after one hour’s run. For less than 12 months storage, ventive compounds prior to
it is not neccssary to remove the coating or change oil start-up to prevent gummy
deposits on these surfaces.
after one hour.
3.2. Compressor Cylinders & Piston Rod Assemblies
3.2.1 All water shall be drained from the water passages and
i Tectyl 843 or equal
must never be used
where oil flow is not
any piping. present to dissolve it or
where cleaning of parts
3.2.2 Cylinder bores, suction/discharge openings, all gas prior to start-up is not
passages and valve bores and pockets will be coated practical. Tectyl 843 or
equal is used for long-term
with Tectyl 843 or equal. indoor and short term
outdoor protection of metal
3.2.3 If cylinder heads are not installed, a cover of 1/2" parts
marine plywood with 1/8" thick flat neoprene gasket
sheet or RTV sealant will be installed with at least
50% bolting to prevent exchange of atmosphere. Before
applying RTV sealant, a coating of Tectyl 843 should
be applied to the metal surface to minimize problems
of cover removal.
3.2.4 For cylinders shipped without piston, piston rod, or
packing, the crank end and head end cylinder openings
shall be covered with 1/2" marine plywood with 1/8"
thick flat neoprene gasket sheet or RTV sealant and
installed with at least 50% bolting. Before applying
RTV sealant, a coating of Tectyl 843 should be applied
to the metal surface to minimize problems of cover
removal.
3.2.5 Cover suction and discharge flanges with
1/2" marine plywood and 1/8" thick flat neoprene gasket
sheet or RTV sealant with at least 50% bolting. Before
applying RTV sealant, a coating of Tectyl 843 should
be applied to the metal surface to minimize problems
of cover removal.
3.2.6 Openings without pipe threads (stud holes, etc.) will be
closed by securely insuring plastic plugs. Use cast iron
pipe plugs or plastic caps to seal any other holes. Vent
holes on pneumatic unloader should only be plugged
with plastic insert.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2.7 For piston & rod assemblies shipped in the cylinders, the
piston, piston rod and cylinder bore shall all be coated with
Tectyl 843 prior to assembling. The piston and rod should
be placed in the cylinder as soon as possible after coating
while the coating is still liquid. After the head is installed,
the piston shall be positioned at the head end. The exposed
piston rod, packing and end cover shall be coated with
Tectyl 506 and wrapped in moisture resistant paper. In
order to avoid shipping damage to the exposed piston rod,
a box shall be constructed of 1/2" marine plywood to cover
the rod. The box shall have center supports for the rod to
insure against movement or shifting or the rod and piston
which could damage the packing. The box shall be securely
fastened to the cylinder by use of metal banding.
3.2.8 If valve covers are shipped loose, the cylinder openings
shall be covered with 1/2" marine plywood and sealed with
1/8" thick flat neoprene gasket sheet or RTVsealant with at
least 50% bolting. Before applying RTV sealant, a coating
of Tectyl 843 should be applied to the metal surface
to minimize problems of cover removal. When shipping
valve covers, unloaders, retainers, etc. separately, treat
with Tectyl 843 or equal and pack in water resistant
wooden boxes.
3.2.9 After final painting, coat the assembled valve cap/cylinder
interfaces with Tectyl 506.
3.2.10 After final painting, all exposed stud threads shall be coated
with Tectyl 506.
3.2.11 After final painting, the variable volume adjusting screw
and adjacent components shall be sprayed with Tectyl 843.
3.2.12 Cylinders shipped loose or stored outdoors shall be
covered with a heavy waterproof tarp. IF THE ABOVE
PROCEDURES HAVE BEEN FOLLOWED BUT TARP
NOT USED, CES IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR
ACCELERATED BREAKDOWN OF RUST
PROTECTION.
3.2.13 Pistons, rods, and piston and rod assemblies shipped loose
shall be sprayed or brushed with Tectyl 506 or equal and
shipped in a waterproof wooden box.
3.2.14 Assembled valves shipped separately should be dipped in
K-450 or equal and sealed in 6 mil plastic bags.
3.2.15 Caution tags should be attached to the cylinders to indicate
treatment performed (see last page for example).
1-52 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.3 Engines
3.3.1 Production tests on engines shall be performed
using Tectyl 940 rust preventive
lubricating oil.
3.3.2 Drain the unit of oil and water. On Vee engine heads,
two 1/4" pipe plugs must be removed on each head
in order to completely drain them of water. The plugs
should then be placed in a plastic bag and shipped with
the engine.
3.3.3 On all Superior stock engines, Tectyl 843 shall be
sprayed inside each power cylinder as well as all
exposed surfaces inside the crankcase including crank
shaft, connecting rods, liners, piston skirts, camshafts,
chain drives and gear drives.
3.3.4 Plug all small holes using pipe plugs or plastic caps.
3.3.5 Remove all belts prior to finish painting to insure good
paint coverage on sheaves. Place the belts in a plastic
bag and attach to engine.
3.3.6 The engine should not be barred over after the rust
proofing has been accomplished as this removes the
protective film.
3.3.7 Cover flange holes (i.e. air, water, and oil inlets &
outlets) with 1/2" marine plywood and either 1/8" thick,
flat, neoprene gasket sheet or RTV sealant. Use at least
50% bolting to secure the covers. Before applying RTV
sealant, a coating of Tectyl 843 should be applied to the
metal surface to minimize problems of cover removal.
3.3.8 The Governor shall be wrapped in PC75D VCI paper or
equal and then securely covered with a plastic bag. Use
Tectyl 940 when filling governor.
3.3.9 Wrap the magneto in PC7SD VCI paper and securely
cover with a plastic bag. For Superior stock units, the
magneto shall be removed from the engine wrapped in
PC75D VU paper and placed in a waterproof box.
3.3.10 Brush Tectyl 502-C or equal on all external movements
such as springs or linkages.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.3.11 Treatment of turbochargers

a. Exhaust outlet flange transition piece must
be covered with 1/2" marine plywood, on
1/8" thick flat neoprene gasket sheet or
RTV sealant and installed with at least 50%
bolting. Before applying RTV sealant, a
coating of tectyl 843 should be applied to
the metal surface to minimize problems of
cover removal.
b. Flanged air inlet for engines without engine
mounted air cleaners will be covered similar to
outlet flange.
c. Engine air inlet connections without flange
i Turbochargers do
not require Tectyl will be covered with 6 mil plastic and sealed
or other coatings with 2" wide waterproof tape or use heat
sprayed on the rotor assem-
bly.
shrunk plastic.
d. Engines with engine mounted air cleaners or
a silencer should have the air cleaner inlet
sealed with 6 mil plastic either using 2" wide
waterproof tape or heat shrunk plastic.
3.3.12 Carbureted naturally aspirated engines without mounted
air cleaners shall have intake and exhaust flanges
covered with a 1/2" marine plywood, an 1/8" thick flat
neoprene gasket sheet or RTV sealant and installed with
at least 50% bolting. Before applying RTV sealant, a
coating of Tectyl 843 would be applied to the metal
surface to minimize problems of cover removal (engines
without air cleaners, see 11-d).
3.3.13 Cover the unit with a heavy waterproof tarp for
outdoor storage and transportation. IF THE ABOVE
PROCEDURES HAVE BEEN FOLLOWED BUT
TARP NOT USED, CES IS NOT RESPONSIBLE
i TTectyl 502-C or
equal must never be
FOR ACCELERATED BREAKDOWN OF RUST
PROTECTION.
used where oil flow
is not present to dissolve it
or where cleaning of parts
3.3.14 Caution tags should be attached lo the unit to indicate
prior to start-up is not prac- the treatment performed (see last page for example).
tical.
3.3.15 Any component engine parts shipped loose shall be
sprayed or brushed with Tectyl 502-C or equal and
i PC75D VCI paper
may be purchased
packed in waterproof wooden boxes.
from Daubert Chemi-
cal Company or one of their
distributors.
1-54 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.0 Required Protection Tags and Protection

Removal Procedures
4.1 The following tag will be attached to the treated engine or
compressor frame:
Front of Tag:
ICAUTION
This engine/compressor unit
Date of Treatment ________ Subsequent Inspection Dates has been treated with Tectyl
rust preventives and should not
Back of Tag: be turned over until ready to
place into service. To do so
4.1.1 Removal of rust preventive before starting unit may be might cause possible reduc-
tion of protective fllm. When
desirable in order to save replacing the lubricating oil the unit is ready to be placed
after one hour’s run. into service, the interior should
be inspected for dirt. If this
4.1.2 Interior rust preventive may be removed from the inside inspection reveals an accu-
mulation of a considerable
of the unit by application of stoddard solvent or mineral amount of dirt, it is rec-
spirits. Allow this to drain thoroughly to avoid oil ommended that the unit be
dilution. flushed out before making the
initial fill of
4.2 The following tag will be attached to the treated engine or lubricating oil.
compressor frame: If the unit is clean, it is not

necessary to remove this rust
Date of Treatment Subsequent Inspection Dates preventive before placing the
unit in service as the rust pre-
ventive is completely soluble
in and compatible with stan-
dard lubricating oils. However,
if the unit has been in storage
for 12 months or more, change
the lubricating oil after one
hour’s run.
ICAUTION
During the first hour of oper-
ation the differential pressure
across the oil filters should be
monitored closely to assure
the oil filters are not clogged.
If the filters appear to be
clogging, the engine should
be stopped and the filters
changed.al fill of lubricating
oil.
ICAUTION
This compressor cylinder has
been treated with Tectyl
rust preventives. Prior to
start-up, this preventive must
be removed from inside the
cylinder, including the valve
pockets, with stoddard
solvent or mineral spirits.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES7
Protection of Engines and Compressors
for Export Shipment or Hazardous Stor-
age
1.0 Scope
1.1 This proccdure explains the necessary steps required to protect
engines and compressors from rust and oxidation during export
shipment or hazardous storage. Export shipment applies to
transport in a salt-laden atmosphere or to anywhere outside
North America. Hazardous storages applies to a highly damaging
atmosphere (such as salt-laden, sand-laden, or high humidity)
typical of offshore platform service.
2.0 Protection Life

2.1 Minimum protection afforded by this procedure is approximately
one year. Maximum protection is dependent on the environment.
2.2 It is the responsibility of the customer, packager or warehouse
at which the units are being stored to periodically monitor the
conditions of the units for protection breakdowns. The frequency
of inspection depends on the conditions of the environment,
but should be at least every 3 months. When a breakdown
is observed, the old coating should be removed and the unit
reprotected per this standard. If a protection breakdown is found
during the initial one year period, the CES Technical Field
Service Department should be notified.
2.3 Units in storage should be flushed out and recoated at least every
eighteen months to assure adequate protection.
2.4 Any additional protection beyond this standard, required by
the customer, should be negotiated with the CES Marketing
Department. Marketing should contact CES Materials Lab to
determine if customer requirement is reasonable and whether we
can meet those standards.
2.5 It is the responsibility of CES’s Marketing Department to
designate on the sales release when this special protection and
packaging is necessary.
1-56 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.0 Requirements
3.1 Compressor Cylinders
3.1.1 Standard Lube and Mini-lube Cylinders
Coat the compressor cylinder bore, gas passages, under
the valve caps, head, valve retainers, valves, suction
and discharge flanges, V.V. pocket screws and any other
unpainted metal surfaces per Engineering Standard ES5
except that Tectyl 502-C replaces Tectyl 843.
All cylinders are to be shipped in a waterproof box after
coating as well as all related parts which are shipped
loose.
3.1.2 Non-Lube Cylinders
Prepare per Engineermng Standard ES2.
Follow the Engineering Standard ES5 storage requirements
except that Tectyl 502-C replaces Tectyl 843 and also the
protective coatings must be removed prior to start.
Box the entire unit in a waterproof box.
3.3 Engines
Follow the storage requirements of Engineering Standard ES5
with the following additions:
3.3.1 Protective coatings must be removed prior to start
except Item 3 below.
3.3.2 Pump a mixture of 50/50 Tectyl 843 and diesel fuel into
the fuel lines for diesel and dual fuel engines.
3.3.3 Spray a very light film of Tectyl 843 inside the power
cylinders and reinstall the spark plugs/injector nozzles/
clean burn nozzles. i Normally,Tectyl 843
will not have to be
removed from the
3.3.4 After removing sidecovers, spray all exposed machined power cylinders prior to
surfaces inside the crankcase with Tectyl 843 or equal, start as it is a combustible
including crankshaft, connecting rods, liners, piston and will burn cleanly inside
the combustion chamber.
skirts, camshafts, chain drives and gear drives. BEFORE STARTING THE
UNIT, however, the power
cylinders should be visually
inspected using a bore-
scope to assure that there
is no water collection, rust
damage or a large accumu-
lation of Tectyl. Flush large
accumulations of Tectyl with
a stoddard solvent prior to
start.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.3.5 Engines with mounted air cleaners:

Remove the filter assembly and spray inside all piping
with Tectyl 843. Do not spray directly onto the
turbocharger rotor or into the carburetor. Seal the inlet
piping as described in ES5.
Oil bath and oil wetted screen filter assemblies must be
coated with Tectyl 843 on all unpainted surfaces.
Dry type filter assemblies must have the filter elements
removed from the housing and sealed in plastic.
The frame must be coated with Tectyl 506 on all
unpainted surfaces. Ship the filter assembly in a
separate waterproof box.
3.3.6 Governors:
The governor must be removed from the engine,
wrapped in PC75D VCI paper or equal, and placed in
a waterproof box. Fill the governor with oil per ES5.
Cover the governor opening on the engine with a 1/2"
marine plywood and a gasket of 1/8" flat neoprene
sheet, or RTV sealant with full bolting. Before applying
RTV sealant, a coating of Tectyl 843 should be
applied to the metal surface to minimize problems
of cover removal.
3.3.7 Magneto:
Remove from the engine and place in a waterproof box
with a suitable amount of desicant or PC75D VCI paper
or equal for shipment and/or storage.
3.3.8 Box the engine in a waterproof box.
i PC15D VQ paper may

be purchased from
3.3.9 The engine should not be barred over after the rust
proofing has been accomplished, as this removes the
Daubert Chemical
Company or one of their protective film.
distributors.
4.0 Required Protection Tags
and Protection Removal Procedures
4.1 The following tag will be attached to the treated engine or
compressor frame:
ICAUTION
This engine/compressor unit
Front of Tag:
has been treated with Tectyl Date of Treatment Subsequent Inspection Dates
rust preventives and should not
be turned over until ready to Prior to start-up, the rust preventive should be removed from
place into service. inside the units with stoddard solvent or mineral spirits. Allow
this to drain thoroughly to avoid oil dilution.
1-58 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 13
Trimming Superior And Ajax
Compressors For Sour Gas Applications
In Lubricated Service
1.0 Purpose
1.1 To define and clarify the compressor design criteria to be used
in applying compressors in sour gas service to prevent the
occurrence of sulfide stress corrosion cracking and untimely
failure of compressor components.
1.2 To establish compressor design criteria that follow the guidelines
of API 11P and NACE MR0175 for sour gas service.
1.3 To establish Ajax and Superior Packaging design criteria that
follow the guidelines of API 11P and NACE MR0175.
1.4 To establish and define different levels of protection depending
upon the customer’s requirements.
1.4.1 The standard protection level will be per guidelines
established by API 11P and described in Section 4.0.
1.4.2 For more rigid protection requirements the guidelines
used will be NACE MR0175, described in Section 5.0.
This stricter protection may be needed to comply with
stricter regulatory controls or customer requirements.
1.4.3 Since the customer knows the application details of
his process much more thoroughly than does CES, the
customer may determine that higher levels of H2S trim
are required and opt to buy these. CES will make every
effort to accommodate these special requirements.
2.0 Application
2.1 These guidelines apply only to lubricated compressor units;
requirements will be different on a non-lube compressor and will
be decided on an individual basis.
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY
2.2 Section 4.0 designates the trim requirement when units are
designed to the guidelines of API 11P.
a. Section 4.1 for H2S concentrations up to and including 2%
by volume applies to Ajax and Superior model compressors,
including RAM and JOY.
b. Section 4.2 for H2S concentrations between 2% and 5%
(Level 1-11P) applies only to Ajax and Superior model
compressors, including RAM.
c. Section 4.3 for H2S concentrations greater than 5%
(Level 2-11P) applies only to Ajax and Superior model
compressors, including RAM.
2.3 Section 5.0 designates the trim requirements when units are
designed to more nearly meet the guidelines of NACE MR0175
and applies only to Ajax and Superior model compressors,
including RAM.
2.4 Section 6.0 designates the trim requirements for Ajax Packaging
when it is designed to meet the guidelines of API 11P.
2.5 Section 7.0 designates the trim requirements for Ajax Packaging
when it is designed to more nearly meet the guidelines of NACE
MR0175 and more stringent customer requirements.
2.6 When CO2 concentrations greater than 5% are present with an
H2S concentration greater than 2%, the units should be trimmed
per the Level 2-11P requirements in Section 4.3 as a minimum.
In addition, the requirements in Section 7.0 of CO2 trim standard
(ES14—contact CES Marketing) will be required.
3.0 Responsibilities
3.1 Marketing’s responsibilities are:
3.1.1 To acquire reliable gas analysis; and to identify,
to both engineering and the customer, all sour gas
applications as early as possible (hopefully in the
pre-quotation stage).
3.1.2 To be familiar with the various requirements set herein.
3.1.3 To price all sour gas units appropriately.
3.1.4 To educate the involved customers and end-users
ES 13
1-60 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
on their responsibilities concerning the maintenance

and operational procedures to be used for sour gas
compressors.
3.2 Engineering’s responsibilities are:
3.2.1 To define and specify properly designed components in
accordance with the guidelines set herein.
3.2.2 To review all sour gas applications forwarded by
Marketing and assist them as required in tailoring
individual applications to requirements.
3.2.3 To set the standards for design and proper maintenance
and keep them updated as the “state of the art”
advances.
3.2.4 To assure that copies of this standard as well as
Engineering Standard ES1002 for Superior products
and ESS-L-811 and ESS-L-168 for Ajax products are
properly distributed in instruction manuals for sour gas
units.
3.3 Responsibilities of the customer:
3.3.1 To advise CES Sales and Marketing when the
recommended trim requirements in this specification
are not considered adequate and to negotiate what is
required prior to order release.
3.3.2 To maintain the sour gas compressors in accordance
with the standards set herein and to adhere to the
particular minimum lubrication recommendations
specified.
3.3.3 To assure that maintenance and operating procedures
are well understood and followed and that all required
safety training and safety procedures for handling sour
gas have been addressed. Those safety procedures must
be enforced for all persons working at or visiting the
unit site.
4.0 Standard Trim Requirements

Unless otherwise required by specific customer requirements, sour gas units
will be trimmed using the guidelines of the latest edition of API 11P.
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Exceptions to this can occur on an individual basis when either high H2S
levels exist or other constituents are present which affect the trim.
4.1 Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) concentrations up to and including 2%
by volume:
4.1.1 For any concentration of H2S below .005% (50 ppm)
no special requirements are necessarily relative to the
trimming of the equipment.
4.1.2 For any concentration of H2S from .005% (50 ppm)
up to and including 2% by volume in lubricated
service special trim will not be required. Standard
material is acceptable and special lubrication practices
are recommended.
4.1.3 The frame lubricant used must have a total base number
(TBN) of 15 or higher to help prevent the lubricant from
turning acid and damaging bearings and bushings. This
alkalinity must be maintained during operation in the
machine by appropriate timely makeup or complete oil
changes. At no time should the lubricant TBN be less
than approximately 30% of the original TBN number.
4.1.4 The frame lubricant must meet or exceed the
requirements of MIL-L-2104B, Supplement No. 1.
4.1.5 A complete oil analysis program on the frame lubricant
is required to determine proper oil change intervals as
well as to monitor the condition of the lubricant and
the unit.
4.1.6 Compressor cylinder lubricants must adhere to the
requirements of Ajax-Superior Engineering Standard
ES1002 for Superior models and ESS-L-811 and
ESS-L-168 for Ajax models. Viscosities are to
be on the high side of the pressure conditions
normally required and a 3 to 8% compounding with
acidless tallow (similar to steam cylinder oils) is
also required.
4.1.7 The compressor cylinder lubricant rate is to be
double the normal rate for equivalent non-sour gas
applications.
ES 13
1-62 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.1.8 Brass, bronze, copper, and other copper alloys shall

not be used on hardware for gas wetted parts. On
external components, and other components that are not
normally gas wetted, yellow metals are to be avoided
where practical or as specified by agreement with the
customer. This requirement shall be followed for units
and packages.
Sections 6.0 and 7.0 define yellow metal removal
requirements for Ajax Packaging.
4.1.9 The compressor distance pieces are to be properly
vented in accordance with local safety standards to
provide maximum safety to personnel.
4.1.10 Soft iron or aluminum gaskets are to be used between
the valve and valve seat.
4.1.11 The O-ring material used for standard Superior
equipment is Viton (Spec. 473) and this is also
acceptable for H2S service. For lower temperature
operations (<275°F.) Neoprene (Spec. 479) can be
specified as an option.
For Ajax compressor cylinders, the standard O-ring
material is Neoprene.
4.1.12 For Ajax Packaging requirements in this level, see
Sections 6.0 and 7.0 of this standard.
4.1.13 For RAM compressors, an auxiliary distance piece or
an acceptable purged packing design is required to keep
cylinder oil from contaminating the frame oil.
For Ajax and Superior models, the standard crosshead
guide/distance piece is acceptable.
4.2 Level 1-11P Trim (2-5% H2S)
4.2.1 Concentrations of H2S from greater than 2% up to and
including 5% by volume:
4.2.2 All of the special requirements already discussed apply,
plus the additional requirements listed in Section 4.2.
4.2.3 A suitable corrosion inhibitor should be added to the
cylinder lubricating oil as defined by the user’s oil
manufacturer.
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.2.4 Cylinders are to be equipped with a suction flushing

system (injection of cylinder lubricating oil into the
suction nozzle of each cylinder). This is in addition
to the regular cylinder lubrication. This helps to resist
the natural solvent action of the sour gas and insures a
thorough distribution of oil for better lubrication. It also
helps to better form a barrier to corrosion by coating all
the valve surfaces with an oil film.
Superior RAM cylinders and Ajax cylinders are
excluded from this requirement as standard practice.
4.2.5 Distance Piece: For RAM compressors, an auxiliary
distance piece is required.
4.2.6 For Superior compressors, oil slingers are to be used
where adequate space is available on each compressor
rod in the distance piece compartment to assure that
none of the H2S contaminated cylinder or packing
lubricant works its way back into the crankcase and
contaminates the frame lubricating system. An auxiliary
distance piece may be required for this application.
For RAM units, oil slingers are not required, but can be
added as an option if space permits.
For Ajax compressors, oil slingers are not required, but
can be added as an option. If oil slingers are requested
by the customer, then it may require a distance piece to
provide room for the slinger.
Cylinders mounted on Joy frames are excluded from
this requirement.
4.2.7 Packing and Piston Ring: Packing and piston ring
material shall either be non-metallic or contain no
copper bearing metals.
4.2.8 Compressor Valve: Compressor valves will be standard
construction and hardness.
4.2.9 Carbon Steel Parts: All carbon steel, alloy steel, or
12CR steel parts which are gas wetted (come in
contact with the process gas stream) are to have a
maximum hardness of 22 HRC. This is to include all
internal fasteners and V.V. pocket screws, but excludes
compressor valve assembly fasteners.
ES 13
1-64 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.2.10 Piston Rod: The piston rods are to be either AISI

4140 alloy steel with a hardness of 15-22 HRC (Heat
Treat Spec H2S) or Custom 450 stainless steel with a
hardness of 30-34 HRC (Heat Treat Spec Z) or 17-4
PH (Spec 246-A) stainless steel with a hardness of
28-33 HRC (Heat Treat Spec ZA). The reduced
hardness 4140 material will have lower mechanical
properties and for some Superior compressors will
require deration of the rod load capacity of the machine
as detailed in Ajax-Superior Engineering Standard ES11
(contact CES Marketing). Using the Custom 450 or
17-4 PH material will not require deration.
For Ajax cylinders deration is not necessary unless
specified by Engineering.
Piston Rod Coating: Piston rods must be coated in
the packing area. For Superior rods tungsten carbide
coating is used. For Ajax rods Colmonoy coating or
tungsten carbide coatings are used.
4.2.11 Forged Steel Cylinders: Forged steel cylinder bodies
made of AISI 1045, 4140, or low alloy steel are to
have a maximum hardness of 235 HB. Engineering will
evaluate these applications on an individual basis as
some cylinder pressure ratings may have to be reduced
because of the mechanical properties restrictions.
4.2.12 Piping and Vessels: All process piping, pulsation
drums, scrubbers and coolers will comply with
NACE MR0175 and shall have a minimum 1/16"
corrosion allowance. This requirement is the packager’s
responsibility.
Sections 6.0 and 7.0 define Ajax Packaging
requirements in this level.
4.2.13 Instrumentation: All instrumentation that comes in
contact with the process stream (liquid level controls,
shutdowns, bourdon tubes, process valving, relief
valves, etc.) shall be suitable for corrosion gas
service (i.e., plated fittings are acceptable).
This requirement is the packager’s responsibility.
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.3 Level 2-11P Trim (>5% H2S)

4.3.1 Concentrations of H2S greater than 5% by volume.
4.3.2 All of the special requirements already discussed in
Level 1-11P apply plus the additional requirements
listed in Section 4.3.
4.3.3 Compressor Valves: Valve seats, guards, and valve
bolts made of carbon steel or AISI 4140 alloy steel
shall have a maximum hardness of 22HRC (Heat
Treat Spec H2S). This may reduce the pressure
differential capability of specific valve designs and
thus the pressure differential capability of the cylinders.
Engineering will evaluate these on an individual basis
and select appropriate alternative valve designs to meet
the application requirements.
For Superior compressor valves free-machining
carbon or alloy steel material shall not be used for this
level H2S.
For Ajax compressor valves, free machining material
shall be used unless H2S levels warrant special
engineering selections.
This reduced hardness requirement also includes steel
valve cages (retainers) when they are used.
Compressor valve components may also be made of
AISI 416 stainless steel with a maximum hardness of
22HRC.
4.3.4 Compressor Valve Plates: Valve plates wherever
possible are to be plastic to better prevent seat
wear against the softer valve seats. For discharge
temperatures to 280°F., thermoplastic plates
(Spec 484A) can be used; for higher discharge
temperatures, PEEK (Spec 490) material can be
used as the non-metallic plate.
When metallic plates are required Inconel X-750
(Spec 241) will be used.
4.3.5 Compressor Valve Springs: The standard 17-7PH valve
spring material will be used.
ES 13
1-66 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.3.6 Distance Piece: For Ajax and Superior model

compressors, two-compartment configuration is
required with pressure packing located between the
distance piece and the compressor frame. This means an
auxiliary distance piece must be added to the standard
crosshead guide/distance piece. The outer compartment
must be purged with inert gas to a pressure of 3-5"
H2O (see Section 4.3.10). The inner compartment can
either be separately vented or purged with inert gas to a
pressure of 3-5" H2O.
The packing case is to be tubed to an external point on
the distance piece for these models.
For RAM compressors, purging is required for the
auxiliary distance piece.
4.3.7 Compressor Fasteners: All compressor cylinder and
distance piece critical bolting, capscrews, studs, and
nuts which come in contact with the process gas stream
shall conform to ASTM A193-B7M (bolts and studs)
and ASTM A194-2HM (nuts).
4.3.8 Piping and Vessels: Unless otherwise specified by
the purchaser, all process piping, pulsation drums,
scrubbers, and cooler headers will be 100%
radiographed and post heat-treated and shall have
a minimum 1/8" corrosion allowance. Threaded
connections over 3/4" are not allowed. 100% ASME
inspection criteria are to be used. This requirement is
the packager’s responsibility.
requirements in this level. Also, for Ajax Packaging,
threaded connections up to and including one inch will
be specified; all connections above this shall be flanged.
valves, etc.) shall meet the full requirements of
NACE MR0125 except that stainless steel tubing
fittings are required. This requirement is the packager’s
responsibility.
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY

4.3.10 Purge Systems: The distance piece shall be purged with
inert gas. The packager is responsible for purging per
these requirements. If other venting or purging systems
are desired, the details are to be negotiated between
the purchaser and the packager (i.e. vacuum systems,
or sweet natural gas purge). The final detailed system
should provide for the safety of persons around the
equipment and should prevent contamination of the
frame oil with sour gas. Packing cases will not be
purged unless required by the customer.
4.3.11 Cooler Tubes: The gas cooler tubes shall be furnished
in 304 or 316 stainless steel. This requirement is the
packager’s responsibility.
5.0 Enhanced H2S Trim Requirements

5.1 These sections cover H2S trim requirements based on guidelines
established by NACE MR0175. These sections specify more
rigid H2S trim levels than required for standard API 11P trim.
5.2 When a customer requires H2S trim in excess of API 11P for
requirements meeting NACE, the Ajax and Superior equipment
will be trimmed using the guidelines known as Class IV and
described in the remaining sections.
5.3 This enhanced level of trim can be used for any concentration of
H2S as required by the customer. Trimming to this level may be
required for even very low concentrations of H2S (500 ppm) if
regulations controlling the equipment require strict adherence to
NACE MR0175.
5.4 Class IV H2S Trim
5.4.1 A suitable corrosion inhibitor should be added to the
cylinder lubricating oil as defined by the user’s oil
manufacturer.
5.4.2 All the special requirements specified and
recommended in Section 4.1 of this standard should
be followed.
ES 13
1-68 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
5.4.3 The cylinders are to be equipped with a suction flushing

system (injection of cylinder lubricating oil into the
suction nozzle of each cylinder).
5.4.4 Two-compartment distance pieces are required. The
outer compartment must be purged with inert gas to
a pressure of 3-5" H2O (See Section 5.4.16). The
inner compartment can either be separately vented as
described previously or purged with inert gas to a
pressure of 3-5" H2O.
5.4.5 For Superior model compressors, oil slingers are to
be used where adequate space is available on each
compressor rod in the distance piece compartment to
insure that none of the H2S contaminated cylinder or
packing lubricant works its way back into the crankcase
and contaminates the frame lubricating system.
For Ajax model compressors, oil slingers are not
required but can be added as an option.
5.4.6 Compressor valve springs are to be Inconel.
5.4.7 Packing garter springs are to be Inconel.
5.4.8 Piston Rod: The piston rods are to be either AISI
4140 alloy steel with a hardness of 15-22 HRC (Heat
Treat Spec H2S) or Custom 450 stainless steel with a
hardness of 30-34 HRC (Heat Treat Spec Z), or 17-4PH
(Spec 246-A) stainless steel with a hardness of 28-33
HRC (Heat Treat Spec ZA). The reduced hardness 4140
material will have lower mechanical properties and for
some Superior compressors will require deration of the
rod load capacity of the machine as detailed in Ajax-
Superior Engineering Standard ES11. Using the Custom
450 or 17-4PH material will not require deration.
For Ajax cylinders deration is also not necessary unless
specified by Engineering.
Tungsten carbide coating is required in the packing
travel area of the Superior piston rods. For Ajax
rods, Colmonoy coating or tungsten carbide coatings
are used.
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY
5.4.9 Compressor Valves: The valve seats, guards, and valve

bolts are to be made of carbon steel or AISI 4140 alloy
steel with a hardness of 22 HRC maximum (Heat
Treat Spec H2S). This may reduce the pressure
differential capability of the cylinders. Engineering
will evaluate these on an individual basis and select
appropriate alternative valve designs to meet the
application requirements.
For Superior and for Ajax guards and seats in this
classification, free machining carbon or alloy steel shall
not be used.
Compressor valve components may also be made of
AISI 416 stainless steel with a maximum hardness of
22 HRC.
This reduced hardness requirement also includes steel
valve cages (retainers) when they are used.
5.4.10 Forged Steel Cylinders: Forged steel cylinder bodies
are to be made of AISI 1045, 4140, or low alloy steel
with a maximum hardness of 235 HB. Engineering will
evaluate these applications on an individual basis as
some cylinder pressure ratings may have to be reduced.
5.4.11 Carbon Steel Parts: All steel gas wetted parts are
to have a maximum hardness of 22 HRC. This is to
include all internal fasteners and V.V. pocket screws,
and also includes compressor valve assembly fasteners.
5.4.12 Compressor Valve Plates: Valve plates, wherever
possible, are to be plastic to better prevent seat wear
against the softer valve seats. For Superior compressors
with discharge temperatures to 280°F, thermoplastic
plates (Spec. 484A) can be used; for higher discharge
temperatures, PEEK (Spec. 490) material shall be used
as the non-metal plate.
For all RAM and Ajax cylinders, Peek material shall be
used at all temperatures.
When metal plates are required, Inconel X-750
(Spec. 241) shall be used.
ES 13
1-70 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
5.4.13 Compressor Fasteners: All compressor cylinder and

distance piece critical bolting, capscrews, studs, or nuts
which come in contact with the process gas stream shall
conform to ASTM A193-B7M (bolts and studs) and
ASTM A194-2HM (nuts).
5.4.14 Piping and Vessels: Unless otherwise specified
by the purchaser, all process piping, pulsation
drums, scrubbers and cooler headers will be 100%
radiographed and post heat-treated and shall have
a minimum 1/8" corrosion allowance. Threaded
connections over 3/4" are not allowed. 100% ASME
inspection criteria are to be used. This requirement is
the packager’s responsibility.
Section 7.4 defines the Ajax Packaging requirements
in this level. Also, for Ajax Packaging, threaded
connections up to and including one inch will be
specified; all connections above this shall be flanged.
valves, etc.) shall meet the full requirements of
NACE MR0175 except where stainless steel tubing
fittings are required. This requirement is the packager’s
responsibility.
Section 7.4 defines the Ajax Packaging requirements in
this level.
5.4.16 Purge Systems: The distance piece shall be purged
with inert gas. The packager is responsible for purging
per these requirements. If other venting or purging
systems are desired, the details are to be negotiated
between the purchaser and the packager (i.e., vacuum
systems, or sweet natural gas purge). The final detailed
system should provide for the safety of persons around
the equipment and should prevent contamination of the
frame oil with sour gas. Packing cases will not be
purged unless required by the customer.
5.4.17 Cooler Tubes: Gas cooler tubes shall be furnished
in 304 or 316 stainless steel. This requirement is the
packager’s responsibility.
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY
6.0 Ajax Packaging Requirements For H2S Service

(API 11P Guidelines)
6.1 This section covers H2S trim requirements for the Packaging
portion of the Ajax model frame and compressor units. These
requirements are based on the guidelines of API 11P.
6.2 For trace H2S (trace is defined as 0.005 mole % H2S or 50 ppm)
up to and including 2% by volume:
6.2.1 All gaskets in the process gas wetted piping shall
be stainless flexitallic (spiral wound AISI 316
stainless steel).
6.2.2 The distance piece(s) shall be vented to the skid edge.
6.2.3 Distance piece(s) shall have only steel access door
covers.
6.2.4 Use H2S trim scrubber controls, including stainless
steel float and body, for scrubber level switch, level
controller, and automatic dump valve; stainless steel for
expanded metal in scrubbers; 304L mesh; and stainless
steel ball valve for scrubber manual drain.
6.2.5 Remove yellow metals from the instrument gas
Meco regulator.
6.2.6 Use H2S trim manual blowdown valve including
stainless steel valve body and ball.
6.2.7 Provide tinnized wiring in the panel (this is standard
release for panel wiring).
6.2.8 Provide Altronic PHL or Murphy environmentally
sealed pressure gauges with stainless steel movement
and bourdon tube.
6.3 For H2S concentrations from greater than 2% up to and including
5% by volume:
6.3.1 Include all of the special requirements already discussed
in Section 6.2.
6.3.2 Corrosion allowance for the process gas piping,
pulsation bottles, scrubbers, and cooler gas headers shall
be 1/8".
6.3.3 Provide H2S trim for instrument panel.
ES 13
1-72 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
6.3.4 Provide H2S trimmed process gas relief valves.

6.3.5 Provide two (2) compartment lubricators with
additional day tank and level switch.
6.4 For H2S concentrations greater than 5% by volume:
6.4.1 Include all special requirements already discussed in
Sections 6.2 and 6.3.
6.4.2 Piping and vessels: Unless otherwise specified by the
purchaser, the following are required:
a. 100% radiography of process gas pressure vessel
butt and seam welds.
b. 100% radiography of butt welds in gas piping.
c. All vessels and gas piping shall be stress relieved.
d. All cooler gas section headers shall be stress
relieved.
e. Magnetic particle test all flanged connections in
pressure vessels per ANSI B31.3.
f. Magnetic particle test threaded connections
(couplings, etc.) in pressure vessels and process
gas piping per ANSI B31.3.
6.4.3 Use 316 stainless steel in place of plated steel fittings
for panel instrument and lubrication tubing.
6.4.4 Use 304 or 316 stainless steel for gas cooler tubes and
use shoulder plug design.
6.4.5 Use 316 stainless steel in place of carbon steel for panel
pulsation dampeners.
6.4.6 Compressor packing vent to be tubed to the edge of
the skid.
6.4.7 Provide NACE trimmed instrumentation and process
valves for parts coming in contact with the process
stream.
6.5 Fuel Gas Packaging:
6.5.1 It is not the intent of this standard to specify allowable
levels of H2S in the fuel gas. However, if H2S is present
in the fuel gas or starting gas above a trace amount
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY
(50 ppm), then special piping and packaging will be

necessary to properly handle the gas. These special
requirements for Ajax Packaging are listed in
this section.
6.5.2 Provide H2S trimmed fuel gas relief valve.
6.5.3 Use carbon steel for the fuel gas block valve body
and ball.
6.5.4 Use carbon steel for the starting gas block valve body
and ball.
7.0 Enhanced Ajax Packaging Requirements For

H2S Service (Special Customer
Requirements)
7.1 This section covers H2S trim requirements for the Packaging
portion of the Ajax model frames and compressors when special
customer requirements or stricter adherence to NACE MR0175
are necessary.
7.2 H2S concentration of trace or above (trace is defined as 0.005
mole % H2S or 50 ppm):
7.2.1 Piping and Vessels: Unless otherwise specified by the
purchaser, the following are required whenever there is
a trace or above concentration of H2S. This requirement
exceeds the requirement of API 11-P.
a. 100% radiography of process gas pressure vessel butt
and seam welds.
b. 100% radiography of butt welds in gas piping.
c. 100% radiography of cooler gas header welds.
d. All vessels and gas piping shall be stress relieved.
e. All cooler gas section headers shall be stress relieved.
7.2.2 All gaskets in the process gas wetted piping shall be
stainless flexitallic (spiral wound AISI 316 stainless).
7.2.3 Scrubbers used for H2S service should have 304L mesh
which is normally standard.
7.2.4 Use stainless steel ball valve for scrubber manual drain
ES 13
1-74 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
which is normally standard.

7.2.5 All process gas wetted instrumentation to be suitable for
H2S service with all yellow metal removed.
7.2.6 Remove yellow metals from the level controllers and
dump valves.
7.2.7 Remove yellow metals from the instrument gas Meco
regulator.
7.2.8 Provide Altronic PHL or Murphy environmentally
sealed pressure gauges with stainless steel movement
and bourdon tube.
7.2.9 Provide tinnized wiring in the panel (this is standard
release for panel wiring).
7.2.10 Use carbon steel in place of bronze valves in the jacket
water system.
7.2.11 Provide two-compartment lubricator with additional
day tank and level switch.
7.3 H2S concentration > 0.5%:
7.3.1 Include all the special trim as specified in Section 7.2.
7.3.2 Corrosion allowance for the process gas piping,
pulsation bottles, scrubbers, and cooler headers,
shall be 1/8".
7.3.3 Magnetic particle test of flanged connections in pressure
vessels is to be performed per ANSI B31.3.
7.3.4 Magnetic particle test of threaded connections
(couplings, etc.) in pressure vessels and process gas
piping is to be performed per ANSI B31.3.
7.3.5 Use 304 stainless steel or SA 179 seamless carbon steel
tubes for cooler gas sections.
7.3.6 Use stainless steel in place of carbon steel for expanded
metal in scrubbers.
7.3.7 Use stainless steel float for scrubber level switch.
7.3.8 Use stainless steel body for scrubber level switch, level
controller, and use stainless steel automatic dump valve.
7.3.9 Use stainless steel in place of carbon steel for the
ES 13

UNCONTROLLED COPY
blowdown valve body and ball.

7.3.10 Provide NACE trimmed process gas relief valves.
7.3.11 Use 316 stainless steel in place of carbon steel for panel
pulsation dampeners.
7.3.12 Remove all yellow metals from all components
including external and non-gas wetted components
(i.e., drains, valves, cooling systems, etc.)
7.4 H2S concentration > 5%:
7.4.1 Include all the special trim as specified in Sections 7.2
and 7.3.
7.4.2 Pressure vessel design criteria will include full
couplings.
7.4.3 Pressure vessel design criteria will include
reinforcement pads on all flanged connections.
7.4.4 Use 316 stainless steel in place of plated steel fittings
for panel instrument and lubrication tubing.
7.4.5 Corrosion test connections (couplings) are to be
fabricated in the cold side discharge piping.
7.4.6 Use 304 or 316 stainless steel for gas cooler tubes and
use shoulder plug design.
7.5 Fuel Gas Packaging:
7.5.1 It is not the intent of this standard to specify allowable
levels of H2S in the fuel gas. However, if H2S is present
in the fuel gas or starting gas above a trace amount
(50 ppm), then special piping and packaging will be
necessary to properly handle the gas. These special
requirements for Ajax Packaging are listed in this
section.
7.5.2 Use carbon steel in place of ductile iron for Fisher fuel
gas regulator.
7.5.3 Provide NACE trimmed fuel gas relief valve.
7.5.4 Use stainless steel for the fuel gas block valve body
and ball.
7.5.5 Use stainless steel for the starting gas block valve body
and ball.
ES 13
1-76 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 14
Trimming Compressors for Carbon
Dioxide/Natural Gas Applications in
Lubricated Service
1.0 Scope
1.1 This specification is to be used as a guide in trimming CES
Superior manufactured compressors for the compression of gas
having various percentages of carbon dioxide (CO2).
1.2 These guidelines apply only to lubricated compressor units;
requirements will be different on a non-lube compressor and will
be decided on an individual basis.
1.3 This specification follows the guidelines established in the
latest edition of API Specification 11P. Where this specification
deviates from 11P it will be noted. Some of the wording and
graph data is taken directly from this API publication.
Special trimming and materials other than those specified in this
specification will be negotiated on an individual basis in order to
meet a customer’s specific requirements.
1.4 Figure 1 in this specification shows the pressure and CO2
concentration parameters where special trimming is required.
2.0 Purpose
2.1 Carbon dioxide is soluble to some degree in water and will form
a weak carbonic acid solution. The solubility of CO2 in water
increases with increasing pressure and decreases with increasing
temperature. Water droplets are normally present in gas streams
handled by Ajax-Superior equipment, and even when separation
and dehydration equipment is used it is subject to system upsets.
Therefore, this specification is written to limit the susceptibility
of this equipment to potential carbonic acid corrosion. (See
Section 5.2 on the following pages).
ES 14

UNCONTROLLED COPY
2.2 Carbonic acid is a fairly weak acid; therefore, general corrosion

is normally not a problem on compressor materials except as
concentrations increase. The real problem is in the areas that see
higher gas velocities (i.e. valves around piston rod seals, etc.)
where erosion of the protective film occurs and accelerates
the corrosion.
3.1 Marketing’s responsibility:
3.1.1 To acquire reliable gas analysis and to identify, to
both Engineering and the customer, gas concentrations
requiring special trim as early as possible (hopefully in
the pre-quotation stage).
3.1.2 To be familiar with the various requirements set herein.
3.1.3 To price all units requiring the special trim
appropriately.
3.1.4 To educate the involved customers and end-users on
their responsibility concerning the maintenance and
operational procedures to be used for CO2 compression.
3.2 Engineering’s responsibility:
3.2.1 To define and specify properly-designed components in
accordance with the guidelines set herein.
3.2.2 To review all CO2 applications forwarded by Marketing
and assist them, as required, in tailoring individual
applications to requirements.
3.2.3 To set the standards for design and proper
maintenanace, and to keep them updated as the “state of
the art” advances.
3.2.4 To assure that copies of this standard, as well as
Engineering Standard ES 1002, are properly distributed
in instruction manuals for CO2 units.
3.3 Responsibility of the customer:
3.3.1 To maintain the CO2 compressors in accordance with
the standards set herein.
ES 14
1-78 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.0 Lubrication of Units

4.1 We recommend that, because of the dilution effect of CO2, an
inhibited oil with a viscosity one grade heavier than standard be
used. These recommendations are found in Engineering Standard
ES1002.
5.0 Gas Concentration Levels Requiring Special

Trim
5.1 For lubricated compression units operating below 400 psig
suction pressure or with pressure/CO2 concentration parameters
to the left of the curve in Figure 1, no special trim is required.
All metal gaskets should be soft iron or aluminum and o-rings
should be nitrile, neoprene, or viton, depending on operating
temperatures.
5.2 Corrosion will not be a problem in dry CO2; therefoe, if the
customer can guarantee that his dehydration equipment will
absolutely prevent moisture dropout anywhere in the equipment
downstream of the dehydration process, then special trim will not
be required. This guarantee of bone-dry gas should be in writing
and filed in the sales packet.
5.3 For non-lubricated compression jobs, special trim will be
required for any CO2 concentration above 2%.
5.4 In the actual application of this standard, lubricated units having
CO2 levels falling to the left of the curve in Figure 1 should be
judged on an individual basis. If the gas is known to be extremely
dirty, or if customer maintenance is known from past experience
to be poor, or if the unit is designed to operate with more than
normal stops and starts or complex unloading, then special trim
may be necessary at lower CO2 concentrations and pressures.
6.0 Trimming for Carbon Dioxide

6.1 Valve Body and Bolts: valve seats and guards and center bolt
shall be AISI 416 stainless steel at standard hardness levels
(Superior Specification 251 Heat Treat WA). This section meets
exactly the API 11P requirements.
6.2 Valve Springs: springs shall be the Superior standard 17-7PH
stainless steel.
ES 14

UNCONTROLLED COPY
6.3 Valve Plates: plates shall be either plastic or Superior’s

standard AISI 410 (Superior Specification 243). This meets
11P requirements.
6.4 Piston Rods: the standard shall be AISI 4140 rods at the standard
hardness and with tungsten carbide coating. An alternative to
this is AISI 416 stainless steel induction hardened in the packing
travel area. The 11P specification calls for a maximum hardness
of 22 HRC; we do not feel this is necessary if H2S is not present.
6.5 Valve cap and seat gaskets are to be aluminum or soft iron. The
11P specification states gaskets are to be soft iron, but under
typical CO2 conditions aluminum gaskets, where required, are not
sensitive to the environment.
6.6 Unloader Parts: it is recommended that unloader valves be
Armoloy-plated on the stems in the bushing and seal travel area.
This is not required by 11P but we have found it beneficial in
supplying a reliable product. Stainless steel valves can also be
used instead of plating.
6.7 All other compressor cylinder components can be standard
material.
7.0 Lubricated Sour Gas Compressors With

Carbon Dioxide
7.1 For carbon dioxide concentrations less than 5%, Engineering
Standard ES 13 should be used for the trimming of units handling
sour (hydrogen sulfide) gas and CO2.
7.2 Sour gas units having greater than 2% H2S and greater than 5%
CO2 should be trimmed per ES 13 Level 2-11P or Class IV with
the following additional inclusions (the attached curve should not
be followed):
7.2.1 Valve Body and Bolts: where H2S levels are such
that reduced hardness valves are required, valve seats
and guards and center bolt shall be made from AISI
416 stainless steel and reduced in hardness to 22 HRC
maximum (Superior Specification 251 Heat Treat WD).
ES 14
1-80 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
7.2.2 Valve Plates: plates shall be either plastic or Inconel

X-750 (Superior Specification 241) for all levels of H2S
above 2%.
7.2.3 Unloader Parts: unloader valves should be reduced
in hardness to 22 HRC maximum (ES 13) and then
Armoloy plated on the stems in the bushing or seal
travel area.
Unloader valves can also be stainless steel with a
hardness of 22HRC maximum.
Figure I – Trimming Curve for CO2 Concentrations (Lubricated Units with < 2% H2S)
Suction Pressure
1200
900
Special trim required

600
300
Special trim not required
0
5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Percent CO2
ES 14

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 16
RAM Series Compressor Mechanical
and Acoustic Packaging Requirements
1.0 Scope
This standard provides the limitations and requirements for design of
the skid, pulsation bottles and cylinder supports to minimize mechanical
and pneumatic vibrations on RAM Series compressor packages. For
applications requiring vibration or performance guarantees, refer to ES3005
for requirements.
2.1 Marketing
2.1.1 Convey this standard to the packager.
2.1.2 Coordinate design review and testing of package.
2.1.3 Inform packager of the need to test the package for
special applications.
2.2 Engineering
2.2.1 Review package design, approve or disapprove, and
suggest where improvements could be made.
2.2.2 Participate in package testing and approve results where
applicable.
2.2.3 Review customer specifications to determine when
testing is necessary.
2.3 Packager
2.3.1 Design the package to the requirements in this standard.
2.3.2 Test the package when necessary.
3.0 Requirements
3.1 Unless otherwise required by customer specifications, cylinder
bottles are to be designed to achieve maximum pulsation level of
5% peak-to-peak.
1-82 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2 The structural mounting for the RAM cylinder and frame assembly
shall be massive and stiff enough to achieve a maximum vibration
level on the cylinder and frame assembly of 15 mils peak-to-peak.
3.3 Completed packages will be tested as needed to confirm acceptable
vibration and pulsation characteristics.
4.0 Procedure
4.1 The packager is to use the following inertia and stiffness guidelines
in designing the mounting structure.
4.1.1 The RAM compressor assembly shall be mounted to
a structure and concrete pad that has a total inertia
(not including that for prime-mover) about the vertical
centerline no less than 17,000 lb-ft-sec2 for a RAM two-
throw and 26,500 for a RAM four-throw.
4.1.2 The RAM compressor assembly shall be mounted to
a structure with a torsional stiffness about the vertical
centerline of no less than 6 x 109 in-lb/rad for a RAM two-
throw, and 12 x 109 in-lb/rad for a RAM four-throw.
4.1.3 The packager is to design head-end cylinder supports
for cylinder Classes H, I, J, and K (131⁄2” through 20”
diameter) and units employing an auxiliary distance piece.
The cylinder supports should be designed similar to the
sketch in Figure 1 and mounted to a concrete pad, skid,
or piling. For lowest vibration, supports may also be
required for smaller cylinder classes.
4.2 First-time packagers of RAM compressors, must submit the design
drawings for review by CES Engineering and approval signature of
the Manager, Product Engineering.
4.3 After approval, the design will be tested.
4.3.1 A no-load mechanical vibration test will be conducted.
4.3.2 A bump test will be performed to determine natural
frequencies in the operating speed range.
4.4 If the design proves adequate, no further testing or review would be
needed on subsequent units, except for special applications such as
offshore platforms and trailer-mounted units.
4.5 Packages for offshore platforms will always be tested with a bump
test and a no-load mechanical vibration test even if not required by
the customer specifications.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 2 – Steel Welded Support.

Recommended Cylinder Support for RAM Cylinders Classes H, I, J, & K
(13.5 THROUGH 20” DIAMETER)
1-84 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 19
Compressor Frame and Cylinder
Assembly Criteria
1.0 Scope
This standard lists the assembly criteria for the MW, SW, W7, WH, MH,
RAM and JOY frames and cylinders, along with the RAM, JOY, Superior
(traditional and WH), Ajax, and pipeline cylinders.
2.0 Purpose
This standard defines the assembly criteria that establish a machine to be an
acceptable product to be shipped to the customer.
3.0 Procedures
Machines are to be assembled and tested using the following:
3.1 Torque Table (pages 3 and 4).
3.2 Clearance Table (page 8).
3.3 Pressure testing of components.
3.3.1 Hydrotests are performed on all cylinder bodies,
heads, bonnets, and valve covers per Engineering
Standard ES 5011. Test procedures are determined from
individual part drawings.
3.3.2 Helium tests are performed per ES 5011 when required
by the sales release or for gases with molecular weights
below 12.
3.4 Valve leak testing is done per ES 4023.
3.5 Assembly inspections are performed per General Operating
Procedure 10.1003; included in this standard are the following:
3.5.1 Frame bar over test per ES 5029.
3.5.2 Recording of torques and clearances per Form SI-418,
SI-400, SI-461, SI-402, and SI- 468 found in Procedure
10.1003.
3.5.3 Recording reciprocating part weights per Form SI-417
found in Procedure 10.1003. See Section 3.6 of this
procedure (ES 19) for balancing details.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.5.4 Completion of inspection checklists per Form SI-415

and SI-419 found in Procedure 10.1003.
3.5.5 Air testing of all assembled cylinder bodies to make
sure all seals are not leaking per Testing Standard
35.0903.
3.5.6 Pneumatically operated valve or head unloaders are
bench-tested to make sure they operate properly per
ES 4024.
3.6 Frame/Cylinder Balancing
3.6.1 Unless specified differently on the sales release,
opposing throws are to be balanced to within three
pounds.
3.6.2 Opposing connecting rods are to be balanced to within
one pound.
3.6.3 Actual weights of moving components are to be
recorded on Form SI 417. Parts are to be weighed to the
nearest one-tenth of a pound.
3.6.4 Parts to be weighed are the connecting rod, piston/rod,
crosshead, and balance weights.
3.6.5 Piston/Rod weight is to include (stamp total weight on
end of piston):
• Piston
• Rod
• Any fasteners holding the piston to the rod
• Ring carrier, where applicable
• Piston rings and riders
For RAM only cylinders, the weight also includes the
nut on the crosshead end of the rod.
3.6.6 Crosshead weight is to include (stamp total weight on
crosshead):
• Crosshead
• Crosshead shoes
• Crosshead shoe fasteners
1-86 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.6.7 Connecting rod weight is to include (stamp total weight

on conn rod so it can be seen from top of frame):
• Connecting rod
(The connecting rod weight does not include the
bearing shells or the crosshead pin).
3.6.8 Balancing Weights:
Balancing weights are chosen to give the required total
weight. On RAM units, the balancing is done with
bolt-on weights.
3.7 Special Testing: occasionally, special tests or inspections are
required by customers and shall be specified in the Sales
Release. Special tests or inspections required by Engineering are
documented on Form 60.04-17, Compressor Frame and Cylinder
Special Test/Inspection Requirements (page 9).
3.8 Unless otherwise stated on the Sales Release, all units are
to be protected in accordance with ES 5 for North American
shipments. Exported equipment is to be protected per ES 7.
Recommended Torques (Foot/Pounds) - Compressors

W7 SW MW WH MH RAM
Connecting 1-1/8"-12 UNF nut 1"-14 UNS nut 1"-14 UNS nut 1"-8 UNJ bolt 1"-8 UNJ bolt 1"-14 UNS bolt
Rod 430-460 320-330 250-260 500 430-450 520
Main Bearing 1-1/8"-12 UNF nut 3/4"-10 UNC nut 3/4"-10 UNC nut 3/4"-10 UNC nut 3/4"-10 UNC nut 1"-8 UNC bolt
Cap 430-460 180-200 180-200 185-200 185-200 350
Base Spacer 1-1/4"-12 UNF 1-1/8"-12 UNF 1-1/8"-12 UNF 1-1/8"-7 bolt 1-1/8"-7 bolt 7/8"-9 UNC bolt
Bolt/Nut 640-700 380-410 380-410 380-400 380-400 300
Crosshead Pin 3/4"-16 UNF UNF 3/4"-16 UNF N/A N/A N/A
Nut 105-115 105-115 105-115
Soc. Head 5/8"-11 UNC Allen Screw Allen Screw 5/8"-11 5/8"-11 3/4-10
Capscrews Allen Soc. Head
Screws-Rod 60-70 Grade 5 60-65 60-65 60-70 60-70 120-140
Packing
Crosshead 1-1/2"-20 UNF- Flat Head Flat Head 3/8"-16 UNC 1/2"-20 UNF 1/2"-20 UNF
Shoe Flat Head Capscrew
35-45 25-30 25-30 18-20 30-35 20-25
Balance Weight N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5/8"-11 UNC

Capscrew 62

UNCONTROLLED COPY
W7 SW MW WH MH RAM
Balance Nut 2-1/2"-10 UN 2-1/2"-10 UNS 2-1/4"-8 UN 2-1/2"-10 UNS 2-1/2"-10 UNS 2"-8 UN
or Crosshead 2650-3250 2650-3250 1500-2000 2650-3250 1900-2300 1100
Jam Nut
Piston-to- 2"-8 UNF 2"-12 UN 2"-12 UN 7/8"-9 UNRC 7/8"-9 UNRC 1-1/2"-12 UN
Piston Rod 1180-1265 1760-2150 1760-2150 Capscrew Capscrew 1100
Nut (for thru rod) 200-220 200-220
For Multi-bolt, 2"-8 UN 2"-8 UN
see misc. fasteners. 1500-1600 1500-1600
(for Thru Rod) (for Thru Rod)
Crankshaft N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5/16"-18 UNC

Drive Gear 15
Capscrew
Cyl/Crosshead 7/8"-9 UNC 7/8"-9 UNC 7/8"-9 UNC 7/8"-9 UNC 7/8"-9 UNC 7/8"-9 UNC
Guide Capscrew 200 200 200 200-220 200-220 200
Valve Caps See Note 1 See Note 1 See Note 1 See Table for See Table for See Misc.
Valve Caps Valve Caps Nuts
RAM Cylinder N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A See Table

Half Bolting For RAM
Half Bolting
WH6 Cylinder N/A N/A See Table for See Table for N/A
Half Bolting WH6 Half WH6 Half
Bolting Bolting
Valve Size Center Bolt Hoerbiger Spiralock
2.375" 3-5
3.25" 3-5
4.00" Slotted Seat 13-15 5/16"-24 22-26
Center Bolt 4.00" Drilled Seat 29-32 3/8"-24 41-45
Torque 5.25" 13-15 7/16"-20 58-62
All Models 5.75" 18-20
7.00" 18-20
8.00" 18-20
9.125" 18-20
Coupling Hub 3"-12UN

Lockout for 25-50 ft.-lbs
Tapered Shafts
Set Screw Size 5/8"-18 UNF Torque per

Misc. Fasteners
1-88 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
RAM Cylinder Half Bolting

Cylinder Size (in) Class Fastener Size Torque
15.50 417CC 7/8" - 8 300 ft-lbs
16.00 418CC 7/8" - 8 300 ft-lbs
17.50 419CC 1" - 8 375 ft-lbs
18.00 420CC 1" - 8 375 ft-lbs
19.50 421CC 1" - 8 375 ft-lbs
20.00 422CC 1" - 8 375 ft-lbs
Torques based on lubricated threads and S.A.E. grade fasteners or better
WH Cylinder Half Bolting

Cylinder Size (in) Class Fastener Size Torque
117"/18" RD-#645/646 1-1/8" - 7 590-610
19"/20" SD-#648/649 1" - 8 see Misc. Fastener table
22-1/2, 23-1/2, 25-1/2, 26-1/2" TD-#650/651/652/653 1" - 8 see Misc. Fastener table
Model Bolt Size Torque

500 3/4" - 16 260 ft-lbs
Thomas 550 7/8" - 14 350 ft-lbs
Flex 600 1" - 14 335 ft-lbs*
Coupling 700 1-1/8" - 12 425 ft-lbs*
(coupling to hub 750 1-1/4" - 12 560 ft-lbs*
bolting.) 800 1-3/8" - 12 740 ft-lbs*
850 1-1/2" - 12 950 ft-lbs*
RAM Coupling Special Torque Values

Adapter to Hub Bolting 1" - 8 bolt 600 ft-lbs torque

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Miscellaneous Fastener Torques

Size Torque (ft-lbs)
1/4" 4-6
Miscellaneous Fastener Size 3/8" 12 - 18
(all models unless detailed 1/2" 35 - 45
otherwise under particular 5/8" 60 - 70
applications) 3/4" 120 -140
7/8" 200 - 220
1" 260 -290
1-1/8" 370 -410
1-1/4" 520 -570
1-3/8" 700 - 770
1-3/4" Jackscrew 930 - 1030
(2500# Cylinder) 850 - 900
WH/MH Valve Cap Special Torque Values

Cylinder Number Cylinder Diameter Valve Cap Nut Torque (ft-lbs)
615 6.00" 370

616 6-1/4" 370
617 6-3/4" 370
618 5-3/4" 300
619 6-1/4" 300
620 6-3/4" 300
621 7-1/4" 300
Notes:
1. On the W7, SW, and MW cylinders, torque valve cap nuts on 3-3/4" and
smaller diameter cylinders or cylinders with working pressure of 4,000
psi or greater to 300 ft-lbs (all others use miscellaneous fastener table).
2. On the W7, SW, and MW, each crosshead pin to be checked two (2)
hours after first being placed in service, re-torquing bolt nut to
105 - 115 ft/lb. This procedure to again be followed at the end of
one (1) week's service, at which time each pin should be in a stable
and permanent position.
3. Torque figures are for threads lubricated with lubriplate or petroleum-
based oil. Do not use any compounds containing molybdenum
disulfide as a thread lubricant.
1-90 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Joy Compressor - Recommended Torques (ft-lbs) - Model (WBF)

Description
Connecting Rod Nut 1-1/8" - 12 NF 380-400 ft/lbs
Main Bearing Cap Nuts 3/4" - 10 UNC 200 ft/lbs
Piston Rod Packing Nut 5/8" -11 UNC 75 ft/lbs
Crosshead Nut 2" - 12 UN 900 ft/lbs
Piston Nut 1-3/4" - 12 UN 700 ft/lbs
5/8" - 11 UNC Hex Hd. Grade 2 75
3/4" - 1- UNC Hex Hd. Grade 2 100
3/4" - 10 NC Stud 160
Valve Caps 7/8" - 9 NC Stud Grade B7 250
1" - 8 NC Stud Grade B7 360
1-1/8" - 7 NC Stud Grade B7 500
1-3/8" - 8 NC Stud Grade B7 700
5/8" - 11 UNC Hex Hd. Grade 2 75
5/8" - 11 UNC Soc. Hd. (1960 Series) 135
3/4" - 10 UNC Soc. Hd. (1960 Series) 250
7/8" - 9 UNC Soc. Hd. (1960 series) 330
1" - 8 UNC Soc. Hd. (1960 Series) 550
Head Bolts for Gas Compressors 3/4" - 10 UNC Ferry Capscrew 250
3/4" - 10 NC Stud Grade B7 200
3/4" - 10 UNC Soc. Hd. (1936 Series) 120
7/8" - 9 UNC Soc. Hd. (1936 Series) 190
3/4" - 10 NC Stud Grade 2 120
Other Fastener Application 7/8" - 9 NC Stud Grade 2 110
Distance Piece to Frames 1" - 8 NC Stud Grade 2 160
Clearance Pockets, Caps, etc. 3/4" - 10 NC Stud Grade B7 200
Use W7, SW, etc., table of Miscellaneous Size Fasteners for torque value of any item not listed here.
#10 - 32 UNF 36 (in-lb)
1/4" - 28 UNF 86 (in-lb)
5/16" - 24 UNF 14 (in-lb)
Valve Center Bolt 3/8" - 24 UNF 25 (in-lb)
7/16" - 20 UNF 40 (in-lb)
1/2" - 20 UNF 65 (in-lb)
9/16" - 18 UNF 90 (in-lb)
5/8" - 18 UNF 130 (in-lb)

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Running Clearances
Joy Compressor Class
Description W7 MW/SW MH6 WH6 RAM 72XHD 74XHD 76XHD
Crankshaft Thrust .012/.017 .011/.022 .011/.022 .011/.022 .006/.014 .040/.055 .011/.028 .026/.042
Main Bearing .004/ .004/ .004/ .004/ .004/.008 .003/.006 .003/.006 .003/.006
.0094 .0084 .0084 .0084
Connecting Rod .016/.031+ .014/.027 .017/.029 .014/.027 .018/.032 .018/.022 .018/.022 .018/.022
Thrust .016/.031+
Connecting Rod .004/ .004/ .004/ .004/ .004/.008 .003/ .003/ .003/
Bearing .0094 .0084 .0094 .0084 .0068 .0068 .0068
Crosshead Pin to .003/.006 .003/.006 .003/.004 .003/ .003/ .005/.006 .005/.006 .005/.006
Bushing .0065 .0045
Crosshead to Guide .010/.015 .010/.015 .011/.020 .008/.020 .008/.014 .007/.012 .007/.012 .007/.012
Crosshead Pin to * * .0015/ .0015/ .0015/ .0003/ .003/ .003/
Crosshead .003 .0035 .0035 .0010 .0010 .0010
Crosshead Pin Bushing .0025/ .0025/ .004/.008 .004/.008 .0035/ .004/.007 .004/.007 .004/.007
Interference Fit .004 .004 .0060
Drive Gear - Stub .0035/ .0035/ .0005/ .0005/ .0005/ N/A N/A N/A
Shaft Interference Fit .005 .005 .0020 .0020 .0020
Lube Oil Pump Drive .010/.014 .005/.007 .006/.010 .006/.010 .006/.010 N/A N/A N/A
Gear Backlash
Lube Oil Pump Rotor N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A .004 .004 .004
Gear Max. Tip
Clearance
Lube Oil Pump Gear W72 M/SW62
End Play .004/.007 .004/.007
74/76 64/66/68 .003/.007 .003/.007 Later .004/.010 .005/.010 .005/.010
.005/.008 .005/.008
Piston End HE .080*** .080*** .080*** .080*** .080*** .070*** .070*** .070***
Clearance CE .040*** .040*** .040*** .040*** .040*** .060*** .060*** .060***
+ .001 allowed from print dimension for oil film on low tolerance
* Uses tapered pin and as such is a metal-to-metal fit.
** It may not be possible to achieve these values in all cylinders; however, the head end clearance is to be .010
greater than the crank end clearance.
*** It may not be possible to achieve these values in all cylinders; however, the clearances are to be divided 1/3
on the crank end and 2/3 on the head end.
1-92 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Compressor Frame and Cylinder

Special Test/Inspection Requirements
Register Number
Compressor Frame
Cylinder Class/Type
Customer
Date
Special Test and/or Inspection
Issued by Date
(Engineering Representative)
Checked by Date
(Engineering Representative)
Tests/Inspections successfully accomplished
Approved by
(Test Supervisor)
Form No. 60.04-17

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 20
Guard And Spring Reference List For
RAM, WH, MH, & W7 Assemblies
1.0 Scope
This list has been put together to allow for the identification of parts required
to convert one valve assembly to another.
2.0 Background
For any given size or type of valve listed, only two possible parts can
change: the guard and/or the spring. In a lot of cases, only the spring
changes. Guard assembly part numbers are listed, but they differ from
the guard in that they include one or two locating pins, Part Number
757-135-001. Some guard assemblies use pins 757-135-004; these are
marked by **.
After using this chart to change over a valve assembly, the party making
the change has to re-identify the assembly (stamp-over or cover the original
assembly part number with Xs and re-mark the valve with the new assembly
part number).
RAM Valve Assembly Guard and Spring Reference List
Valve Assembly Guard Spring Spring Guard Assembly*
Size Type Part No. Part No. Part No. Qty. Part No.
4" (S) 9OCFT 600-394 757-830-179 757-833-051 18 758-134-086
4" (S) 9OCFT 600-389 757-830-179 757-833-050 18 758-134-086
4" (S) 9OCFT 600-392 757-830-179 757-833-041 18 758-134-086
4" (D) 9OCFT 600-395 757-830-180 757-833-050 18 758-134-087
4" (D) 9OCFT 600-393 757-830-180 757-833-041 18 758-134-087
4" (D) 9OCFT 600-390 757-830-180 757-833-003 18 758-134-087
4-7/8" (S) 116CGT 600-352 757-830-149 757-833-045 12 758-134-051
4-7/8" (S) 116CGT 600-354 757-830-149 757-833-012 12 758-134-051
4-7/8" (S) 116CGT 600-356 757-830-149 757-833-003 12 758-134-051
4-7/8" (D) 116CGT 600-353 757-830-150 757-833-045 24 758-134-052
4-7/8" (D) 116CGT 600-355 757-830-150 757-833-012 24 758-134-052
4-7/8" (D) 116CGT 600-357 757-830-150 757-833-003 24 758-134-062
5-1/4" (S) 127CGT 600-287 757-830-109 757-833-008 13 758-134-011
5-1/4" (S) 127CGT 600-289 757-830-110 757-833-044 13 758-134-013
5-1/4" (S) 127CGT 600-291 757-830-110 757-833-045 13 758-134-013
5-1/4" (S) 127CGT 600-408 757-830-110 757-833-012 13 758-134-013
5-1/4" (D) 127CGT 600-288 757-830-111 757-833-008 26 758-134-012
5-1/4" (D) 127CGT 600-290 757-830-112 757-833-044 26 758-134-014
5-1/4" (D) 127CGT 600-292 757-830-112 757-833-045 26 758-134-014
5-1/4" (D) 127CGT 600-409 757-830-112 757-833-012 26 758-134-014
S = Suction Valve
D = Discharge Valve
* Includes Locating Pin 757-135-001; quantity varies.
1-94 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
RAM Valve Assembly Guard and Spring Reference List

5-3/4" (S) 137CHT 600-181 757-830-100 757-833-017 14 758-134-001
5-3/4" (S) 137CHT 600-285 757-830-105 757-833-008 28 758-134-007
5-3/4" (S) 137CHT 600-295 757-830-114 757-833-044 28 758-134-172
5-3/4" (S) 137CHT 600-297 757-830-114 757-833-045 28 758-134-172
5-3/4" (S) 137CHT 600-410 757-830-114 757-833-012 28 768-134-172
5-3/4" (D) 137CHT 600-182 757-830-098 757-833-017 28 758-134-002
5-3/4" (D) 137CHT 600-286 757-830-106 757-833-044 28 758-134-008
5-3/4" (D) 137CHT 600-296 757-830-106 757-833-045 28 758-134-008
5-3/4" (D) 137CHT 600-298 757-830-106 757-833-012 28 758-134-008
5-3/4" (D) 137CHT 600-411 757-830-106 757-833-003 28 758-134-008
6-1/2" (S) 158CJT 600-348 757-830-146 757-833-008 17 758-134-049

6-1/2" (S) 158CJT 600-350 757-830-183 757-833-044 17 758-134-095
6-1/2" (S) 158CJT 600-402 757-830-183 757-833-045 17 758-134-095
6-1/2" (D) 158CJT 600-349 757-830-147 757-833-008 34 758-134-050
6-1/2" (D) 158CJT 600-351 757-830-148 757-833-044 34 758-134-096
6-1/2" (D) 158CJT 600-403 757-830-148 757-833-045 34 758-134-096
7" (S) 169CJT 600-183 757-830-097 757-833-008 18 758-134-003

7" (S) 169CJT 600-299 757-830-115 757-833-044 18 758-134-016
7" (S) 169CJT 600-406 757-830-115 757-833-045 18 758-134-016
7" (D) 169CJT 600-184 757-830-099 757-833-008 18 758-134-004
7" (D) 169CJT 600-300 757-830-116 757-833-044 36 758-134-117
7" (D) 169CJT 600-407 757-830-116 757-833-045 36 758-134-117
8" (S) 190CKT 600-301 757-830-119 757-833-044 21 758-134-020

8" (S) 190CKT 600-404 757-830-119 757-833-045 21 758-134-020
8" (S) 190CKT 600-302 757-830-120 757-833-044 42 758-134-021
8" (S) 190CKT 600-405 757-830-120 757-833-045 42 758-134-021
S = Suction Valve
D = Discharge Valve

UNCONTROLLED COPY
WH Valve Assembly Guard and Spring Reference List

4-3/8" (D) 102CFT 625-015-001 757-830-200 757-833-044 20 758-134-107
4-3/8" (D) 102CFT 625-015-002 757-830-200 757-833-045 20 758-134-107
4-3/8" (D) 102CFT 625-015-003 757-830-200 757-833-012 20 758-134-102
4-3/8" (S) 102CFT 625-016-001 757-830-198 757-833-008 20 758-134-105
4-3/8" (S) 102CFT 625-016-002 757-830-199 757-833-044 20 758-134-106
4-3/8" (S) 102CFT 625-016-003 757-830-099 757-833-045 20 758-134-106
5-1/4" (S) 116CGT 625-044-001 757-830-207 757-833-044 12 758-134-114

5-1/4" (S) 116CGT 625-044-002 757-830-207 757-833-045 12 758-134-114
5-1/4" (S) 116CGT 625-044-003 757-830-207 757-833-012 12 758-134-114
5-1/4" (S) 116CGT 625-044-004 757-830-207 757-833-003 12 758-134-114
5-1/4" (D) 116CGT 625-045-001 757-830-208 757-833-044 24 758-134-115
5-1/4" (D) 116CGT 625-045-002 757-830-208 757-833-045 24 758-134-115
5-1/4" (D) 116CGT 625-045-003 757-830-208 757-833-012 24 758-134-115
5-1/4" (D) 116CGT 625-045-004 757-830-208 757-833-003 24 758-134-115
5-3/8" (S) 127CGT 625-046-001 757-830-209 757-833-008 13 758-134-116

5-3/8" (S) 127CGT 625-046-002 757-830-209 757-833-017 13 758-134-116
5-3/8" (S) 127CGT 625-046-003 757-830-211 757-833-012 13 758-134-118
5-3/8" (S) 127CGT 625-046-004 757-830-211 757-833-003 13 758-134-118

5-3/8" (S) 127CGT 625-046-005 757-830-213 757-833-012 26 758-134-120
5-3/8" (D) 127CGT 625-047-001 757-830-210 757-833-008 26 758-134-117
5-3/8" (D) 127CGT 625-047-002 757-830-210 757-833-017 26 758-134-117
5-3/8" (D) 127CGT 625-047-003 757-830-212 757-833-045 26 758-134-119
5-3/8" (D) 127CGT 625-047-004 757-830-212 757-833-012 26 758-134-119
5-3/8" (D) 127CGT 625-047-005 757-830-212 757-833-003 26 758-134-119
5-7/8" (S) 137CHT 625-064-001 757-830-214 757-833-008 14 758-134-121

5-7/8" (S) 137CHT 625-064-002 757-830-214 757-833-017 14 758-134-121
5-7/8" (S) 137CHT 625-064-003 757-830-216 757-833-012 14 758-134-123
5-7/8" (S) 137CHT 625-064-004 757-830-216 757-833-003 14 758-134-123
5-7/8" (D) 137CHT 625-065-001 757-830-215 757-833-028 28 758-134-122
5-7/8" (D) 137CHT 625-065-002 757-830-217 757-833-044 28 758-134-124
5-7/8" (D) 137CHT 625-065-003 757-830-217 757-833-045 28 758-134-124
5-7/8" (D) 137CHT 625-065-004 757-830-217 757-833-012 28 758-134-124
S = Suction Valve
D = Discharge Valve
1-96 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
WH Valve Assembly, Guard and Spring Reference List (cont.)

6-1/8" (S) 148CHT 625-066-001 757-830-218 757-833-044 16 758-134-125
6-1/8" (S) 148CHT 625-066-002 757-830-218 757-833-045 16 758-134-125
6-1/8" (S) 148CHT 625-066-003 757-830-218 757-833-012 16 758-134-125
6-1/8" (D) 148CHT 625-067-001 757-830-219 757-833-008 32 758-134-126
6-1/8" (D) 148CHT 625-067-002 757-830-220 757-833-044 32 758-134-127
6-1/8" (D) 148CHT 625-067-003 757-830-220 757-833-045 32 758-134-127
7" (S) 169CJT 625-134-001 757-830-248 757-833-008 18 758-134-155**

7" (S) 169CJT 625-134-002 757-830-249 757-833-044 18 758-134-156**
7" (S) 169CJT 625-134-003 757-830-249 757-833-045 18 758-134-156**
7" (D) 169CJT 625-135-001 757-830-250 757-833-044 18 758-134-157**
7" (D) 169CJT 625-135-002 757-830-250 757-833-045 18 758-134-157**
7" (D) 169CJT 625-135-004 757-830-250 757-833-012 18 758-134-157**
8" (S) 190CKT 625-136-001 757-830-251 757-833-008 21 758-134-158**

8" (S) 190CKT 625-136-002 757-830-252 757-833-044 21 758-134-159**
8" (S) 190CKT 625-136-003 757-830-252 757-833-045 21 758-134-159**
8" (D) 190CKT 625-137-001 757-830-253 757-833-044 21 758-134-160**
8" (D) 190CKT 625-137-002 757-830-253 757-833-045 21 758-134-160**
8" (D) 190CKT 625-137-003 757-830-253 757-833-012 21 758-134-160**
9-1/8" (S) 221CMT 625-138-001 757-830-254 757-833-008 24 758-134-161

9-1/8" (S) 221CMT 625-138-002 757-830-255 757-833-044 24 758-134-162
9-1/8" (D) 221CMT 625-139-001 757-830-256 757-833-044 24 758-134-163
9-1/8" (D) 221CMT 625-139-002 757-830-256 757-833-045 24 758-134-163
4-1/8" (S) 90CFT 625-146-001 757-830-257 757-833-044 18 758-134-164

4-1/8" (S) 90CFT 625-146-002 757-830-257 757-833-045 18 758-134-164
4-1/8" (S) 90CFT 625-146-003 757-830-257 757-833-012 18 758-134-164
4-1/8" (D) 90CFT 625-147-001 757-830-258 757-833-012 18 758-134-165
4-1/8" (D) 90CFT 625-147-002 757-830-258 757-833-003 18 758-134-165
4-5/8" (S) 102CFT 625-148-001 757-830-259 757-833-044 20 758-134-166

4-5/8" (S) 102CFT 625-148-002 757-830-259 757-833-045 20 758-134-166
4-5/8" (S) 102CFT 625-148-003 757-830-259 757-833-012 20 758-134-166
4-5/8" (D) 102CFT 625-149-001 757-830-260 757-833-012 20 758-134-167
4-5/8" (D) 102CFT 625-149-002 757-830-260 757-833-003 20 758-134-167
S = Suction Valve
D = Discharge Valve

UNCONTROLLED COPY
WH Valve Assembly, Guard and Spring Reference List (cont.)

5-5/16" (S) 116CGT 625-150-001 757-830-261 757-833-044 24 758-134-168
5-5/16" (S) 116CGT 625-150-002 757-830-261 757-833-045 24 758-134-168
5-5/16" (S) 116CGT 625-150-003 757-830-261 757-833-012 24 758-134-168
5-5/16" (D) 116CGT 625-151-001 757-830-262 757-833-012 24 758-134-169
5-5/16" (D) 116CGT 625-151-002 757-830-262 757-833-003 24 758-134-169
5-3/4" (S) 127CGT 625-152-001 757-830-263 757-833-044 26 758-134-170

5-3/4" (S) 127CGT 625-152-002 757-830-263 757-833-045 26 758-134-170
5-3/4" (S) 127CGT 625-152-003 757-830-263 757-833-012 26 758-134-170
5-3/4" (D) 127CGT 625-153-001 757-830-264 757-833-012 26 758-134-171
5-3/4" (D) 127CGT 625-153-002 757-830-264 757-833-003 26 758-134-171
S = Suction Valve
D = Discharge Valve
1-98 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 23
Superior Compressor Cylinder And Cyl-
inder Class Designations
1.0 Scope
This standard describes the formats used for designating the compressor
cylinder numbers and cylinder class names.
2.0 Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to explain the appropriate designations which
are used to identify existing cylinders or cylinder classes, or which may be
combined to identify a new cylinder or cylinder class.
3.0 Compressor Cylinder Designations

Standard format: Bore diameter + (1 to 4 digits) + (2 characters)
Examples: 10.25" 140CD (an MW6 cylinder)
10.25" 629CH (a WH6 cylinder)
10.50" 411CC (a RAM cylinder)
Bore diameter: Piston/bore diameter, in inches, of the cylinder
Digits: Number which defines a specific cylinder pattern and bore
size. These numbers are assigned in ascending order with
bore size, or subsequently, in order in which new cylinders
are designed.
W6 cylinders number range = 1 to 199, 1701 to 1999
Cylinders with N-I, N-R valves are numbered as 5000 +
the last three digits of the standard number.
WH6 cylinders number range = 601 to 699
RAM cylinders number range = 401 to 499
First character: Letter which designates cylinder material and liner
A = Cast iron body no liner
B = Cast iron body with liner
C = Ductile iron no liner
D = Ductile iron with liner
E = Cast steel with liner
ES 23

UNCONTROLLED COPY
F = Forged steel with liner

G = Forged steel (Old W6BS Class) with liner
H = Forged steel no liner
Second character: Letter which designates the external rod load rating
A 25,000 lb (W6 and LW6 frame) 2" piston rod
B 27,500 lb (W6 frames) 2" piston rod
C 30,000 lb (W6 and RAM frame) 2" piston rod
D 35,000 lb (MW6 frames) 2-1/4" piston rod
E 45,000 lb (W7 frames) 2-1/2" piston rod
H 50,000 lb (WH6 frames) 2-1/2" piston rod
M 38,000 lb (MH6 frames) 2-1/4" piston rod
S 42,500 lb (SW6 frames) 2-1/2" piston rod
X 55,000 lb (W7 frames) 2-1/2" piston rod
4.0 Compressor Cylinder Class Designations

4.1 W6 Cylinder class format: (W6) + (one or more characters)
Example: W6JD =
“W” for White Motor W series frame
“6” for the original 6" stroke design
Last characters – a combination of some or all of the
following:
Initial character(s) – One or more letters which
designate the order, by bore size, of the original
classes, or subsequently, the order by which
successive new classes are/were designed.
Next character – Letter A, designating that a cast class
is linered
Next character – Letter D, designating a ductile iron
body
or – Letter S, designating that the body is
steel
and/or – Letter F, designating a forged steel
body
Historically, selection of the last characters did not always precisely follow
the preceding rules, but generally did so. Exceptions include the W6AS,
W6BSR, and W6BS which are all forged steel cylinder classes, and the
W6ED class, some cylinders of which are linered.
ES 23
1-100 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.2 WH6 cylinder class format: (WH6) + (one or more characters)

Example: WH6QD =
“WH” for WH cylinder revitalization designs
“6” for the base 6" stroke design
Last character(s) – A combination of some or all of
the following:
Initial Character(s) – One or more letters which
designate the order, by bore size, of the original
classes, or subsequently, the order in which successive
new classes are/were designed.
Next character – Letter D, designating a ductile iron
body
or – Letters S and/or F, designating forged
steel body
4.3 RAM cylinder class format: (C15) + (a single character)
Example: C15A =
“C15” – Reference to the RAM’s preliminary
compressor product designation
Last character(s) – Letter which designates the order,
by bore size, of the original classes, or subsequently,
the order in which successive new classes are/were
designed.
ES 23

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 27
Compressor Performance Guarantee
1.0 Scope
This standard covers the acceptable compressor performance guarantee for
all Superior compressors manufactured.
2.0 Requirements
The following information is required to guarantee an operating condition:
• Suction pressure
• Discharge pressure
• RPM
• Gas analysis
• Site Conditions (ambient pressure and temperature)
• Suction temperature
• All pressure drops due to interstage & after-cooling, pulsation
bottle, and any other external equipment.
3.0 Cooler Pressure Drops

The following pressure drops should be utilized for estimating drops through
gas piping, intercoolers and aftercoolers for gases with a specific gravity less
than 1.0 (29 MW).
Pressure - PSIG Pressure Drop

Up to 100 5% but not less than 5 PSIG
100 - 500 4% but not less than 8 PSIG
500 - 1500 3% but not less than 20 PSIG
1500 + 2 % but not more than 40 PSIG
For gases with a specific gravity greater than 1.0 (29 MW) add an additional
1% to the above numbers.
1-102 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.0 Suction Pressure Drops

A pressure drop of 1% should be utilized for estimating the suction
pressure drop through the gas piping and suction bottles. However,
if the actual value is known, it should be used.
5.0 Performance Guarantee

Cooper Energy Services will guarantee a single design point as calculated
by the current version of the CASCADE performance calculation program
for each compressor manufactured. All other performance calculations are
expected, but are not guaranteed. However, it is possible to guarantee
multiple operating points provided the operating conditions are established
prior to final design. The guaranteed design point is based on gas conditions
at the cylinder flange. In order to guarantee a design point at the packaged
skid edge, all pressure drops need to be known and the performance
will need to be calculated utilizing these pressure drops, as outlined
in sections 3.0 and 4.0. A current process gas analysis is needed to
validate all guarantees. Compressor guarantees are usually based on
pre-pulsation/analog studies. If changes are made due to a pulsation/analog
study, all compressor performance calculations will need to be corrected
as necessary.
5.1 Single Design Point Guarantee
5.1.1 All double acting conditions at all pressure ratios.
The capacity and brake power per flow are guaranteed
to a tolerance of +/- 3% for the following operating
conditions:
• Specific Gravity less than 1.0 (29 MW.)
• Including Gas Transmission projects where the
compression ratio is less than 1.8.
conditions:
• Specific Gravity greater than 1.0 (29 MW.)
• Suction Pressure less than 10 PSIG.
• Specific Gravity greater than 1.0 (29 MW) and
suction pressure less than 10 PSIG.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
5.1.2 All single acting conditions at all pressure ratios.

conditions:
compression ratio is less
than 1.8.
conditions:
5.2 Multiple Design Point Guarantee at all pressure ratios.
For multiple point guarantees, the single design point guarantee,
refer to 5.1, will hold for the design point and the other points can
be guaranteed as follows:
5.2.1 All double acting conditions
conditions:
conditions:
• Specific gravity greater than 1.0 (29 MW) and
suction pressure less than 10 psig.
1-104 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
5.2.2 All single acting conditions at all pressure ratios.

conditions:
conditions:

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES1001
Lubrication of Superior Engines and
compressors
1.0 Responsibility for Lubricant Performance
Lubricating oils are extremely complex with many variations in
additive packages and base stocks. No specific formulation can
guarantee completely satisfactory performance.
Therefore, all major refiners conduct extensive laboratory and
field tests to substantiate the performance of their products.
Selection of the proper lubricant is the responsibility of the
supplier and the best assurance of obtaining a suitable oil is to
use only products of well-known merit produced by responsible
concerns, and used in accordance with their recommendations.
Engine design, operating conditions, and fuels all have a
significant effect on how a lubricant performs in a given situation:
therefore, the lubricant must be matched to its application. To
assist our customer, Ajax-Superior has formed a list of qualities
of lubricants that have consistently performed well in our
products under specified field conditions. This list of minimum
qualities is presented herein to assist the customer when selecting
a lubricant.
2.0 Minimum Qualities of an Engine Lubricant

2.1 Viscosity at 210°F.S.U.S. 70-85, 100% Solvent Refined Base
Stock (SAE 4Owt.).
2.2 The lubricant must contain adequate rust and corrosion inhibitors
which are not detrimental to lead base babbitts or copper lead
bearing alloys.
2.3 The lubricant must contain an appropriate antioxidant (for best
oil life), and an antifoaming agent.
2.4 An effective E.P. additive must be employed to prevent scuffing
and wear of highly loaded parts.
2.5 A balanced detergent-dispersant package is required for engine
cleanliness. The oil must minimize: ring sticking; varnish on
pistons, liners, and valve stems; hard combustion deposits; and
crankcase studge.
1-106 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
2.6 A sulphated ash content of 0.5 to 1% is generally preferred.

The barium and calcium additives appear to give lower lube
oil consumption rates, lower wear rates of liners and rings, and
increased valve life.
2.7 The lubricant must be resistant to nitration.
2.8 The TBN (Total Base Number) by ASTM D-664 should be 2.0 as
a minimum for use with sulfur free (sweet) fuels. ATBN of 6-12
is recommended when the fuel has any sulfur content.
3.0 Compressor Lubricant

Any lubricant which is performing satisfactorily in a Superior
engine may be used for the compressor frame. In addition,
the same oil may be used for compressor cylinder lubrication
in many instances; however, this should be reviewed on an
individual basis consistent with the recommendations in ES 1002.
4.0 Drainage Period

The lubricating oil and the filter elements should be cleaned
after thc first 400 hours. Thereafter, the changeout period can
be increased to 1000 hours. Ajax-Superior strongly recommends
periodic laboratory analysis on the oil quality by the supplier or
other reputable firm and changing oil when it has reached the
end of its useful life. This is also recommended as the only
way to establish individual oil change out periods beyond
1000 hours. These checks can also provide information on
metal contaminants in the oil and thus give information on the
engine condition.
5.0 Low Ash or Ashless Oil

5.1. Ashless or bow ash gas engine oils have generally performed
well in our naturally aspirated engines. Most provide excellent
cleanliness and long life between oil changes; however, wear
rates are somewhat higher than with oils of 0.5- 1% ash content.
5.2 Several of these oils have not performed as well as in
the turbocharged engines; however, resulting in high lube oil
consumptions, high wear rates, and occasional cylinder scuffing.
In at least two instances, changing to a railroad diesel lube
manufactured by the Dame Companies with ash contents slightly
greater than 0.5% corrected the problems immediately.
5.3 Bearing head corrosion has also been encountered with some of
these oils.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
6.0 High Ash Type or Series 3 Oils

6.1 Ajax-Superior does not normally recommend operation with
lubricants having a sulphated ash content of more than 1%
because of the probability of forming combustion chamber
deposits which may induce detonation or preignition and spark
plug fouling. As a group, these oils do provide cleanliness and
wear resistance and some have been used succcssfully in our
turbocharged engines.
6.2 In order to operate successfully on this type of lubricant,
the engine must have very low oil consumption to minimize
combustion chamber deposits; in addition, a barium additive is
generally preferred to a calcium additive since it provides a
softer ash.
7.0 Fuels
7.1 The lubricant must be capable of operating with the type or
quality of fuel supplied to the engine. Most refiners supply
different oils for diesel engines than for gas engines. In addition,
sulfur content in the fuel requires a lubricant with higher
TBN and/or a method of retaining its TBN when operating
on such fuels.
7.2 The maximum sulfur content allowable in the fuel for normally
acceptable maintenance levels and operation is: 100 grains H2S
per 100 standard cubic feet of gas or 1% by weight of sulfur for
diesel fuel (by ASTM D-129).
7.3 Ajax-Superior does not recommend any particular brand of
oil. However, a file of the specifications of many widely used
lubricating oils is maintained in our Engineering Department and
we invite our customers to advise us as to what brand, or brands,
of oils they prefer to use. Given this information, we can then
advise the customer regarding those companies’ oils, by brand
name or manufacturer’s code, which have given best service in
similar applications.
1-108 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 1002
Lubrication Recommendations For
Superior Reciprocating Compressor
Frames And
Cylinders
1.0 Basic Requirements
1.1 The responsibility for selecting the proper lubricant is primarily
that of the supplier. Use of only products with field-proven
reliability and merit, produced by responsible concerns will
provide the best assurance for achieving effective lubrication.
Use of such products should always be accomplished according
to the manufacturer's recommendations.
1.2 Compressor design, operating conditions, and the gases being
handled all have a significant effect on how well a lubricant
performs in the given application. This standard has been
prepared to assist users in selecting the proper lubricant for
each application.

2.1 Any lubricant that performs satisfactorily in a Superior engine
will generally perform well in a compressor frame. Compressor
frame lubricating oils should normally be the same as used in
the engines and should be selected in accordance with Superior
Standard ES 1001 (contact CES Marketing).
2.2 In addition to the requirements of paragraph 2.1, the frame
lubricant must be capable of operating with the type of gas being
handled by the compressor cylinders. For most sweet natural
gases and allied gas services, a lubricating oil with the minimum
qualities specified in ES 1001 will be suitable. In applications
where thecompressor cylinders are handling corrosive gases such
as H2S or CO2, a lubricant with a higher TBN or method for
adequate retention of the original TBN is recommended for
service in the frame.
3.0 Compressor Cylinders

3.1 Minimum Qualities of a Compressor Cylinder Lubricant
Because of the variety of gases and operating conditions

UNCONTROLLED COPY
encountered by Superior compressor cylinders, the lubricant must

be selected with the proper characteristics to be suitable for
the application involved. In all applications, the oil used for
compressor cylinders should have the following qualities:
a. Good wetting ability;
b. High film strength;
c. Good chemical stability;
d. Clean & well refined;
e. Oxidation & corrosion inhibitors not required,
but may be beneficial;
f. Pour point must be equal to gas suction temperature
minus 15 - 20° F;
g. Good resistance to carbon deposits and sludging
formation; if any carbon is formed, it should be the
soft, loose, and flaky type;
h. Minimum flash point of 400° F.
3.2 Break-In
For the first 500 hours of operation, an initial break-in oil should
be used. The break-in oil should be a good straight mineral oil
compounded with 3% - 8% acidless tallow (or other suitable fatty
additives) and have a viscosity of 125 - 150 SSU at 210° F, or
consistent with the oil selected for the specific service, whichever
is higher. Usually a good grade of steam cylinder oil (containing
5% to 8% acidless tallow) mixed in equal proportions with the
oil selected for extended service will be a good break-in oil. For
cold weather environments, where heating of the oil can not be
practically achieved, an SAE 30 or SAE 40 weight oil with 3%
compounding with "winter strained lard oil" may be substituted.
3.3 Viscosity Requirements
The viscosity of the oil should be selected on the basis of cylinder
size (diameter) and the operating pressure conditions of the
cylinder. For multi-stage applications, the viscosity required for
the highest pressure cylinder can also be used in lower pressure
cylinders. The viscosities listed in Table 1 are the suggested
minimum requirements. These values will be adequate for most
oils. However, oils of the same viscosity may not necessarily
have identical lubricating qualities. Periodic examination of
the cylinder bores during the first few weeks of operation is
recommended to assure that lubrication is adequate.
1-110 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.4 Application Recommendations

Many applications require special attention in addition to that
given to mostnatural gas and similar services. The process in
which a gas is being utilized will often influence the lubricating
oil selected. The following recommendations will provide
basic guidelines in selecting the proper lubricant for these
special applications. Final selection should be made only after
consultation with Superior and the desired oil supplier.
Service Recommendations
a. Wet Air Requires compounding with 3% - 5% acidless tallow or other

suitable fatty oils. Increase supply over normal.
b. High Pressure (psig) Use minimum viscosity listed in Table 1 plus 3% - 5%

compounding with tallow if the gas is “wet.”
c. High Discharge Consult Cooper Energy Services.

Temperatures (350° - 375° F)
d. Natural Gases, Methane, Use viscosity table and 3% - 5% compounding with tallow if
Ethane the gas is “wet” and/or water saturated.
e. Natural Gases saturated Requires compounding with 3% - 5% acidless tallow or other

with water and/or wet with suitable fatty oils. Increase supply over normal.
higher-ended hydro-carbons.
f. Butane, Propane, Ethylene, These gases are diluents of oil. Use next higher viscosity
Carbon Dioxide over Table 1 recommendations. Increase supply quantities
over normal. Lubricant must be dry.
g. Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Helium, These are inert gases relative to lubricating oils. Use
Carbon Monoxide, Exhaust Gas, Viscosity Table.
Ammonia Synthesis
h. Ammonia Use a mixed base or napthenic straight mineral oil.
i. Hydrogen Sulphide Use dry, compounded, straight mineral oil. 3% - 5%

compounding with acidless tallow and addition of corrosion
and oxidation inhibitors is required. Viscosity selection per
Table 1.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.5 Lubrication Rate

a. Experience has shown that the quantity of oil required to
properly lubricate compressor cylinders is dependent upon
bore diameter, stroke, and speed. For the Superior 6" stroke
compressors operating at 900 RPM, 1/5 pint per day for each
inch of cylinder bore diameter has normally proven to be an
adequate quantity.
b. The piston rod and packing is considered as a separate
cylinder but with double the lubrication rate required.
Packings, then, require 2/5 pint per day for each inch of rod
diameter.
c. Sight feed lubricators are often used on compressors and can
be used to check the lubrication rate. A quantity of 1/5 pint
per day per inch of cylinder bore is equivalent to one drop per
minute per inch of bore for a very heavy oil and ranges up to
two drops per minute per inch of bore for very light oils.
d. Example: The power lubrication rates for a W62 compressor
with (1) 10" cylinder and (1) 20" cylinder operating at 900
RPM are:
2.25" packing = 2.25 x 2/5 pint/day = 0.9 pint/day
(4-8 drops/min)
2.25" packing = 2.25 x 2/5 pint/day = 0.9 pint/day
(4-8 drops/min)
10" cylinder = 10" x 1/5 pint/day = 2 pints/day
(10-20 drops/min)
20" cylinder = 20" x 1/5 pint/day = 4 pints/day
(20-40 drops/min)
Total Lubrication Rate = 7.8 pints/day (38-76 drops/min)
e. The lubrication rate for break-in should be double that for
normal operation.
f. The lubrication rates determined according to paragraph (a)
above will be adequate for most compressor applications.
The gas being compressed, its cleanliness and tendencies
to act as an oil diluent, and the type of oil being used all
influence the lubrication rate required. Many applications
may require more or less than the calculated feed rates. To
assure that adequate lubrication is being achieved, a periodic
1-112 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
visual inspection of the cylinder bore and piston rod are

recommended. Initial setting and adjustments to the feed rate
should also be accomplished on a 24-hour basis since the drop
size varies with the viscosity of the oil.
g. Over-lubrication can be just as harmful as under-lubrication.
Excess lubrication can cause valve deposits, valve breakages,
and contamination of the gas stream and other down-stream
equipment.
4.0 Synthetic Lubricants

Synthetic lubricants have gained popularity in recent years primarily because
of their higher flash points. This makes them highly desirable from a safety
and fire reduction standpoint. However, synthetics impose problems which
are usually not associated with natural mineral oils. They dissolve paints, are
corrosive to common bearing materials such as lead and tin, and they have
low viscosity indexes. For these reasons, when synthetics are considered for
use in compressor cylinders or frames, consult Cooper Energy Services.
5.0 Multi-Grade Lubricants

Recently, multi-grade oils have gained popularity because of their ability
to provide the same protection as heavier single-grade oils without putting
undue stresses on the compressor cylinder lubrication system. However, all
multi-grade oils do not provide the same protection. For this reason, if a
multi-grade oil is being considered for use as a cylinder lubricant, consult
Cooper Energy Services.
Table 1
Viscosity Requirements for Superior
Reciprocating Compressor Cylinders
Minimum Viscosity (SSU @ 210° F)
Pressure Cylinder Diameters
(psig)
0 - 10" 10" - 15" 15" - 20" above 20"
0 - 500 60 - 70 60 -75 65 - 75 65 - 80
500 - 1,000 70 - 80 70 -85 75 - 85 75 - 90
1,000 - 2,000 80 - 100 85 - 100 — —
2,000 - 4,000 100 - 150 — — —
4,000 & up 150 - 200 — — —

UNCONTROLLED COPY
6.0 Additional Recommendations
6.1 For wet and saturated gas conditions, 0-1,000 psig, use a
minimum viscosity of 85 SSU @ 210° F with 3% - 8%
compounding with acidless tallow, or two grades heavier than
normally used for the pressure conditions involved.
6.2 For heavy hydrocarbon and sour gases, use the next higher
viscosity over that shown in the table with a minimum of
85 SSU @ 210° F.
6.3 For refrigeration service, use the highest possible viscosity that
should be used, while still retaining the pour point 15° F below
gas suction temperature.
6.4 For chemically active gases, consult Cooper Energy Services.
6.5 Whenever there is any question as to viscosity selection, always
use the heavier oil.
6.6 For oil viscosities over 100 SSU @ 210° F, measures should be
taken to maintain lubricator pump inlet oil temperatures at or
above 120° F.
1-114 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 3001
Pipe Cleaning Engines, Compressors,
Packaged Unit
1.0 Scope
This standard covers cleaning of pipe used on all Superior
engines, compressors, and packaged units.
2.0 Requirements
All piping used on Superior engines and compressors must meet
the following requirements by those packaging or installing the
equipment:
2.1 Lube oil, gas, diesel & gas fuel, and air inlet piping must be free
of all rust, scale, dirt, and other foreign materials.
2.2 Water piping must be free of scale, dirt, and other foreign
materials.
2.3 Piping utilized in special services (such as oxygen compression)
must be prepared in accordance with instructions issued on these
special jobs.
2.4 Vent and drain piping (and other systems which transport waste
material away from the equipment) are not required to have
special cleaning. Piping carrying expelled matter must, however,
be free of any loose foreign substances to prevent clogging.
2.5 Recirculating vent and drain piping (systems which reprocess
waste material) must be cleaned according to the requirements of
Paragraph A above.
3.0 Cleaning Procedure

3.1 All lube oil, gas, diesel and gas fuel, and air inlet piping is to be
cleaned according to the subsequent method in order to meet the
requirements stated above.
3.1.1 Grind and deburr all welds. Sections of pipe fabricated
“in place” must be removed after fabrication for
grinding and deburring.
3.1.2 All threaded pipe must have the inside ends dressed
with a tapered reamer following the threading operation.
3.1.3 When required, hydrostatically test individual lengths
of pipe.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.1.4 When possible, strip and pickle all lube oil, gas, and air
inlet piping as follows:
a. Strip in a hot alkaline solution. Thc alkaline
solution should be composed of:
40% volume of water
60% volume of 50% caustic soda*
* 0.6 - 0.65 lbs. of sodium gluconate per
gallon of the water - caustic soda solution
b. Thoroughly wash the inside and outside of the
piping using a hot water or steam spray to
remove the loosened material.
c. Inspect and repeat a & b if all foreign particles
have not been removed.
d. While not required, it is recommended that the
pipe be pickled in a phosphoric acid solution
using the concentration, temperature and
time recommended by the pickling solution
manufacturer.
e. Water rinse using the immersion technique.
f. Dry with air and inspect.
g. Protect clean pipe by coating with a
rust preventative or corrosion inhibitor per
MIL-C-23411.
3.1.5. Piping and fabricated assemblies too large to be stripped
in a tank should be shot blasted, brushed using a wire
wheel, and flushed with a good industrial solvent.
3.1.6 The integrally cast oil header on all compressor frames
must be deburred, ground, wire wheel brushed and
washed using a good industrial solvent.
3.2 All water piping must have all loose scale and foreign material
removed. Water piping need not be stripped and coated internally
with a rust preventative.
1-116 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 3002
Welded Clearance Volume Bottles for
Compressors: Material and Fabrication
Requirements
1.0 Scope
This standard covers bottle component material specifications and welding
procedure requirements for all compressor clearance volume bottles.
2.0 Requirements
(Ref: Tube Turn #311 Catalog & CA 3994)
2.1 All bottle component material shall be as follows and shall be
called for on all bottle drawings. (Ref. Sheet 1342)
Yield Strength
Minimum PSI
a. All straight pipe sections ASTM-A53, Type S Grade B 35,000
b. All reducers and caps ASTM-A234 Grade B 35,000
c. Adaptor 3" - 600# WNF ASTM-A105 — 35,000
d. Adaptor 6" - 150# WNF ASTM-A105 — 35,000
e. Adaptor 1 1/2" - 300# WNF ASTM-A105 — 35,000
f. Adaptor B904-891 & B904-901 ASTM-A181 Grade 11 35,000
g. Adaptor B907-351 & B936-661 ASTM-A515 Grade 70 35,000
2.2 The allowable pressure data shall be included on all MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
drawings as shown in the example to the right for WORKING PRESSURE
corrosion allowance. The data should be entered in CORR. ALLOWANCE
the appropriate spaces. 0" .062" .125"
2.3 All drawings shall include the following note:
This bottle for use on a cylinder
“A.S.M.E. Code Construction of lower MAWP than the above
pressures.
(No Stamping)”
The above note will have the “No Stamping” words deleted only
when a customer has requested complete ASME certification.
ES 3002

UNCONTROLLED COPY
2.4 All bottles shall be designed to have a maximum stress of

11,000 psi or less with reference to the static yield strength of
the material of 35,000 psi.
Stresses shall be calculated by ASME formulae as follows:
P(R1 + 0.6t1) For Circumferential Stres
S1 =
Et1
P(R2 - 0.4t2) For Longitudinal Stress

S2 =
2Et2
S = pounds/square inch, stress
t = wall thickness, inches
P = pounds/square inch, pressure
R = inside radius of bottles, inches
E = joint efficiency
Ref: See Section VIII of ASME Unfired Pressure Vessel Code
2.5 When lethal and/or corrosive gases are involved, determine the
appropriate safety factor and corrosion allowance thickness to be
used. Determine maximum allowable working pressure for the
specific application.
ES 3002
1-118 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 3004
Ajax-Superior Packager Manual
1.0 Scope
This specification provides guidelines and requirements for packaging and
interfacing with Ajax-Superior engines and compressors. It is not intended
to encompass all necessary aspects of properly designed and constructed
engine and compressor packages.
2.0 Requirements
2.1 Packagers of Ajax-Superior equipment are expected to follow
good, generally accepted industry practices and applicable codes,
as well as local, state and federal regulations for the design
and construction of the packaged product. In addition, and for
full warranty consideration, the packager is expected to follow
application and safety guidelines as proposed herein, and to pass
on to the customer appropriate warnings and safety procedures
associated with the equipment.
2.2 A label with operator warning statements will be issued for
mounting on the equipment control panel where start-up of the
unit is controlled. The label is to be mounted on the front face of
the panel as close to operator eye level as practical.
2.3 When specified by the customer or dictated by location, the
safety guidelines of OSHA, NFPA, API or other governing
codes are to be followed. It is intended that for non-refinery
applications API-11P is the governing specification. Certain
piping on Ajax-Superior engine and compressor fuel, oil, and
water systems do not meet ANSI B.31.3 but are allowable
exceptions due to their proprietary design.
2.4 Cleanliness of piping is very important. The requirements of
ES 3001 and ES 3001A, or a mutually agreed upon alternative
procedure approved by Ajax-Superior, should be followed
by packagers.
2.5 Other technical information relating to specific engine or
compressor models can be found in the Engineering Technical
Data Books and in Ajax-Superior Engineering Standards
provided to packagers. When in doubt, consult the CES
Engineering Department for recommendations.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
2.6 Specific guidelines are provided for the following categories of

equipment, systems, and applications:
See Page Item No. Application

1-120 3.0 Compressors
1-122 4.0 Superior Engines
1-123 5.0 Ajax Engines
1-124 6.0 Required Safety Shutdowns
1-126 7.0 Gas Piping Systems
1-127 8.0 Cooling Systems
1-128 9.0 Skid Design Criteria
1-129 10.0 Coupling Criteria
1-129 11.0 Recommended Engine and Compressor Options
1-130 12.0 Engine Mechanical Drive (non-compressor drive)
3.0 Compressors
3.1 Unit ratings for speed, torque, rod load, cylinder pressure, rod
load reversal, etc. are not to exceed the values specified in the
Engineering Data Books, Engineering Standards, or equipment
nameplates.
3.2 While it is current industry standard to quote capacity and
performance from compressor cylinder inlet flange to compressor
cylinder discharge flange, it is the packager’s responsibility
to ensure that the design and construction of the package
accommodates the system pressure drops. The interstage pressure
drops (consistent with the pressure drops represented in the
customer proposal and/or contract) and suction and discharge
pressure drops must not overload the equipment or exceed
pressure and temperature limits that would cause premature wear
or dangerous operating conditions. If such pressure drops do
not impose equipment problems but do adversely affect the
compressor capacity or power required, it is the packager’s
responsibility to advise the customer accordingly.
3.3 All vent connections for crankcase, crosshead guides, distance
pieces, unloaders, etc. must be piped to edge of skid, marked
for customer connection, or clearly noted on the equipment
outline drawing. Manifolding of vents must meet API-11P
standards and comply with Ajax-Superior Engineering Standards
1-120 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 3 and ES 6001. Location and size of customer vent

connections must be clearly shown on the outline drawing.
3.4 Cylinders and/or pulsation dampeners must be provided with
adequate supports from the skid or foundation to avoid excessive
bending movement of the compressor crankcase.
3.5 Piston ring, packing and rod coating materials must be
compatible with the gas to be compressed. See the application
guidelines for sour gas or CO2 trim options in ES 13. Also,
see API-11P recommendations for corrosive gases. In the
event stock compressor cylinders are used, it is the packager’s
responsibility to see that necessary component changes are made.
Material recommendations will be made by CES on request.
3.6 The end user of equipment is to be provided with compressor
operating curves where variable operating conditions are
expected. CES will provide assistance on request.
3.7 Packing cooling systems are required for all cylinders rated
above 2000 psi and must be designed for adequate cooling under
the most severe operating conditions specified. The packing
cooling system typically must be sized for 400-500 Btu/min/
packing and be a separate system from the jacket cooling system
to prevent gas leaks from entering the engine or compressor
cylinder jackets or intercooler circuit. The coolant pump and
system must be capable of circulating 2-1/2 to 3 gpm per
packing with a 30 to 40 psi pressure drop through the packings.
The maximum coolant inlet temperature shall not be more than
120° F and the temperature rise across the packing is not to
exceed 20° F. Coolant is to be treated to prevent corrosion or
formation of deposits which could block the small passages in
the packings; appropriate recommendations are to be provided in
the packager’s instruction manual. An appropriate pump lubricant
shall be specified to the customer if required.
3.8 Compressor cylinder lubrication systems must be designed and
built for each application. Lubrication rates and type of lubricant
must be provided to the customer. Refer to ES 1001 (contact
CES Marketing) and ES 1002 for proper cylinder lubricant
for Superior products or ESS-L-168 and ESS-L-811 for proper
cylinder lubricant for Ajax products.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.9 Compressor cylinders, by serial number, must be mounted on

the prescribed throw locations. The packager may make the
initial cylinder location selection and forward the information to
Cooper Engergy Services. However, once balance information
is developed, it is imperative that the packager install the
appropriate serial number cylinder on the throw location
assigned, and that appropriate balance weights be installed on
all throws.
4.0 Superior Engines

4.1 Engine exhaust systems should be designed with heavy-duty steel
or stainless steel pipe, Schedule 10 or heavier pipe, with flanged
connections and bolted joints to prevent damage in the event
of combustion of fuel in the exhaust system. A flex connector
should be provided at or near the engine so as not to impose
excessive flange loading on the engine or turbocharger exhaust
outlet connection. Consideration must be given to both static
weight loads and loading from thermal growth.
4.2 Exhaust systems must be designed to not exceed 10 inches water
column of back pressure at 110% engine load at the engine outlet
connection to allow for full site rating of engine. A connection
for measuring exhaust back pressure must be included in the
exhaust piping just downstream of the engine. Exhaust silencers
and heat recovery boilers must include an adequate fouling
factor to allow for reasonable maintenance intervals. (This is
particularly important for diesel and dual-fuel applications.)
Location of the exhaust gas exit must be such that it does not
adversely affect the cooling system and/or is not drawn into, or
does not heat up, the air inlet system.
4.3 Exhaust system designs having significant piping inside a
building must include provision for relieving excessive exhaust
gas pressure in the event of an engine backfire or combustion of
fuel gas in the exhaust piping. Relief devices need to be located
at elbows in order to be effective.
4.4 The fuel gas analysis must be determined for each site, and
appropriate engine deration applied. If the fuel is other than
pipeline quality gas, consideration should be given for possible
changes in fuel gas composition and the need for future derating.
1-122 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
4.5 For all Superior turbocharged engines, the customer must be

provided with the appropriate air/fuel ratio curve or constants
for the engine panel. These will be supplied by CES once site
information is received. If the engine is moved to a new location
and/or fuel quality changes, it may be necessary to develop new
control parameters. Such needs should be referred to the CES
Engineering Department for review.
4.6 Normal engine shutdown for spark gas engines is to be
accomplished by interrupting the fuel supply with the ignition
still on. This is to prevent combustible gas from remaining in
the exhaust system. The ignition can then be grounded, either
manually or with an automatic time delay, after 10-20 seconds.
4.7 In general, the driven equipment must have some provision for
unloading during the starting cycle. If bypass piping or unloading
provision is not included as part of the package, then it must
be included in the station piping. See ES 3007 for bypass
recommendation.
4.8 Turbocharged engines are required to have pre-post lube pumps
to ensure adequate oil supply to the turbocharger on engine
startup and shutdown.
4.9 Auxiliary driven equipment such as coolers, special water pumps,
etc., must be selected by the packager with consideration for the
horsepower required, side loading where belt drive is used, plus
any special sheave or coupling where power takeoff is required.
All such auxiliary equipment interfaces must be compatible with
engine hardware and systems.
4.10 Engine warm-up and cool-down cycles should be incorporated
in the control logic whenever possible. On start-up, oil and
jacket water temperature should reach 120° F before fully loading
engine. For normal shutdown, the engine should be allowed
to run a minimum governed speed and load for approximately
10 minutes before stopping.
5.0 Ajax Engines

5.1 Engine exhaust systems should be designed with heavy-duty
steel pipe, preferably Schedule 40, with flanged connections and
bolted joints to prevent damage in the event of combustion of
fuel in the exhaust system. A flex connector or other provision
for system expansion should be included so as not to impose

UNCONTROLLED COPY
excessive flange loading on the engine exhaust outlet connection.

Consideration must be given to both static weight loads and
loading from thermal growth.
5.2 Exhaust systems must be designed not to exceed 7" water column
back pressure at 110% rated load. Location of the exhaust exit
must be such that it does not adversely affect the cooling system
and/or is not drawn into, or does not heat up, the air inlet system.
Satisfactory engine performance is highly dependent on properly
tuned exhaust length. Interconnecting exhaust pipe lengths are
to be in accordance with CES recommendations as shown in
SK-8826.
fuel gas in the exhaust piping. Relief devices or sensors need to
be located at elbows in order to be effective.
5.4 The fuel gas analysis must be determined for each site and
appropriate engine deration applied. If the fuel is other than
pipeline quality gas, consideration should be given for possible
changes in fuel gas composition and the need for future derating.
5.5 Normal engine shutdown is to be accomplished by interrupting
the fuel supply with the ignition still on.
5.6 The driven equipment must have some provision for unloading
during the starting cycle. If bypass piping or unloading provision
is not included as part of the package, then it must be included
in the station piping.
5.7 Auxiliary driven equipment such as coolers, special water pumps,
etc., must be selected by the packager with consideration for
horsepower required, side loading where belt drive is used, plus
any special sheave or coupling where power takeoff is required.
All such auxiliary equipment interfaces must be compatible with
engine hardware and systems.
6.0 Required Safety Shutdowns

6.1 The following shutdowns are minimum requirements on Ajax-
Superior products, either for protection of the equipment itself, or
to meet the safety practices outlined in industry codes (OSHA,
NFPA, ANSI, etc.).
1-124 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
6.1.1 Superior Compressors:

Low lube oil pressure
Cylinder lubrication no-flow
Vibration
Low suction pressure
High discharge pressure, each stage
High discharge temperature, each cylinder
High jacket water temperature
(if not included in engine circuit)
* High suction temperature, each stage
6.1.2 Superior Engines:
Overspeed
Vibration
Low lube oil pressure
** High lube oil temperature (uncooled)
High turbine inlet temperature
(turbocharged engines)
6.1.3 Ajax Engine/Compressors:
Overspeed i Vibration shutdown is
a recommended
option on Ajax units.
Low oil level
**High lube oil temp (uncooled)
Cylinder lubrication no-flow (std. on 600
i Gauges, transducers
and other instruments
must be mounted in
& 800, recommended on others) locations and in ways that
Low suction pressure ensure that they are not
damaged from heat or
High discharge pressure, each stage vibration which occurs in
normal equipment operation.
High discharge temperature, each cylinder
* Required on compressor applications where there
is extensive running in the unloaded condition
or with uncooled recycle loops (such as fuel gas
boosters).
** Required when NFPA 37 applies.
6.2 Where applicable, NFPA 37 requires remote shutdown capability
for shutting off the fuel supply and shutting down lubricating
oil pumps not directly driven by the engine. Appropriate control
panel location may be sufficient to meet this requirement.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
7.0 Gas Piping Systems

7.1 Pulsation dampener design must meet customer specifications
and, where applicable, must comply with analog results. In
addition, design must be such that pulsations at the compressor
cylinder suction and discharge flanges do not adversely affect
valve life, capacity and/or horsepower required. Pulsation
dampeners are to be equipped with 1/2” NPT or larger taps in the
cylinder neck for indicator testing. If dampeners are chambered,
there should be an additional tap for each chamber. See ES 3005
for additional guidelines for Superior compressor piping systems.
7.2 Pulsation dampener and associated piping must be such that it
does not impose undue loading on the cylinder flange and/or
compressor crankcase. Consideration must be given for torque
generated by piping size and weight as well as thermal growth
and gas pressure forces. If the package design includes items
outside standard designs (such as larger than normal pulsation
dampeners, high gas pulsations, long straight piping from
dampener flange, etc.), then contact CES Engineering for specific
flange load calculations.
7.3 Adequately sized scrubbers are required upstream of compressor
cylinders to prevent liquid and solid materials from entering
the compressor valves and cylinders. Filtration beyond normal
scrubbers and start-up screens may be needed to prevent the entry
of fine abrasives. For sites where abrasive particles are present,
a filter-separator should be considered to remove contaminants
which could cause premature wear. Equipment damage or wear
from abrasive solids or liquids will not be covered by Ajax-
Superior warranty.
7.4 The general layout and piping arrangement should be such that
it does not interfere with reasonable access to and maintenance
of compressor components. This includes control tubing and
bulkhead locations. Additionally, warning and caution labels
and/or tags furnished by CES or its suppliers must be left on the
equipment and the package designed such that the views of these
items are not obstructed.
1-126 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
7.5 Provision is to be included in the piping and/or control system

to unload the compressor for start-up (and cool down for engine
drives). This can be done by using valve unloaders and/or a
gas bypass system. If the bypass is not part of the package, it
must be included in the station piping. See ES 3007 for bypass
recommendations.
7.6 When a gas bypass is used in the system it should be such that
the recirculated gas is cooled to prevent it from reaching harmful
temperature levels. This is required for compressors driven by
turbocharged engines that require a warm-up period before they
can be loaded. It is recommended, but not mandatory, for
compressors driven by naturally aspirated engines. In either case,
if the startup requires more than 10 minutes running time before
loading the compressor, consult CES Engineering Department for
proper shutdown protection.
7.7 Relief valves must be provided at the discharge of each stage
of compression and be set within the tolerance limits specified
in API-11P. Relief valves must be located upstream of each
respective cooler section.
8.0 Cooling Systems

8.1 It is the packager’s responsibility to adequately size radiators,
coolers, piping, and other components of the cooling system
to meet the requirements of the engine and driven equipment.
Consideration should be given to the full range of ambient
conditions, air flow relative to physical obstacles, closeness to
exhaust systems, etc. Cooling systems may be required for any
or all of the following:
Engine jacket water
Engine lube oil
Engine intercoolers
Compressor cylinder jackets
Compressor lube oil
Compressor rod packings
8.2 Superior engine cooling systems should be pressurized to
7 to 10 psi and include consideration for maximum engine
horsepower (including 110% DEMA overload) and site elevation.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8.3 Compressor jacket cooling systems may be of the thermo-syphon

type for low temperature service. However, if the gas discharge
temperature exceeds 210° F or the differential temperature from
suction to discharge exceeds 150° F, a forced coolant system is
required. If compressor cylinder ends are operated for extended
periods unloaded, the forced system is required.
8.4 General recommendations for the system coolant are given in
the Instruction Manual. Additional information can be found in
Engineering Service Bulletin #194.
8.5 In the design of the coolant piping, care should be taken to avoid,
where possible, the routing of piping directly over the exhaust
components of the engine, as antifreeze and glycol solutions may
be flammable.
8.6 Components such as piping valves, pumps, etc., must be sized to
maintain the required flow rates through the system. Pump net
positive suction head must be adequate to ensure proper system
performance at all operating speeds.
8.7 Adequately sized surge tanks are required with free flowing
vents from all high points to the tank. A balance line from the
surge tank to the pump suction is also required on Superior
engines. Additional information can be found in Engineering
Service Bulletin #52.
8.8 Where motor driven water pumps are used, there should be
control panel indication to show that the pump is running. This
can be either indication of signal being sent to motor or jacket
water pressure indication.
9.0 Skid Design Criteria

9.1 Skid design must be of sufficient strength and stiffness to
maintain alignment between the driver and driven equipment and
to withstand the unbalanced forces and couples imposed on it.
Allowance must be included for thermal growth of each of the
components.
9.2 Skid, piping and support design must be such that harmonic
excitation is avoided by designing components that do not have
natural frequencies near the unit natural frequency or harmonics
of the rotating and reciprocating components. Vibration analysis
(bump testing) should be used to confirm that new designs will
not have vibration problems.
1-128 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
9.3 Skid design must include proper guards for flywheel, pumps,
pulleys, drive shafts, etc. to protect operators from moving
components. Guard designs are to comply with OSHA 1910.219.
9.4 Provision for shims must be included under the driver and/or
driven equipment to allow for field alignment. Fixed location of
properly aligned compressors by grouting is acceptable.
9.5 Where fixed ladders and platforms are used, they must comply
with OSHA Standard 1910.27 and applicable local codes.
Placement of components on skid must not void compliance of
ladders and platforms furnished by Ajax-Superior.
10.0 Coupling Criteria

10.1 When new designs of driver and driven equipment are sold which
use a Superior engine or motor driven compressor, a torsional
analysis must be performed and a coupling selection approved by
CES Engineering.
10.2 When the torsional analysis dictates a single bearing design, the
generator or electric motor is to be supplied with a forged flanged
shaft and a self-aligning, free floating bearing. This is to
prevent thrust loading and/or misalignment with the Superior
equipment due to thermal growth of engine, motor, coupling,
or generator components. See ES 15 for bearing types and
additional information.
10.3 Where electric generators or motor drives are used, the package
design and assembly procedures must be such that the units do
not impose any thrust loading on the Superior equipment due to
magnetic centering forces.
10.4 Where rubber/elastomer coupling components are used, the
coupling guards are to be designed to allow for adequate cooling
air flow (such as expanded metal material). This is necessary to
keep coupling temperatures within a range that will not adversely
affect the component life.
11.0 Recommended Engine And Compressor

Options
11.1 Differential pressure gauges, where applicable, should be
provided for lube oil, fuel, and air filters to indicate the need for
replacement or cleaning.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
11.2 Turbocharged engines should have high quality, durable

gauges for the on-engine gas manifold and air manifold
pressure readings.
11.3 All automatic start engines and compressors should have pre-
lube and/or post-lube pumps with 2- to 3-minute timers. Startup
should not take place until a positive pressure is sensed or
observed at the lube oil header. Pre-lube pumps are especially
important for electric motor driven compressors. Low oil
pressure lockout for startup should not exceed 30 seconds.
11.4 All engines should have exhaust pyrometers and/or high exhaust
temperature shutdowns.
11.5 Additional safety shutdowns recommended for engines include:
Low jacket water pressure
Low intercooler water pressure
Exhaust scanning pyrometer, sensing high cylinder
temperature and high cylinder differential temperature
High air manifold temperature (on turbocharged engines)
High lube oil temperature
11.6 Additional safety shutdowns for compressors include:
Compressor cylinder high differential pressure (for cylinders with
net rod load in excess of 85% of rating or where specified by
CES Engineering).
12.0 Engine Mechanical Drive Applications

12.1 All mechanical drive applications are to include instrumentation
for measuring exhaust back pressure. A system alarm is
recommended.
12.2 Exhaust scanning pyrometers are required and are to be part of
the engine shutdown system.
12.3 Engine exhaust piping is to be heavy-duty steel or stainless steel,
Schedule 10 or heavier pipe, with flanged connections and bolted
joints to prevent damage in the event of combustion of fuel in the
exhaust system. A flex connector should be provided at or near
the engine so as not to impose excessive flange loading on the
engine or turbocharger exhaust outlet connection.
1-130 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY

fuel gas in the exhaust piping. Relief devices need to be located
at elbows in order to be effective.
12.5 Each engine must have its own exhaust system; no manifolding
of multiple exhausts will be approved by CES Engineering.
12.6 Engines operated with elevated jacket water temperatures (above
195° F) must have motor driven water pumps with appropriate
controls for running the pumps for a cool-down cycle (not less
than 20 minutes) after engine shutdown. A jacket water pressure
sensor and shutdown are also required.
12.7 Diesel and Dual Fuel engines must have an overhead day tank
with gravity feed of the fuel to the fuel supply pump. A separate
fuel drip return tank and pump will be required to return the
excess injector fuel to the day tank.
12.8 For normal shutdown, control logic provision must be included
to first reduce the load in a controlled manner to prevent engine
overspeed. This is particularly important for generator drive units
where opening the breaker under load will cause an instant
overspeed condition.
12.9 On Dual Fuel engines the shutdown logic should be to switch
to full diesel operation under load, then remove the load in a
controlled manner, and then shut the engine down. This will
allow a cleaning of the injectors and provide for an easier startup
when needed.
12.10 Starting air receivers, when required, must be designed and
constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code Section VIII.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 3006
Compressor Cooling System Design
1.0 Scope
1.1 The scope of this Engineering Standard is to present the
requirements and tools to design a satisfactory cooling system.
2.0 Requirements
2.1 Cylinders
2.1.1 No cooling is required when the gas discharge
temperature is below 140°F and the gas inlet
temperature is greater than 60°F.
2.1.2 Either forced liquid cooling or thermal siphon or
stand pipe cooling is required when the gas discharge
temperature is between 140°F and 250°F and the gas
temperature rise is less than 170°F.
2.1.3 Forced liquid cooling is required when the gas
discharge temperature is greater than 250°F or the gas
temperature rise is greater than 170°F.
2.2 Frame Lube Oil Coolers
2.2.1 All Superior medium and high speed compressor frames
require coolant between 140° and 160°F for the oil
coolers.
2.3 Piston Rod Packing Cooling
2.3.1 Lubricated packing must have cooling when cylinder
discharge pressures are above 2000 psig.
2.3.2 All non-lube packings require cooling.
2.4 Coolers
2.4.1 Heat rejection from the cylinders and compressor frame
oil cooler and packing will vary with operating and
ambient conditions. Add l0%, not including fouling
factor, to the heat transfer requirements to select the
coolers and chillers.
Page 1 of 15
1-132 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.0 Procedure
3.1 General
3.1.1 This cooling design procedure will apply to a wide
range of compressor cooling systems, including the
following:
System Figure
1. Motor or Turbine Drive 1
2. Generic Engine Drive 2
3. Matched Engine/Compressor Set 3
All of the systems considered in this Engineering
Standard are for ambient air cooling and a thermostatic
coolant control to 180° F. The ambient air can vary from
very cold to extremely hot. In very cold climates, the
thermostat allows recirculation of coolant through the
bypass to warm the fluid coming from the air cooler.
The compressor will warm up faster and will start up
with warmer oil. When the ambient temperature is very
hot, the compressor oil temperature becomes hot also.
All the systems include a compressor lube oil shut down
at 190°F.
3.1.1.1 The Motor or Turbine Drive compressor
cooling system will have a coolant
temperature shutdown in addition to all of the
above system features.
3.1.1.2 The Generic Engine Drive compressor
cooling system is configured for engines that
lack sufficient jacket coolant capacity in head
or flow to supply cooling for the compressor.
Diesel and gas engines developed from diesels
are likely to have pumps too small to handle
requirements of the compressor. If there is no
pump information available, please use this
system. In this case, a coolant pump and
source of power will be required to cool the
compressor. The existence of the compressor
will add to the engine jacket heat load and
coolant flow. An air cooler will need to be
selected for the additional requirements.
Page 2 of 15

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.1.1.3 The Matched Engine/Compressor Set

compressor cooling systems are used with
engines which have jacket coolant pumps
sized to accommodate the cooling
requirements of the compressor
Figrue 1. Motor or Turbine Driven Compressor
Page 3 of 15
1-134 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figrue 2. Generic Engine Driven Compressor
Figrue 3. Matched Engine/Compressor Set
Page 4 of 15

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2 System Design

3.2.1 Motor Drive Compressor Cooling System
3.2.1.1 The system is designed for the hottest day
of the year when the maximum coolant
temperature is 180° F. The air cooler is
selected to remove all of the heat from the
compressor frame. The sketch in Figure 4
shows the coolant flow circuit of a
motor-driven compressor frame with
three (3) cylinders.
Selection of an air cooler requires that the
heat loads and the coolant flow first be found.
These can be determined using the following
equations, along with information about the
number and kind of cylinders, the frame on
which they will be fitted, and the performance
required from the cylinders.
Figrue 4. Motor Driven Compressor Cooling System
Page 5 of 15
1-136 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2.1.2 The heat load for each cylinder on a frame can

be determined with the following relationship:
Equation 1. q = H x ( (Td + Ts) / 2 - Tc - Tr / 2)
where: q = Cylinder Heat Load BTU/HR
H = Cylinder heat transfer BTU/HR - deg F
coefficient (see Table 3) BTU/HR - deg F
Td = Gas Discharge Temperature deg. F
Ts = Gas Suction Temperature deg. F
Tc = Coolant Inlet Temperature deg. F
Tr = Coolant Temperature Rise deg. F
The heat load for each is the calculated for a
design of 160° F coolant inlet temperature and
10° F temperature rise through the cylinder.
The coolant flow through the cylinder is found
with Equation 2.
3.2.1.3 The coolant flow through any cylinder or
lubricating oil cooler can be calculated for any
temperature rise of the heat transfer fluid with
the following formula:
Equation 2. G = 0.1247 x q/Tr/Cp/Dc
where: G= Coolant Flow gallons /minute
Cp = Coolant Specific Heat (See Table 1) BTU / lb - deg F
DC = Coolant Density (See Table 1) lb / cubic ft.
The most common coolant used in the system
is a mixture of 50% Ethylene glycol and 50%
treated water. Table 1 shows densities and
specific heats for various coolant temperatures.
Table 1
Coolant Temperature “Tc” Density “DC” Specific Heat “Cp”
80° 66.2 .797
100° 65.7 .813
120° 65.3 .828
140° 64.8 .842
160° 64.4 .854
Page 6 of 15

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2.1.4 The frame model, which can be found in

Table 2, will determine the size of oil cooler.
The heat load and design flow is picked from
the table. Now the total heat load and flow is
determined and the air cooler can be selected.
Next, calculate the resistance of the system to
determine the actual coolant flow and select
the coolant pump.
3.2.1.5 In Figure 4, the flow resistances are defined
as follows:
Roc = oil cooler values are listed in Table 2.
Rc = cylinder values are listed in Table 3.
Rcp = piping to or from compressor frame
(Customer supplied)
Rts = thermostat housing at 180° F coolant
(Customer supplied)
Rac = air cooler including piping (Customer
supplied)
The sketch is a circuit analogous to an
electrical circuit. It can be solved in a similar
manner. For our circuit, the current law is a
variation on Darcy’ s equation for friction loss.
Equation 3. Pd=RxG2
where: Pd = Pressure Drop in psi
R = Flow Resistance psi/gpm2
G = Flow gpm
There are flow resistances in series and in
parallel. We need a total system resistance to
calculate the pressure rise across the pump.
The oil cooler and cylinders of the compressor
frame are piped in parallel flow paths while
the air cooler, thermostat housing, and the
compressor piping are in series. The solution
for the total resistance follows:
Page 7 of 15
1-138 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Equation 4.
where: Rt = the total system resistance.

The total flow of the system is the sum of
the oil cooler and cylinder coolant flow and is
defined as:
Equation 5. Gt = Goc + Gc1 + Gc2 + Gc3
3.2.1.6 The pressure rise across the pump is found
using Equation 3. Now the pump can be
selected.
3.2.1.7 With the total flow of the system and the
resistances of the oil coolerand the cylinders
we can find out how the flow divides. Then we
can calculate the temperature rise across the
cylinders and the oil cooler flow.
For the oil cooler:
Equation 6. Goca = (Rcf/Roc).5 x Gt
where: Goac = actual oil cooler flow.
Rcf = the total parallel flow resistance
of the oil cooler and the cylinders.
The actual flow can be compared with
allowable coolant flow range listed in Table 2.
If the flow is outside the range, adjustments to
the system will be required.
3.2.1.8 The flow through each cylinder can be
calculated in the same way. In the original
assumptions, the temperature rise was 10°F.
the actual temperature rise can be calculated
with the following equation:
Equation 7. Tra = 10 x Gc/Gca
where: Tra = Actual temperature rise across
the cylinder
Gca = Actual cylinder flow.
If the actual temperature rise is between
10° and 20°F, no change is needed to the
cylinder flow.
Page 8 of 15

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2.2 Generic Engine Drive Compressor Cooling System

3.2.2.1 The solution to the cooling system is the same
except the engine jacket cooling system shares
the same air cooler and is sized accordingly.
3.2.3 Matched Engine/Compressor Set Cooling System
3.2.3.1 The compressor cooling system is connected
parallel with the engine block and the exhaust
manifold. The combined flow goes through
the engine thermostat at 180° and through
the customer's air cooler. A proper system
design depends on the compressor oil cooler
flow, cylinder coolant temperature rise, engine
temperature rise, and the engine jacket coolant
pump capabilities. Figure 5 is a flow circuit
schematic for the cooling system. The heat
into the system from the compressor is
calculated with Equation 1. The engine heat
load is obtained from the Superior Technical
Data Book for the engine in question, or the
engine performance prediction program. The
coolant flow through the system is estimated
with the design flow through the engine
(obtained from the Water Pump
Characteristics), the compressor oil cooler
and the compressor cylinder flow for 10° F
temperature rise. The customer's air cooler is
then selected for the system. The air cooler
flow resistance is added to the flow system.
The total system resistance is determined and
head loss versus the flow in the system are
plotted on the Water Pump Characteristics
Curve, the pump discharge pressure and total
flow through the system for the application
rpm. The flow obtained in this manner is what
the pump and the system resistance will allow.
This will usually differ from the original
estimate. We need only to confirm the change
is of no consequence.
Page 9 of 15
1-140 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 5. Matched Engine/Compressor Set
where: Reb = Engine block flow resistance (see Table 4).

Rep = Piping to engine thermostat housing (customer supplied).
Rets = Engine thermostat housing (See Table 4).
Gt = System coolant flow
Geb = Flow through engine block
Gtcf = Flow through the compressor frame
3.2.3.2 The parallel resistance to flow for the engine
and compressor follows:
Equation 8. Re/c = { l }2
1 1
.5 +
(2Rcp + Rcf) (Reb) .5
3.2.3.3 The actual flow through the engine is given with
the following equation:
Equation 9. Geba = (Re/c/Reb) .5 x Gt
3.2.3.4 The actual temperature rise for the engine block
is obtained with the following relation:
Equation 10. Treb = Geb/Geba x 10
If the temperature rise is between 10° F and
20° F, the flow through the engine block is
adequate.
3.2.3.5 The coolant flow to the compressor is found
with Equation 11:
Equation 11. Gtcf = (re/c/(2Rcp + Rcf)) .5 x Gt
The compressor coolant flows to the cylinders and
oil cooler are obtained in the same manner as in the
motor drive cooling system. They are evaluated in
the same way.
Page 10 of 15

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2.4 Compressor Coolant Piping Recommendations

3.2.4.1 Cylinders - 3/4" piping to and from coolant
headers
3.2.4.2 Oil Coolers - piping to and from coolant
headers (see Table 2)
3.2.4.3 Headers - piping to and from cooler or engine
Frame Header Pipe Size
MW & SW62, RAM52 1"
W72, MH & WH62 1-1/2"
MH & WH64, MW & SW64, RAM54 1-1/2"
MH & WH66, MW & SW66, W76 2"
W74 2"
MW&SW68 2"
3.2.5 Packing Cooling System Design

3.2.5.1 The system consists of a pump, cooler, and
packings connected in parallel. The system
coolant flow is 2.5 gpm for each packing.
The coolant temperature to the packing is
a maximum of 90° F. The heat rejection to
the coolant is 3000 BTU/hr per packing. The
coolant supply pressure to the packing should
be 55 psig. The packing flow resistance is
8.8 psi/gpm2. A typical system is shown in
Figure 6.
Figure 6. Lubricated Packing Cooling System
Page 11 of 15
1-142 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2.5.2 The system for a nonlube packing will be the

same except for the coolant temperature. The
coolant entering the packing must be 70° F for
a suitable packing life.
3.3 Component Data Heat Loads and Flow Resistance
3.3.1 Lube Oil Cooler
3.3.1.1 The oil cooler heat load and flow resistance for
each frame model is listed in Table 2.
Table 2: Oil Cooler Heat Load and Flow Resistance
Frame BTU/ hr RPM Cooler Part # Flow* Allowable Design Pipe Size**
Resistance Flow Range Flow
(gpm) (gpm)
MH & WH62 42,000 1200 620-162-001 0.00107 30 - 50 40 1-1/2"
MH & WH64 51,000 1200 620-162-002 0.00107 30 - 50 40 1-1/2"
MH & WH66 96,000 1200 620-162-003 0.00227 50 - 70 60 1-1/2"
MW & SW62 23,100 900 919-142 0.00790 8 - 15 12 3/4"
MW & SW64 46,200 900 919-144 0.00107 30 - 50 40 1-1/2"
MW & SW66 68,100 900 919-141 0.00117 30 - 50 40 1-1/2"
MW & SW68 92,100 900 919-141 0.00117 60 - 80 70 1-1/2"
W72 37,500 900 919-144 0.00107 30 - 50 40 1-1/2"
W74 75,000 900 919-144 0.00107 50 - 70 60 1-1/2"
W76 112,500 900 919-169 0.00227 50 - 70 60 1-1/2"
RAM52 16,000 1200 919-142 0.00790 8 - 15 12 3/4"
RAM54 32,000 1200 919-144 0.00107 30 - 50 40 1-1/2"
* The resistance includes 10 feet of pipe and two (2) ball valves.
** From Header to Cooler.
Page 12 of 15

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.3.2 Cylinders
Table 3: Cylinder Heat Transfer Coefficients and Flow Resistances
W6 Number WH6 Number Cylinder Class Heat Transfer * Coolant Flow

Diameter Range Coefficient “H” Resistance “R”
BTU/hr-deg F psi/gpm2
1-4 2.75-3.13 AS 800 0.014
10 - 13 3.00-3.38 BS 800 0.014
5-9 3.25-3.88 BSR 800 0.014
157 - 163 606 - 610 3.88-4.75 BCF 800 0.014
611 - 614 5.00-5.75 BDF 800 0.014
14-20, 85-91 4.00-4.75 CSF 800 0.014
24-30, 92-98 4.00-4.75 C 800 0.014
21-23, 83 5.00-5.75 DSF 800 0.014
31-34, 113 5.00-5.75 D 800 0.014
615-617, 683 6.00-6.75 ESF 800 0.014
76, 114 5.75 EAD 800 0.020
37 - 39 6.50-7.00 E 800 0.020
40 - 44 6.00-7.00 ED 800 0.020
115 - 116 7.50-7.75 ED 800 0.020
155 - 156 6.50-7.00 ED 800 0.020
45-50, 118, 119 7.25-8.50 FD 840 0.020
123 - 124 9.00-9.50 FD 840 0.020
667-682, 627, 682 8.50-9.50 FD/FDA 840 0.020
51-57, 120-122 8.75-10.3 GD 960 0.020
143 - 140 9.00-10.3 GD 960 0.020
629 10.25 GD 960 0.020
102 - 106 9.00-12.00 GH 1000 0.011
5-62, 84 10.5-13.0 HD 1200 0.011
125-127, 138-139 11.0-12.5 HD 1200 0.011
Page 13 of 15
1-144 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Table 3, Continued
W6 Number WH6 Number Cylinder Class Heat Transfer * Coolant Flow
Diameter Range Coefficient “H” Resistance “R”
BTU/hr-deg F psi/gpm2
671 - 672, 637 - 640 11.0 - 13.0 HD/HDA 1200 0.011
63-66, 133 13.5 - 15.3 JD 1200 0.011
112, 137-136 15.0 - 15.8 JD 1200 0.011
109 - 111 13.5 - 14.5 JD 1200 0.011
641 - 644, 673 - 674 14.0 15.8 JD/JDA 1200 0.011
108, 68 18.0 - 18.5 KD 1500 0.011
135 - 134 17.5 - 18.5 KD 1500 0.011
78 - 80 18.0 - 19.0 KLA 1500 0.011
70, 82, 129 20.0 - 22.0 KLD 1500 0.011
71, 72, 77 22.0 - 23.0 LD 1500 0.011
73 - 75, 130 24.5 - 26.0 MD 1500 0.011
141, 132 22.5 - 26.5 MD 1500 0.011
662 - 663
618 - 621 5.75 - 7.25 ND/NDA** 1200 0.020
659 - 661, 664 -
666, 625 - 626 6.00 - 8.00 PD/PDA** 660 0.020
668 - 670
630 - 670 9.00 - 12.00 QD/QDA** 1080 0.011
645 - 646 17.0 - 18.0 RD/RDA 1320 0.011
648 - 649 19.5 - 20.5 SD 1500 0.011
650 - 651 22.5 - 23.5 TD 2160 0.011
652 - 653 23.5 - 26.5 TD 1920 0.011
* The resistance includes ten (10) feet of pipe and two (2) ball valves.
** These cyls. have been converted to non-cooled, but remain here for service requirements.
Page 14 of 15

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.3.3 Superior Engines
Table 4: Flow Resistance
Engine Engine Block Engine Thermostat

8SGTB 0.000046 0.000009
12SGTB 0.000034 0.000009
16SGT 0.000014 0.000009
Page 15 of 15
1-146 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 4009
Determination of Compressor Cylinder
Dead Center Position
1.0 Scope
This procedure describes the correct way to locate the head end dead center
position for any compressor cylinder. It should be used to mark the flywheel
wherever cylinders are indicated with a balance pressure indicator or an
analyzer. Analyzers use a pulse from a magnetic pickup to signal out dead
center. The pulse is generated from a pin or a hole, which should be located
in the largest diameter available on the flywheel.
2.0 Procedure
2.1 Remove a crosshead cover on either #l or #2 throw cylinders.
These cylinders are chosen for convenience, since they are
closest to the flywheel.
2.2 Manually bar over the unit until the selected (#l or #2) cylinder is
approximately dead center.
2.3 Install a dial indicator on the crosshead guide in such a manner
that the stylus of the indicator rests squarely on one of the ends
of the crosshead. On some units, it may be easier to install the
indicator on the crosshead rather than the crosshead guide. In
this arrangement, adjust the stylus so that it rests squarely on a
vertical surface of the crosshead guide.
2.4 Bar the unit over first in the actual
direction of rotation until the piston is at
the approximate head end (HE) dead center
point (the dial indicator will stop moving at
this point). With the cylinder resting on the
approximate HE dead center, set the dial
indicator to a zero reading.
2.5 Back the crosshead away from HEDC
by barring over the unit in the direction
opposite normal rotation until the indicator
reading exceeds +0.030".
Then bar over the unit in the normal
rotation until the indicator reads +0.015".
Page 1 of 3

UNCONTROLLED COPY
2.6 With the dial indicator reading +0.015, scribe a line on the
flywheel (either the engine flywheel or the compressor flywheel,
whichever is easier) in line with the pointer. (See “Line 1” in
previous sketch in Paragraph 2.5.)
2.7 Continue to bar over the
unit in the normal rotational
direction until the crosshead
travels through HEDC and
the indicator reads +0.030"
again. (The indicator reading
will decrease to zero and then
increase to +0.030).
Then bar over the unit in
the direction opposite normal
rotation until the indicator reads +0.015".
2.8 With the dial indicator reading +0.015, scribe a second line on the
flywheel opposite the pointer. (See “Line 2” in previous sketch
in Paragraph 2.7.)
2.9 Now measure the
distance between the
two scribed lines and
then scribe a third
line on the flywheel
exactly equidistant
between the first two
lines. This third line is the head end dead center (HEDC) point
and should be labeled “#l HEDC” or “#2 HEDC”, depending on
the cylinder that was checked.
2.10 To check the accuracy of
the HEDC line, the process
should be repeated using
2.10 through 2.14. Bar the
unit over in the direction
opposite normal rotation to
align the third line (see
2.9), HEDC mark, with the
pointer. Set the indicator to
a zero reading.
Page 2 of 3
1-148 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
2.11 Bar the unit over in the

direction opposite normal
rotation, continuing past
Line 1 until the indictor
reads +0.030".
2.12 Bar the unit over in the
normal rotation to align
Line 1 with the pointer.
Record reading “a.”
2.13 Continue barring the unit over in the normal rotation past Line 2
until the indicator again reads +0.030.
2.14 Bar the unit over in the direction opposite normal rotation to
align Line 2 with pointer. Record dial indicator reading “b.”
Reading “b” should match reading “a” from Step 2.12 within
0.002".
2.15 If “a” and “b” differ by more than 0.002", repeat Steps 2.4
through 2.14 until this level of accuracy has been achieved.
2.16 A pin or hole for a magnetic pickup should be installed on
the “middle” scribed line. The magnetic pickup must be rigidly
mounted and located such that there is a gap of 0.030 to 0.040
inches between the pickup tip and the pin or hole.
Page 3 of 3

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 4100
Compressor Field Performance
Test Specification
1.0 Scope
This standard outlines the requirements, procedures and calculations
necessary to perform, interpret and properly report field performance tests on
Ajax, Superior or Joy reciprocating compressors and to ensure that results
are valid.
2.0 Purpose
2.1 The requirements of this specification are mandatory where
verification of guaranteed compressor capacity and/or power by
field testing is required by the customer.
2.2 This test procedure is to be used for accurate assessment of:
2.2.1 The capacity of the individual compressor cylinders,
2.2.2 The brake horsepower demand of the individual gas
compressor cylinders,
2.2.3 Overall compressor capacity, horsepower and
efficiency.
2.3 This procedure is also recommended for diagnosis of actual
or suspected operating problems or discrepancies, such as
valve plate or spring failures, pulsation-induced vibration,
high discharge temperature, low capacity, low efficiency
(BHP/MMSCFD) or driver overload.
2.4 Supplemental specifications ES4101 and ES4102 provide general
requirements for field performance test instrumentation and for
analysis and interpretation of results.
3.0 Pre-Test Requirements

3.1 Preliminary Investigations
3.1.1 Prior to undertaking a field performance test, it is
important to review the unit’s operating history and
the process which the compressor supports. This can
uncover errors that may invalidate the test. In the case
ES 3003
1-150 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
where a test is to be conducted to evaluate an operating

problem, this review may uncover the actual problem
without expending the time and expense involved
in a rigorous performance test. Preliminary
investigations should focus on a number of areas
as listed in paragraphs 3.1.2 through 3.1.9. Many of
these investigations can be made by plant operations
or maintenance personnel, with direction from
CES technical representatives.
3.1.2 Process piping should be inspected for errors, faulty
valves and improperly sized valves.
3.1.3 A recent gas sample should be analyzed to assess
whether the compressor is working with a gas
composition that is the same as, or at least similar to, the
gas on which performance curves and or representations
were based.
3.1.4 Recent plant operating log sheets should be reviewed
and operating conditions compared with the
performance curves.
3.1.5 Since performance is represented at the compressor
flanges and based on suction flow, look for excessive
system pressure drops before and after the individual
compressor cylinders. Investigate whether the operators
have checked and cleaned piping screens, and
determine what the history of cleaning has been.
3.1.6 Verify whether the specified clearance plugs, valve
spacers and other clearance devices are installed and
adjusted according to the performance curves.
3.1.7 Investigate whether suction pressure is stable or varies
with time, as compressor throughput is very sensitive to
suction pressure.
3.1.8 Particularly in services other than gas transmission,
investigate whether there are significant amounts of
liquid drop-out at the interstage scrubbers.
3.1.9 Determine the location and type of the flow meter
being used to ascertain that flow is accurately measured
upstream of the compressor.
ES 3003

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2 Verify Compressor Mechanical Condition

3.2.1 For design confirmation and performance guarantee
demonstrations prior to conducting a performance
test, it is important to confirm that the compressor
and cylinders are in good mechanical condition.
Compressors that have operated for some period of time
may have worn piston rings, worn packing, deteriorated
compressor valves or other wear that can adversely
affect performance. Even new compressors should be
checked, since it is possible that dirt or other foreign
material, ingested at the time of process start-up, can
cause rapid and premature deterioration of cylinder
internal components.
3.2.2 The checks listed below in paragraphs 3.2.3 through
3.2.10 will require a significant amount of time and
labor prior to the test. However, they will generally save
time overall.
a. These inspections shall be mandatory prior to
conducting a performance test for the purpose of
verifying a performance guarantee with standard
three percent tolerance.
b. These inspections are recommended prior to
conducting a performance test for reasons other
than verifying a performance guarantee. Failure to
perform them may lead to costly repeat testing, after
remedial mechanical corrections are completed.
It is recognized that it may not be feasible to make
every check in all cases; however, exceptions must
be made with care and with consideration of the risk
of invalidating the performance test results.
c. Where previous maintenance analyzer records have
been maintained, skilled technicians may be able
to verify the condition of compressor cylinders
through the use of a maintenance analyzer, rather
than by physical checks. This approach may be
an acceptable alternative to the requirements of
paragraphs 3.2.3 through 3.2.6.
3.2.3 All valves must be inspected and reconditioned to like-
new condition. Any seats or guards with flaws must
be reconditioned, and new plates and springs installed
ES 3003
1-152 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
where needed. Valve cap O-rings should be carefully

checked and replaced if there is any sign of mechanical
or chemical distress.
3.2.4 Inspect valve pocket bores in the cylinders for damage
which might lead to external leakage or internal leakage
around the compressor valves.
3.2.5 The condition of the piston rings and ring grooves
must be checked. At least one piston per stage must be
removed so that the rings can be inspected to ensure
that they are not in a deteriorated or leaking condition.
While the piston is out, the cylinder bore should be
inspected for any scratches or wear that might cause
leakage in operation. If rings or pistons are found
to be worn or deteriorated, they must be replaced,
and all other pistons from that stage removed and
inspected similarly. Cylinder bore damage should be
honed smooth, if minor. If cylinder bore damage is
substantial, other reclamation procedures or cylinder
replacement must be considered.
3.2.6 Packing ring condition must be checked to make sure
that the rings, case and piston rod are in good condition
and won’t cause abnormal or excessive leakage. Check
the packing drain/vent for leakage and the crosshead
guide packing cavity for gas leakage and ring debris.
Verify that the packing is receiving proper lubrication
and is properly aligned. Worn or damaged components
must be repaired or replaced as appropriate.
3.2.7 With the compressor operating, check the variable
volume pocket (VVP) balance line for high
temperature. If the temperature is high, the VVP piston
ring may be broken or worn, requiring inspection and
repair. The scale readings on each VVP should be
verified. The VVP must be screwed all the way in and
the position of the rod checked against the scale to
ensure that it is set and reading accurately (i.e., the scale
should read “0” when the VVP is closed).
3.2.8 Outer dead center of at least one compressor throw must
be determined using the procedure specified in ES4009
(contact CES Marketing). Usually, this should be the
number one or number two throw.
ES 3003

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.2.9 If the cylinder head end (HE) or crank end (CE)

clearance volume is in question, at least one of each
cylinder size on the compressor must be checked
using the procedure specified in ES4008 (contact CES
Marketing).
3.2.10 All unloading devices should be cycled to check for
proper operation. In cases where oil or dirt may be
trapped in an unloader, it should be drained or cleaned
as necessary to ensure that the full clearance volume is
available.
3.3 Inspect Process System and Piping
3.3.1 All piping and valves should be checked to determine
that they are properly open or closed, and that there is
no bypassing or recycling of gas.
3.3.2 Check scrubber and other vessel drain systems for
evidence of liquid drop-out during operation. If drop-
out is evident, this will have to be measured during the
actual testing.
3.3.3 Confirm that cylinder cooling water is unrestricted and
at proper temperature.
3.3.4 Determine the location of the system flow meter
and ascertain what flow it measures, e.g., suction or
discharge. Note that Ajax-Superior performance curves
and guarantees are based on suction flows unless
otherwise specified.
3.4 Other Pre-Test Requirements
3.4.1 Prior to conducting a field performance test for the
purpose of verifying a performance guarantee, there
should be agreement between Cooper and the customer
as to the guarantee or design point(s). If the customer
will not be able to run the guarantee or design
condition, there should be prior agreement on the
conditions that will be run to evaluate the compressor
performance.
3.4.2 The system flow meter must be calibrated or otherwise
certified prior to the start of testing. Flow meters should
meet AGA standards or equivalent. It is generally the
ES 3003
1-154 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
customer’s responsibility to provide this verification.

The method of calculating flow from measured data
shall be provided to CES prior to the test.
3.4.3 Calibrated pressure and temperature gauges (or
electronic transmitters) must be installed before and
after each stage as close to the cylinders as possible.
It may also be necessary to install pressure gauges
at various points in the gas system to determine the
magnitude and location of system pressure drops.
a. The range of each gauge should be properly
selected for the operating test conditions. See
ES4101 (contact CES Marketing) for specific
recommendations.
b. Each pressure and temperature gauge must be
calibrated in the range for which it will be used in
the test. See ES4101 for specific recommendations.
c. An official record of each device’s calibration
should be documented for future reference.
3.4.4 Provision must be made for a gas sample during the
test. This should be obtained in a pre-purged sample
bottle and the composition analyzed as soon as possible
in a lab. Preferably, gas samples should be obtained
both upstream and downstream of the compressor if
drop-out is suspected. In some cases where drop-out is
substantial (more than one percent of mass flow) it
is necessary to obtain samples after each scrubber, as
well as at the first cylinder suction. Samples should be
taken from locations that will prevent dirt and liquid
contamination of the gas sample.
a. Where available, station on-line gas analyzers can
be used to take continuous samples. In such cases
it is important that the analyzer samples the actual
gas in the same condition as it passes through
the compressor suction (i.e., not after mixing of a
side-stream, drop-out of water or hydrocarbon
liquids, etc.)
b. Gas analyses will usually be reported dry, i.e.
any water vapor content will not be indicated.
Visual observations of scrubber drains and inside
ES 3003

UNCONTROLLED COPY
the compressor intake (with the compressor shut

down and depressurized) will need to be made to
ascertain whether the gas is really dry or saturated.
This information must be noted on the test log sheet
and the gas composition will have to be adjusted
for any water content prior to determining the final
compressor performance from the test data.
3.4.5 Verify the presence of, and add as necessary, cylinder
indicator passages and appropriate analyzer connections
and valves per ES4101 (contact CES Marketing). Most
Ajax-Superior cylinder bodies have test ports at the
suction and discharge flanges of the cylinder and on the
horizontal center line of the cylinder to read internal
pressures during the compression cycle.
a. Some forged steel cylinders do not have internal
N WARNING indicator test ports. Consult CES Engineering for
recommendations if it is necessary to field test such
Adding any drillings or
weldments to, or otherwise cylinders.
modifying, compressor
cylinders, piping or b. With the compressor shut down and cylinders
pressure-containing vessels de-pressurized, remove plugs from each indicator
or components must be done
with proper consideration
connection and insert a wire into the passage to
of the effects on mechanical ensure that it is actually present and clear.
strength and integrity,
certification requirements c. If a suction oil flushing system is present, the flange
and safety. Improper alteration port may not be available for testing. If this is
of pressurized vessels or
components can result in the case, the flushing system can be temporarily
explosions, damage to disconnected during the test, or a suction bottle port
equipment, and injury or death
to personnel.
can be used instead if there is no restriction, such
as an orifice, between the suction bottle port and the
compressor suction flange.
3.4.6 Indicator test ports should also be installed in suction
and discharge bottles and accompanying piping. These
are used to measure pressure drops and to investigate
any pressure pulsations that may be present during
operation. For diagnostic purposes, test ports should
be located upstream and downstream of orifices, choke
tubes, in bottles and bottle nozzles so that pressure
drops and pulsation levels across these restrictions can
be measured. Obtain details of each internal bottle
construction to determine where pressure test ports
should be located.
ES 3003
1-156 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.4.7 With the compressor shut down and de-pressurized, test

valves should be installed at each test port. Full-ported
ball valves are preferred and must have a pressure
rating higher than the cylinder working pressures. Kiene
valves and needle valves should not be used, as they
have internal flow restrictions that tend to dampen the
pressure signal causing inaccurate indicator results on
most high speed compressors.
NWARNING
Many ball valves will not be
suited for long term use in
3.4.8 A drive coupling, connected to the end of the this service. They should there-
compressor crankshaft, must be provided for the rotary fore be removed at the conclu-
sion of the indicator test. This
encoder. This must be a torsionally rigid coupling as should be done with the com-
explained in ES4101 (contact CES Marketing). pressor shut down and depres-
surized.
3.4.9 Provide for appropriate analyzer and calibrated
transducers per ES4101.
3.4.10 Provide for an accurate on-site barometric pressure
indication. This is particularly important for accurate
performance assessment on compressors with suction
pressures below 300 psi. This may require taking a
barometer to the site. Barometric pressure readings
reported by airports and radio stations are usually
corrected to sea level and thus are not valid for use
in calculating compressor performance, unless properly
readjusted to site conditions. For compressors driven by
Superior CleanBurn™ gas engines with CleanBurn™ II
air-fuel control panels, the barometric pressure read-out
in the panel may be used if no other barometric pressure
indication is available.
3.4.11 Prepare a set of log sheets. Generally, the standard log
sheets provided in ES4102 should be used (contact CES
Marketing).
3.4.12 Identify the personnel who will be involved in
performing the test. Determine each person’s role and
review the test procedure with them. Make a “dry-run”
of all tasks before actually starting the test. Make
sure that assignments are clearly understood so that
testing time can be minimized and conditions can be
held stable for the duration of each test point.
ES 3003

UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.5 Safety
3.5.1 Prior to conducting any type of tests, review all
customer’s, operator’s and owner’s safety procedures
with cognizant site personnel.
3.5.2 Always make sure that the above safety procedures are
followed during the actual testing.
3.5.3 Prior to testing, review equipment instruction manuals
and become generally familiar with the operation of the
equipment to be tested and its operating systems.
3.5.4 Avoid specifying or running at any operating conditions
that might expose personnel to risk of injury or death, or
plant machinery or other equipment to damage.
4.0 Indicator Test Measurement Standards,

Instrumentation & Equipment
4.1 See supplemental standard ES 4101
5.0 Test Procedure & Requirements During The

Test
5.1 Analyzer Set-Up
5.1.1 Transducers must be calibrated using a dead weight
tester (See ES4101) before each test run and after each
transducer change. Care should be taken to ensure that
the transducer is calibrated across its range and that the
range is appropriate for the pressure being measured.
Also, the transducer must be a cooled type to reduce the
effects of thermal drift.
5.1.2 The zero should be checked at each reading.
5.1.3 Position the analyzer such that it is in a cool area and so
that it doesn’t have to be moved during testing.
5.2 Gas Samples
5.2.1 When testing with a suction flow meter, a gas sample
should be taken just up stream of the meter to confirm
ES 3003
1-158 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
gas composition and properties.

5.2.2 When testing with a discharge flow meter, gas samples
should be taken in the suction line before the
compressor (prior to any scrubbers or vessels) and in
the discharge line just prior to the meter to determine if
the gas compositions are the same. If they are not, then
liquid has probably dropped out during the compression
and cooling processes.
5.3 Liquid Drop-Out
5.3.1 If the gas properties do not agree in step 5.2.2 or if
the system scrubbers are draining liquids, then liquid
drop-out is occurring and must be measured or
otherwise accounted for in the test results.
5.3.2 To measure the drop-out, the scrubber manual dump
valves can be closed when starting the test. This
will allow the drop-out to collect in the scrubber.
For a measured period of time at constant operating
conditions, by marking the starting position and ending
position of the liquid levels, and by knowing the
internal diameter of the scrubber (for cylindrical
vessels), the liquid volume drop-out rate can be
calculated.
5.4 Bypass Valves
5.4.1 Using a temperature sensing device, make sure that
the system bypass is not leaking. If the bypass
line temperature changes significantly from when the
compressor is not running, then the bypass valve is
probably leaking and the test results will be invalidated.
An ultrasonic transducer can also be placed on the
bypass valve during the test to check for leakage.
5.5 Stable Operating Conditions
5.5.1 During the data collection phase described in section
5.7, the operating conditions must not vary significantly
for the duration of the test. The data must be within
the allowable deviations listed in Table 1, which are
based on SGA-PCRC 84.10a. If conditions vary more
than this amount, the accuracy of the test will be
ES 3003

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Table 1
Allowable Deviations
Variable Allowable
Deviations
Average suction pressure +/- 1%
Average discharge pressure +/- 1%
Suction temperature +/- 2°F
Speed +/- 0.5%
Cooling water inlet temperature +/- 2°F
Cooling water flow rate +/- 3%
Metering temperature +/- 3°F
compromised and it will have to be rerun.

5.6 Unit Warm-Up
5.6.1 Prior to recording data, the compressor must be allowed
to warm up to reach the stable operating conditions
described in section 5.5. This usually requires sixty
(60) minutes after a cold start or thirty (30) minutes
after a warm start.
5.7 Data Collection
5.7.1 At the beginning and end of each test, and every fifteen
(15) minutes in between, the data shown on the log
sheet (see ES 4102) should be recorded so that all
stage pressures, temperatures, etc. are known. This may
require an extra person for recording this data.
5.7.2 Each cylinder should then be indicated, taking
pressure-volume (P-V) cards as a minimum.
a. When using the ENSPEC 3000 or 1400, the
transducer is first attached to the suction line, then
the discharge line and next the head end (HE).
Then the transducer is connected to the suction line,
discharge line, and the crank end (CE) connection,
in that order. This process is then repeated for
each cylinder.
b. These cards should be inspected to make sure the
suction and discharge traces are located reasonably
and the IHP is close to that expected. If any aspect
of the card is suspect, the measurement equipment
ES 3003
1-160 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
should be checked and the test rerun.

5.7.3 It is often advisable to take pressure-time (PT) cards in
the HE and CE valve pockets to study valve opening
and closing events.
5.7.4 PT cards should be taken on the suction and discharge if
excessive pulsation is suspected. These traces will aid in
determining the significance (frequency and amplitude)
of the pulsation.
5.7.5 Additional PT cards can be obtained at various points,
such as in pulsation vessels, before and after vessels,
etc., to check for pulsations.
5.7.6 When investigating pulsations, indicator cards should
be taken as close to the compressor valves as possible,
i.e., in the cylinder body through the suction and
discharge flanges and through the valve caps.
5.7.7 The distance from the measured pressure to the
transducer should be as short as possible and the fittings
should conform to the requirements shown in ES4101.
6.0 Analysis & Interpretation of Results

6.1 See supplemental standard ES 4102
7.0 Reporting Of Results

7.1 At the conclusion of the analysis and interpretation of the test
results a report should be written to summarize conclusions and
provide any necessary recommendations. Stated opinions and
conclusions must be supported by factual data or documented
observations.
7.2 The report should include copies of important indicator cards,
log sheets, calculated data and other pertinent information that
will allow the reader to understand how the test was run and to
interpret the results.
7.3 A copy of the report should be sent to the local CES Branch
Office and to the Manager, Product Engineering at Cooper
Energy Services.
ES 3003

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 4101
Ajax-Superior Compressor
Field Performance Test Instrumentation
1.0 Scope
1.1 This standard defines the instrumentation required to accurately
do field performance tests on Ajax, Superior, or Joy reciprocating
compressors. Calibration procedures for the instrumentation are
also listed.
1.2 This standard is a supplement to ES4100, Ajax-Superior
Compressor Field Performance Test Specification.
2.0 Purpose
2.1 This supplement lists the instrumentation accuracies and
calibration methods required for field tests that involve
compressor capacity or horsepower guarantees. These
requirements are also recommended for maintenance testing.
2.2 Testing procedures are listed that will insure accurate
performance data.
2.3 Techniques for operating analyzers vary between analyzer
manufacturers. Unless otherwise noted, the procedures listed are
for the Entronics En-Spec 1400 and En-Spec 3000 analyzers. The
required accuracies and calibrations apply, however, to indicating
testing done with analyzers from any manufacturer.
3.0 Compressor Analyzers

3.1 Modern cylinder analyzers are data acquisition systems that read
pressures from an analog pickup and convert this reading to a
digital signal. These pressures can then be saved and processed
by a microprocessor which is part of the analyzer. The results can
also be saved to a computer.
3.2 The pressures in the cylinder and in the suction and discharge
nozzles are saved as a function of crank angle. Analyzers use
the compressor dimensions to calculate the swept volume at
each angle reading and then produce pressure-volume diagrams
and calculate compressor horsepower. Pressure-crank angle plots
ES 4101
1-162 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
are also made to determine system pressure drops and gas

pulsations.
3.3 The analyzer records the cylinder and nozzle pressures in
relation to the crankshaft position and a starting point or out dead
center is required.
4.0 Out Dead Center

4.1 The analyzer uses a pulse from a magnetic pickup to signal
out dead center. The magnetic pickup must be rigidly mounted
to sense a steel pin or a drilled hole in either the flywheel or
coupling hub. The pin or hole should be located in the largest
diameter available. With a large diameter, out dead center is
easier to locate accurately and the higher velocity at this point
will generate a stronger signal for the analyzer. Out dead center
is established according to Superior Engineering Standard ES
4009. Out dead center must be accurately located. A one-degree
error in out dead center will typically result in a three percent
error in indicated horsepower. For a 12-inch diameter coupling
hub, one degree is only 0.1 inch of travel around the hub.
4.2 It has been suggested that bearing clearance could cause the out
dead center during running to be different than the out dead
center found using ES 4009. Superior did laboratory testing to
compare both methods and determined that out dead center did
not change on either the Ajax or Superior units.
5.0 Encoder
5.1 The speed of a compressor changes throughout each revolution
due to the torque change within each revolution. To obtain
accurate pressure-volume cards, an encoder must be used to
phase the pressure readings to the crankshaft position. Analyzers
that use a one-per-revolution signal and divide each revolution
into equal time intervals cannot compensate for the speed change
within each revolution.
5.2 The encoder drive must be attached to the compressor
crankshaft; friction drives can slip and cause errors. A torsionally
rigid coupling is used to connect the encoder to the compressor
crankshaft drive. Sections of rubber or plastic tubing will not
allow accurate phasing. The encoder shaft must be parallel to the
ES 4101

UNCONTROLLED COPY
crankshaft to maintain the correct angle location and to prevent

breakage of the coupling. Renbrandt Fleximite is a recommended
low inertia, torsionally rigid coupling.
5.3 For frames that drive a lubricator off the end of the crankshaft, a
lubricator drive shaft is provided that permits driving an encoder
on the free end of the shaft. The crankshaft to drive coupling
must also be torsionally rigid. The Thomas Style CC, Size
62 flexible coupling supplied by CES is recommended for the
crankshaft to drive coupling.
5.4 An adaptor must be used between the lubricator drive and the
encoder coupling due to the different shaft sizes.
5.5 The encoder drive assembly for an SW frame with a lubricator
drive off the end of the crankshaft is shown for reference in
Figure 1 and its bill of material in Table 1.
Table 1
Bill of Materials
Item Description Comments Part Number

1 Drive on crankshaft ------
2 Thomas size 62 coupling 1/2" lubricator shaft B-909-524-00
5/8" lubricator shaft
3 Lubricator drive ------
4 Drive adaptor 1/2" to 1/4" ------
5 Encoder coupling Renbrant 1/4" x 1/4" C25C25S
6 Encoder 1440 pulses/rev. ------
ES 4101
1-164 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 1. Encoder drive arrangement when lubricator is driven from the crankshaft.
6.0 Pressure Pickups

6.1 Pressure pickups must be accurate and stable. Accuracy and
stability are affected by linearity, hysteresis, repeatability,
resolution, thermal zero shift and thermal sensitivity shift.
6.2 Non-linearity will cause inaccurate readings since the analyzers
use a calibrated pressure at one point or an input of a known
millivolts per psi. The analyzer then uses a linear fit to determine
intermediate pressures. Pickups should be checked for non-
linearity using a dead weight tester to pressurize the pickup and
with output readings taken throughout the pickup pressure range.
6.3 Hysteresis results in an output that is dependent upon the
direction of pressure change. Due to the construction of the
pickup, increasing pressures will read lower than actual and
decreasing pressures will read higher than actual.
6.4 Hysteresis and non-linearity are normally listed as a percent of
the full scale reading of the pickup and combined, they should not
be greater than 0.35% of the full scale reading.
6.5 Repeatability is a measure of how accurately the pickup can
duplicate an output and is important since the output during
testing must repeat the output at calibration. The pressure
transducer repeatability should be within 0.1% of the full
scale reading.
ES 4101

UNCONTROLLED COPY
6.6 Resolution of strain gage pickups is infinite; however, the

resolution of the digital analyzer is not. The analyzer resolution
is discussed below.
6.7 Thermal zero shift is the shift in the output voltage at zero
pressure as the pickup temperature changes, and can be a source
of error since the pickup will normally be used at a different
temperature than the calibration temperature. Thermal zero shift
should not be greater than 0.015 percent of the full scale reading
per degree Fahrenheit of temperature change.
6.8 Thermal gain shift is the shift in the sensitivity or gain of the
pickup as the pickup temperature changes and is also a source
of error due to the fluctuation in operating temperature. Thermal
gain shift should not be greater than 0.0075 percent of the full
scale reading per degree Fahrenheit of temperature change.
6.9 Non-cooled pickups can be temperature compensated to reduce
thermal gain shift and zero shift; however, for indicating, cooled
pickups should always be used. Cooled pickups can be designed
for either liquid coolant or air/inert gas cooling. Calibrations
should be done with the coolant on.
6.10 Using pressure pickups with a range far greater than the pressures
measured results in using only a small portion of the pickup and
analyzer range. The analyzer is a data acquisition system and
therefore uses the full range of the pickup being used and divides
that range into increments depending on the design of the data
acquisition system. A “12 bit” D.A. system would divide the full
scale voltage into 4096 steps. For a 2000 psi pickup, pressure can
be measured in 2000/4096 or 0.49 psi steps. A 500 psi pickup can
measure in 0.12 psi steps.
6.11 Precise Sensors Model 70222 pressure pickups for the En-Spec
analyzers are available in the following ranges: 500, 1000, 1500,
2000, 3000 and 5000 psig. Precise Sensors model 141-1 pressure
pickups are available for measuring low pressures. For maximum
accuracy, always use the lowest pressure range pickup suitable
for the measured pressure.
6.12 Pickups should be calibrated using a dead weight tester. Several
calibration techniques are available for the En-spec analyzers.
The following calibration is recommended for the En-Spec 1400.
ES 4101
1-166 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
6.12.1 Install the transducer on a dead weight tester of the

proper pressure range. The maximum dead weight
tester pressure rating should not be greater than four
times the rating of the transducer being calibrated.
6.12.2 After zeroing, load the dead weight tester to a pressure
in the range of the maximum pressure to be recorded
by the transducer. Using the analyzer, measure the
millivolts per psi calibration of the pickup.
6.12.3 Using the quick calibration, enter the millivolts per psi
calibration obtained above.
6.12.4 With the analyzer in the pressure gage mode and
using the dead weight tester, apply pressures in the
range to be measured and check the transducer output.
Approximately 5 pressures should be checked and any
pressure error must not exceed the following:
Max Transducer
Range (psig) Max Error (psig)
50 0.5
200 0.8
500 2
1500 6
2000 8
3000 12
5000 20
6.12.5 Provided the transducer error is within the above limits,

the millivolts per psi value can be used for the quick
calibration.
6.12.6 When the indicating tests are complete the transducer
should again be calibrated to insure that the calibration
has not changed.
ES 4101

UNCONTROLLED COPY
7.0 Indicator Valves

7.1 Valving is required to isolate the pressure transducer from the
cylinder pressure to allow moving and zeroing the transducer.
The transducer is normally installed in a quick-change adaptor
to speed data taking. The adaptor is normally drilled and valved
to permit zeroing the transducer. The adaptor, valving, cylinder
drilling and connecting fittings make up the indicator passage.
Any restriction in this indicator passage will distort the indicator
traces. To keep the distortion to a minimum the connecting piping
should be as short as possible and full ported ball valves should
be used. The pipe and valve hole size should be as close to the
cylinder indicator tube size as possible. Refer to Table 2 and
Figure 2 for indicator tube components available from Superior.
Table 2
Bill of Materials
Item Description Comments Part Number

1 Drive on crankshaft See Paragraph 6 ------
2 Adaptor 1/4" NPT for vent valve
7/8" - 18 UNS for transducer A-904-015
1/2" NPT for quick connect
3 Vent valve 1/4" NPT A-061-680
4 Quick connect body 1/2" NPT A-061-678
5 Quick connect stem 1/2" NPT A-061-679
6 Ball valve 1/2" NPT A-903-707*
A-904-016**
7 Nipple 1/2" NPT 21TN0409SS#
(stainless sch. 80)
8 Cylinder body ------ ------
* 0-3000 psig @ 100° F

** 3000-6000 psig @ 100° F
# Rated for 6250 psig @ 300° F
ES 4101
1-168 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 2. Transducer Piping Arrangement
1 2 4 5 6 7
7.2 The indicator tube valving must not be partially closed to reduce
tube resonance and “smooth” the pressure traces. This restriction
will distort the card and result in inaccurate data.
7.3 Warning: Many ball valves will not be suited for long term
use in this service. They should therefore be removed at the
conclusion of the indicator test. This must be done with the
compressor shut down and depressurized.
8.0 Indicator Tube Phase Delay

8.1 Methods have been proposed to compensate for indicator tube
phase lag by rotating out dead center. Superior did laboratory
testing on compressors with speeds up to 1500 rpm showing that
if unrestricted indicator tubes are used, the most accurate data is
obtained if the out dead center is not rotated. Comparisons were
made using cards taken at the indicator tube to cards taken at the
same time with a pickup buried in the cylinder. Data should not
be rotated to compensate for indicator tube restrictions.
9.0 Pressure Gages

9.1 Pressure gages are used to establish operating conditions and
although performance will be based on pressures recorded by the
analyzer, accurate gage pressures are required to set conditions
and evaluate pressure drops in the system. Pressure gages should
be calibrated using a dead weight tester with at least four
pressures checked in the range that will be used during test.
Calibration records should be maintained with the other test data.
ES 4101

UNCONTROLLED COPY
10.0 Thermometers/Thermocouples
10.1 Thermocouples are available that are accurate to within one
degree of the measured temperature and are the preferred
method of measuring temperatures for performance testing.
Glass thermometers, although fragile, can also be used.
Metallic dial thermometers should not be used.
11.0 Barometric Pressure

11.1 The barometric pressure at the job site is required to convert
gage pressures to absolute pressures. It is recommended that a
barometer at the job site be used for local barometric pressure.
Barometric pressures that are listed by airports have been
corrected to sea level to allow pilots to set their altimeters and
must be corrected back to the job site elevation before using for
performance tests. The following corrections must be subtracted
from the sea level readings to obtain the barometric pressure at
the job site:
Elevation (ft) Correction (in. Hg) Elevation (ft) Correction (in. Hg)
100 .108 3,000 3.105
200 .216 5,000 5.025
500 .537 8,000 7.696
1,000 1.066 10,000 9.344
2,000 2.100
11.2 For indicating test where the compressor suction pressure is

above 300 psig and therefore changes in atmospheric pressure
are small in relation to the measured pressures, the barometric
pressure can be estimated by subtracting the above altitude
correction from 29.9 inches of mercury.
ES 4101
1-170 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
12.0 Gas Flow

12.1 Orifice flow meters are the preferred method of measuring gas
flow. Calculations and requirements are listed in AGA Report #3.
This report is generally accepted as the industry standard. The
meter should be located on the suction side of the compressor
with pressure taps and distance from valving and elbows as
listed in AGA Report #3. The orifice plate should be removed,
inspected and measured to an accuracy of .001 inch. The meter
pipe diameter should also be measured to an accuracy of
.001 inch. When reinstalling the orifice plate, insure that
the sharp edge of the orifice is facing upstream. Flowing
pressure and orifice differential pressure must be recorded using
a calibrated pressure gage and manometer or calibrated
transducers. Pressure pulsations at the orifice meter or in the
pressure lines will cause the metered flow to be in error. Orifice
delta pressure excursions in excess of 10 percent of the average
delta pressure should be corrected before testing. This can
be done by reducing the pulsation or by installing a smaller
orifice plate to increase the average delta pressure across the
orifice plate.
13.0 Summary
The accuracy of performance testing requires accurate equipment,
careful calibration and diligent testing. It is the responsibility of the
analyzer operator to insure that the testing is properly done and that the
instrumentation is in good working condition. Any required maintenance
should be completed before testing is started.
ES 4101

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 4102
Analysis And Interpretation Of Com-
pressor Field Performance Test Results
1.0 Scope
This standard provides guidelines for analyzing and interpreting the results
of compressor field performance tests. Section 3.0, On-Site Review of
Indicator Cards, is an in-process check to assure that accurate, high quality
data is generated during the testing process. Regardless of how the data
will be analyzed it is highly recommended that this in-process check be
performed so that data quality problems may be quickly resolved and
repeat testing avoided. Section 4.0, Indicator Test Data Analysis and
Troubleshooting, is a basic approach to interpretation of indicator cards.
A step-by-step procedure is provided for preparing the measured indicator
card for comparison to the ideal case and sample indicator cards illustrating
more common problems.
2.0 Purpose
2.1 Section 3.0 shall be used during all compressor performance
tests.
2.2 Section 4.0 should be used for basic interpretation of indicator
cards. If an unusual or special condition exists that is beyond the
scope of this standard, the CES Engineering Department should
be consulted.
3.0 On-site Review Of Indicator Cards

3.1 It is important to perform an on-site review of the indicator
cards during the test to determine if good, usable data is
being generated. Sometimes problems that affect the quality and
usefulness of the data can be easily corrected such that the tests
may be immediately re-run and good data made available for
a full analysis later. The following sections describe how
to recognize some of the more common problems and the
necessary corrections. Figure 3.1 is a data sheet that should be
used to record pertinent information during each indicator test.
Figure 3.2 is an example of a typical pressure volume (P-V)
diagram that can be used to compare with abnormal P-V
diagrams shown in this standard.
ES 4102
1-172 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
3.1.1 Measurement Channel Restriction - Excessive flow restriction

in the pressure measurement channel produces indicator
diagrams of marginal usefulness. Figure 3.3 is an example of a
P-V diagram exhibiting excessive restriction in the measurement
channel. As can be seen in this figure, the corners are rounded
and very few, if any, pressure pulsations are evident. Channel
restrictions may be present anywhere along the length of the
passage, from the internal cylinder pressure port through the
adapters, fittings and valves up to the transducer. Refer to
Engineering Standard 4101 for more details on causes and
corrections.
3.1.2 Measurement Channel Pulsation/Resonance - The gas
dynamics between the interior of the cylinder pressure port and
the measurement transducer can produce significant distortion of
the apparent dynamic cylinder pressure. These dynamic effects
range from quarter-wave acoustic resonance of the indicator
passage to a time lag between the pressure in the cylinder and
sensing of the pressure by the transducer. The recommendations
provided in Engineering Standard 4101 are intended to minimize
the effect of channel resonance. An example of a pressure time
(P-T) curve with channel resonance is shown in Figure 3.4.
A manual technique to “filter-out” the channel resonance is also
shown in this figure. Channel resonance should not be confused
with external piping and bottle pulsations which is covered in
Section 4.0, “Indicator Test Data Analysis and Troubleshooting.”
Channel resonance may be a good indication of a non-restrictive
channel; however, its disadvantage is that it sometimes masks
signatures of externally caused pulsations occurring in the
cylinder and signs of abnormal valve action. If an abnormal
condition is suspected that can not be explained as channel
resonance, consult with CES Engineering Department.
3.1.3 Pressure Transducer Drift - Sometimes a pressure transducer
will drift, resulting in incorrect pressure readings. This can be
detected by reviewing the P-V diagram for evidence of a shift
in cylinder suction and discharge pressures compared to the
normally expected pressures in the suction and discharge flanges.
Figure 3.5 shows a P-V diagram where the pressure transducer
drifted upward. This causes the suction toe pressure to appear to
be higher than the suction pressure trace and the discharge toe
pressure higher than the discharge pressure trace. The discharge
ES 4102

UNCONTROLLED COPY
valve loss appears to be abnormally high. In this example the

drift was found to be caused by improper cooling of the pressure
transducer. It is very important to eliminate transducer drift to
allow proper diagnosis of compressor performance.
3.1.4 Incorrect Pressure Transducer Range - Inaccurate or distorted
pressure data can be caused by the use of a pressure transducer
with a range inappropriate for the pressures to be measured.
Figures 3.6 and 3.7 show pressure transducers whose ranges are
too low and too high for the pressures being measured. Refer
to Engineering Standard 4101 for specific recommendations for
selecting pressure transducers of the correct range.
3.1.5 Incorrect Out Dead Center Reference - An incorrect Out Dead
Center reference is a common problem. If the error is sufficiently
large it can be detected by inspecting the indicator cards.
Small errors may not be easily detected by inspection of the
cards although they can create significant errors in the apparent
performance of the compressor. It is very important to set
the Out Dead Center reference accurately and in a manner
that provides accurate dynamic reference signals. Refer to
Engineering Standard 4101 for more information regarding
accurate Out Dead Center reference signals. Figure 3.1 shows an
indicator card with a gross error in Out Dead Center reference.
4.0 Indicator Test Data Analysis And Trouble-

shooting
This section to be provided in a future revision
ES 4102
1-174 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 3.1. Indicator Test Data Sheet
Customer________________________________ Date ________________
Location_________________________________ Test Data By _________________________
Register No. _____________________________ Frame Serial No. _____________________
Cyl. #1 Serial No. _________________________ Cyl. #5 Serial No. _____________________
Driver Model ______ Serial # ______________

Test number
Indicator card no.
Time
Stage
Cylinder no. (throw)
Cylinder dia. (inches)
DA/SAHE/SACE
HE/CE
VVP opening
PS (PSIG - D.W.T.)
PS (PSIG - D.W.T.)
TS (°F)
TS (°F)
PB (PSIA)
Speed (rpm)
Eng. Mnfld. (HG)
ES 4102

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 3.2. Typical P–V Diagram
Clearance Volume
(including pockets)
Discharge Volume
2
Pd 3
— Discharge valve Discharge
closes valve opens
— Minimum
cylinder volume
PRESSURE
Re-expansion Compression
Suction Intake Volume
Suction —Suction valve closes

valve —Maximum cylinder
opens —volume
Ps 4 1
Piston displacement of swept volume

Total cylinder volume (including pockets)
VOLUME
ES 4102
1-176 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 3.3. P–V Diagram with rounded corners, indicating excessive channel restriction or
pressure transducer with a slow response time
Clearance Volume The indicated horsepower is

(including pockets) less than the actual
Discharge Volume
Pd
Discharge
—Discharge valve valve
—closes opens
—Minimum cylinder
—volume
PRESSURE
Compression
Re-expansion

Suction
valve
opens —Suction valve closes
—Maximum cylinder
—volume
Ps

VOLUME
ES 4102

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 3.4. P–T Curve with channel pulsations/resonance manual correction shown by drawing envelope lines
and finding average curve
Envelope
1350
TDC
Average
1200
curve
P2 Actual P2
1134 psig
1050
PRESSURE (PSI)
900
750
Envelope
Actual P1
610 psig
Envelope
600
P1
Average curve
Average curve
450
-150 -120 -60 0 60 120 150

TDC
ANGLE (DEGREE)
ES 4102
1-178 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 3.5. Typical P-V Diagram indicating pressure transducer drift
Clearance Volume
(including pockets)
Discharge Volume
Discharge
—Discharge valve valve opens
Pd —closes
—Minimum
Indicated Pd cylinder
predicts —volume
excessive
valve loss
Compression
Re-expansion
PRESSURE
—Suction valve
Suction closes
opens — volume
Ps
Indicated Ps Piston displacement of swept volume

predicts zero Total cylinder volume (including pockets)
valve loss
VOLUME
ES 4102

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 3.6. P-V Diagram indicating a pressure transducer with a range too low for the pressures measured
Clearance Volume Gap in pressures

(including pockets)
Discharge Volume
Pd
—Discharge valve Discharge
—closes valve
—Minimum cylinder opens
—volume
PRESSURE
Compression
Re-expansion

opens —volume
Ps

VOLUME
ES 4102
1-180 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Figure 3.7. P-V Diagram indicating a pressure transducer with a range too high for the
pressures measured
Valve losses indicated horsepower

Clearance Volume
toe pressures erroneous
(including pockets)
Discharge Volume
Pd
—Discharge valve Discharge
—closes valve
—Minimum cylinder opens
—volume
PRESSURE
Compression
Re-expansion

opens —volume
Ps

VOLUME
ES 4102

UNCONTROLLED COPY
ES 5011
Hydrostatic and Helium Test of Com-
pressor Cylinders, Cylinder Heads, and
Valve Covers
1.0 Scope
This procedure outlines the necessary operations required for hydrostatic
and helium testing compressor cylinders and other related pressure retaining
components which, when secured to the cylinder, can be considered as part
of the cylinder or part of an unfired pressure vessel.
2.0 Requirements
Compressor cylinders and pressure retaining auxiliary parts, which are
secured to the cylinder, shall be hydrostatically tested with water and a
water soluble rust-preventative (Chem-Lub X-058, DuBois 915, or equal) in
accordance with the following standards:
Part Test Pressure
Cylinder (gas wetted surfaces) (MAWP) 1.5 times maximum allowable
working pressure
Cylinder Heads (gas wetted surfaces) 1.5 times maximum allowable
(MAWP) working pressure
Valve Covers (gas wetted surfaces) 1.5 times maximum allowable
(MAWP) working pressure
Bonnets and/or clearance pockets 1.5 times maximum allowable
i For bonnets/
unloaders, blueprints
(MAWP) (gas wetted surfaces)
(See Note)
working pressure
will designate if
specific areas are to be Cylinder (Water Jackets) 115 PSIG minimum -
hydro tested and any
specific pressure
150 PSIG maximum
requirements for
these areas.
Superior Cylinder (Water Jackets) 115 PSIG minimum -
150 PSIG maximum
Ajax Cylinder (Water Jackets) 100 PSIG minimum -
115 PSIG maximum
The part number drawing denotes the required test pressure for each
cylinder or component and should be reviewed before each test. Compressor
Performance Data Sheet (Form 1041-4) can be consulted for maximum
allowable working pressure (MAWP) and required hydrostatic test pressures
1-182 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
on individual jobs. Engineering should be contacted for any discrepancies or

questions on test pressures, or if data sheet pressures do not agree with the
pressures indicated on the part number drawing.
3.0 Hydrostatic Test Procedure

3.1 The test pressure shall be maintained for a period of not less than
thirty (30) minutes; longer if necessary to allow for complete
examining of parts. In some instances, such as after rework
and/or special request, the hold time and/or pressure may be i For valve covers (caps)
only, the test period
increased (see ES5026 and ES5016). is fifteen (15) minutes
minimum.
3.2 The test pressure is specified in Section 2 and also on each
component drawing.
3.3 All surfaces to be inspected for leaks should be dry prior to
inspection.
3.4 Inspection is performed with a flashlight, mirrors, and/or
fiberscope, and is a visual check for evidence of water leaks.
No leakage is allowed.
3.5 In the case of leaks around the quill (when a quill is used),
the quill is re-tightened, the unit is blown clean, wiped dry, and
retested. Any leakage into the bore, into the gas passages, into
water jackets, or out of the body results in cause for rejection.
3.6 When customer specifications do not prohibit impregnation,
cylinders which leak within the limits established by Engineering
Standard ES 5026 can be impregnated per ES 5026. Cylinder
must be re-hydrotested and helium or air tested after
impregnation per ES 5026. All testing data is to be recorded
on Form SI 411.
3.7 Joints are to be sealed, where possible, with gaskets as designed
and specified on the Bill of Material. Common, readily available
joint sealing compounds can be used in the event of joint leakage
problems.
3.8 Cylinder bodies are to be stamped “TESTED” to identify
acceptance of hydrostatic testing. They should not be stamped if
they leak.
3.9 All cylinder bodies and all cast iron, nodular iron, and cast
steel compressor heads/unloaders, bonnets, valve caps, unloader
bottles, and other pressure retaining components must be tested
on all gas wetted surfaces. Therefore, the component is either
tested in a cylinder or in a pot fixture which allows water pressure

UNCONTROLLED COPY
to reach all gas wetted surfaces. Compressor heads and all other
pressure retaining components are to be stamped “TESTED” to
identify acceptance of hydrostatic testing. They should not be
stamped if they leak.
3.10 Parts (other than cylinder bodies) machined from steel plate, bar,
tubing, or forgings are exempt from hydrotesting, except those
fabricated by welding, where a defective weld joint might leak
directly to the atmosphere, or for those heavily machined parts
that may have potential problems as deemed by Engineering.
All cylinder bodies are to be hydrotested!
3.11 For hydrotesting and air or helium testing, electronic digital
pressure sensing instruments (accuracy and capacity to
15,000 psi) are to be used, regardless of the test pressure up
to the maximum capacity.
3.12 All pressure gages shall be certified per established frequency.
4.0 Helium Testing

4.1 The following additional helium test procedures will be required
when specified by the sales release (standard hydrostatic test to be
completed first) or when used to verify an impregnated body or
prove out the results of a hydrotest.
4.1.1 Prior to filling with helium, all gas wetted surfaces shall be wiped
and/or blown dry with air.
4.1.2 The pressure test will be performed using helium at the cylinder
maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP), or less if
specified on the sales release.
4.1.3 Leakage detection is to be accomplished by submerging in water.
No leakage may occur over the required time period.
4.1.4 Test time is thirty (30) minutes minimum, or as specified by the
sales release.
4.1.5 Helium test is to be certified and documented (see attached form).
4.1.6 After a successful helium test, the acceptable cylinder bodies and
heads are stamped with a capital “H” right next to the “tested”
stamp.
5.0 Air Testing

Air testing can be used in place of helium to air test an impregnated cylinder.
The steps used should be the same as in Section 4 above. Impregnated
cylinders designated for sour gas applications must be tested with
1-184 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
UNCONTROLLED COPY
helium only.
6.0 Cleaning and Rustproofing

6.1 Upon completion of all testing, the components shall be immediately
drained and thoroughly dried.
6.2 All unpainted surfaces of the parts will be sprayed with a light rust
preventive oil (Tectyl 511-M or equal).
7.0 Documentation
7.1 The hydro test of each cylinder is recorded on a test log and filed
by the supervisor. Each cylinder is recorded by the foundry code
number, date of test, part number, and test results.
7.2 All cylinders (rejected and accepted) are recorded in the log.
7.3 A hydrostatic test data sheet (Form S.I. 411 - Rev. 4) must be
completed (see attached) on each cylinder and filed with the register
number in the Inspection office. Copies of these can then be provided
to Marketing when requested by the Sales Release.
7.4 When a helium test is performed, the appropriate section of the test
sheets is to be filled out.
7.5 If a unit is considered scrap, a scrap transaction is recorded and the
part identified as scrap. If a unit is considered salvageable or meets
the impregnation criteria (ES 5026), a Hold transaction is recorded,
the part identified as held for salvage.
8.0 Repair Procedures

8.1 Hold transactions recorded on potentially salvageable rejects should
contain the serial number, part number, date, and reason for rejection.
These are reviewed by Quality Control and Engineering and the
appropriate disposition made.
8.2 ES 5026 controls the repair procedure for impregnated cylinders and
need not have Engineering review. Impregnated cylinders must be
hydrotested and helium or air tested per ES 5026 procedures.
8.3 Retest pressure and time of a repaired unit is the same as the original
test as a minimum. More stringent testing is sometimes used to
confirm the integrity of the repair (i.e., ES 5026). In no case shall the
test pressure exceed two times the maximum working pressure of the
cylinder body, cylinder head, or other component. In no case shall the
water jacket test pressure exceed 200 psig.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8.4 Retest results are to be recorded in the log and on the test data sheet.
Inspection Form S. I. 411

Date: 3/94
Revision: 3
Hydrostatic and Helium Test Sheet
(Tested per ES 5011)
1. Hydrostatic Test
Shop Order Number Size
Cylinder Part Number Hydrostatic Lube

__________________________________________ Test Pressure Holes
Register Number (Gas Passages) Drilled
Water Jacket
Serial Number Test Pressure
Inspected By Tested By
Date Date
2. Hydrostatic Retest
Reason for Retest
Hydrostatic Test Pressure Water Jacket

(Gas Passages) Test Pressure
Date Date
3. Helium Test
Helium Test Pressure* (Gas Passages)
Date Date
* Helium Test Pressure is maximum allowable working pressure as stated on blueprint (unless
otherwise agreed to by customer and Quality Assurance Manager, and stated on the Quality Plan).
1-186 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS
Chapter 1 General:
Service Data
Recommended Frame Spare Parts

Suggested Spares List for Frames RAM 52
Description Part No. Quantity
Start Up Spares:
Seal-cover door C-900-835-071 2
Sealant-Loctite Grade 515 Tube
Oil Filter Cartridge A-758-139 4
Short Term Items:

Seal-frame stiffener C-900-835-070 4
Rupture Disc-lubricator P/N per individual Unit 10
Coupling-lubricator 909-524-001 1
Key-coupling B-025-100-002 1
Seal-stubshaft B-600-044-001 1
Divider Block P/N per individual Unit 2
Divider Block P/N per individual Unit 1
Oil Filter Cartridge A-758-139 1
Long Term Items:

Bearing-crankshaft C-600-007 4
Bearing-conrod C-600-007 4
Bearing-thrust B-600-006 2
Seal-crankshaft B-600-044-022 1
Pin-crosshead B-600-017 2
Snap ring-crosshead pin A-024-876 4
Bushing-crosshead pin B-600-019 2
Shoes-crosshead C-600-018 4
Screw-crosshead shoe 09VS0806PF 8
Oil Pump YD-600-345 1
Lubricator YB-926-727 1
Pump-lubricator C-901-572-003 1
Conrod Assy. 600-522-001 1
A. Dowel Pin 01DP060800 4
B. Washer A-030-028 4
C. Bolt B-900-052-004 4
Check Valve A-600-052 1
Lube Oil Cooler
A. Front Gasket A-919-454 1
B. Rear Gasket A-919-453 1
No Flow-std. Refer to specific unit parts list

Chapter 1: Service Data
Optional Equipment: (Where Applicable)

Bicera Rebuild Kit C-757-462-004 2
Crankcase Heater B-901-575 1
Vibration Switch A-016-760 1
Level Controller A-911-071 1
Level Controller Gasket A-911-075 1
Suggested Spares List for Frames RAM 54
Start Up Spares:
Oil Filter Cartridge A-758- 139 4
Short Term Items:

Seal-frame stiffener C-900-835-070 4
Rupture Disc-lubricator P/N per individual unit 10
Coupling-lubricator 909-524-001 1
Key-coupling B-025-100-002 1
Seal-stubshaft B-600-044-001 1
Divider Block P/N per individual unit 2
Divider Block P/N per individual unit 4
Oil Filter Cartridge A-758- 139 1
Long Term Items:

Bearing-crankshaft C-600-007 8
Bearing-conrod C-600-007 8
Bearing-thrust B-600-006 4
Seal-crankshaft B-600-044-022 1
Pin-crosshead B-600-017 4
Snap ring-crosshead pin A-024-876 8
Bushing-crosshead pin B-600-019 4
Shoes-crosshead C-600-018 8
Screw-crosshead shoe 09VS0806PF 16
Oil Pump YD-600-340 1
Lubricator YB-926-727 1
Pump-lubricator C-901-572-003 1
Conrod Assy. 600-522-001 1
A. Dowel Pin 01DP060800 8
B. Washer A-030-028 8
C. Bolt B-900-052-004 8
1-190 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

Lube Oil Cooler
A. Front Gasket A-919-447 1
B. Rear Gasket A-919-469 1
No Flow-std. Refer to specific unit parts list
Optional Equipment (Where Applicable)

Bicera Rebuild Kit C-757-462-004 4
Crankcase Heater B-901-575 1
Vibration Switch A-016-760 1
Level Controller A-911-071 1
Level Controller Gasket A-911-075 1

Recommended Cylinder Spare Parts

Suggested Spares List for Cylinders
Cylinder Class = C15A Cylinder Number = 401CC Cylinder Diameter = 4.500"

Start Up Spares:
O-Ring, Valve Cap C-900-822-010 4
Gasket - Suction Valve 0-909-981-209 2
Gasket - Discharge Valve D-909-981-209 2
Short Term Items:

Valve - Suction (All) YB-600-283 2
Valve - Discharge (All) YB-600-284 2
Valve - Plate (All) B-757-828-031 4
Wafer Spring - Valve (All) B-753-138-005 Disch. 4
B-753-138-006 Suct. 4
Spring - Valve (Std) N/A
Gasket - Suct. Valve D-909-981-209 4
Gasket - Disch. Valve D-909-981-209 4
O-ring, Valve Cap C-900-838-010 8
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-822-018 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-822-022 1
Ring - Rider/Compression C-903-118-054 (5.0") 4
C-903-118-054 (4.5") 4
Ring - Rider
Ring - Compression
Packing Assembly YD-600-132-001 1
O-ring - Packing C-900-838-051 2
Gasket - Packing YC-908-822-009 1
Ring - Packing Type “P” B-600-085-001 1
Ring - Packing Type “TR” B-600-086-001 4
Ring - Packing Type “BD” B-600-087-001 1
Ring - Packing Type “BT”
Scraper - Packing B-600-088-001 1
1-192 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Suggested Spares List for Cylinders (Continued)


Long Term Items:
Piston C-600-252-001 (4.5") 1
C-600-252-002 (5.0") 1
Rod For Specific Application 1
Rod Nut B-600-073 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
Backup ring, V.V. Shaft B-926-404-001 2
Ring, V.V. Compression B-600-077-009 2
O-ring - Cylinder to frame C-900-835-071 1
O-ring - Std. head C-908-822-018 1


Cylinder Class = C15B Cylinder Number = 403CC Cylinder Diameter = 5.500"

Start Up Spares:
Gasket - Suction Valve D-909-981-193 4
Short Term Items:

Valve - Suction (All) YB-600-389 2
Valve - Discharge (All) YB-600-393 2
Valve - Plate (All) B-757 -828-030 4
Wafer Spring - Valve (All) B-753-138-012 Disch. 4
B-753-138-012 Suct. 4
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-018 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 1
C-903- 118-041 (5.5") 4
Ring - Rider
Ring - Compression
1-194 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
Piston C-600-134-001(5.5") 1
C-600-134-002 (6.0") 1
Rod Nut B-600-073 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-908-838-011 1


Cylinder Class = C15C Cylinder Number = 405CC Cylinder Diameter = 6.500"

Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

*Valve - Suction (All) YB-600-185 2
*Valve - Discharge (All) YB-600-186 2
*Valve - Plate (All) B-757 -828-030 4
*Wafer Spring - Valve (All) B-753-138-004 Disch. 4
B-753-138-003 Suct. 4
*Spring - Valve (Std) N/A
*Spring - Valve (Std) N/A
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-011 2
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 2
C-903-118-001 (7.0") 4
Ring - Rider
Ring - Compression
*These parts are for standard stock cylinders. Sold cylinders may have different parts.
Note: Cylinders 405CC/406CC are obsolete - included for reference purposes only.
1-196 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
Piston C-600-134-003 (6.5") 1
C-600-134-004 (7.0") 1
Rod For Specific Applications 1
Rod Nut B-600-073 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-908-838-011 1



Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

*Valve - Plate (All) B-757 -828-045 4
*Wafer Spring - Valve (All) B-753-138-010 4
*Spring - Valve (Std) D-757-833-012 Suct. 24
*Spring - Valve (Std) D-757-833-003 Disch. 48
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-018 2
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 2
C-903-118-001 (7.0") 4
Ring - Rider
Ring - Compression
1-198 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
Piston C-600-134-003 (6.5") 1
C-600-134-004 (7.0") 1
Rod Nut B-600-073 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-011 1


Cylinder Class = C15D Cylinder Number = 407CC Cylinder Diameter = 7.750"

Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

Wafer Spring - Valve (All) B-753-138-001 4
*Spring - Valve (Std) Suct. D-757-833-044 56
*Spring - Valve (Std) Disch. D-757-833-012 56
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-011 2
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 2
C-903-118-044 (7.75") 4
Ring - Rider
Ring - Compression
Gasket - Packing C-908-822-009 1
Note: Cylinders 407CC/408CC are obsolete - included for reference purposes only.
1-200 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
Piston 600-072-004 (8.25") 1
600-072-003 (7.75") 1
Rod Nut B-600-073 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-028 1



Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

*Valve - Plate (All) B-757-828-029 4
*Wafer Spring - Valve (All) B-753-138-001 4
*Spring - Valve (Std) Suct. D-757-833-008 56
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-043 2
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 2
C-903-118-044 (7.75") 4
Ring - Rider
Ring - Compression
Ring - Packing Type "P" B-600-085-001 1
Ring - Packing Type "TR" B-600-086-001 3
Ring - Packing Type "BD" B-600-087-001 1
Ring - Packing Type "BT"
1-202 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
Piston 600-072-004 (8.25") 1
600-072-003 (7.75") 1
Rod Nut B-600-073 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-908-838-028 1


Cylinder Class = C15E Cylinder Number = 409CC Cylinder Diameter = 9.000"

Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

Valve - Plate (All) B-757 -828-029 4
*Spring - Valve (Std) Such. D-757-833-044 56
Cution Plate (All) N/A
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-037 2
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 2
Ring - Rider/Compression C-903-118-049(9.00") 4
C-903-118-050(9.5") 4
Ring - Rider
Ring - Compression
Ring - Packing Type "P" B-600-085-001 1
Ring - Packing Type "TR" B-600-086-001 3
Ring - Packing Type "BT"
1-204 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
Piston Ring Carrier 620-189-001 (9.0") 1
620-189-002 (9.5") 1
Rod Nut B-600-073 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-037 1


Cylinder Class = C15F Cylinder Number = 411CC Cylinder Diameter = 10.500"

Start Up Spares:
0-Ring, Valve Cap C-900-838-015 8
Short Term Items:

*Spring - Valve (Std) Suct. B-757-833-044 52
*Spring - Valve (Std) Disch. B-757-833-045 104
Cushion Plate (All) B-757-137-004 1
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-044 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 1
Ring - Rider/Compression
Ring - Rider C-903-118-048 (10.5") 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-049 (11.0") 1
Ring - Compression A-939-645 (11.0") 2
Ring - Compression A-939-643 (10.5") 2
Ring - Packing Type "P"
Ring - Packing Type "TR"
Ring - Packing Type "BT" B-600-089-001 3
1-206 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

Cylinder Class = C15F Cylinder Number = 412CC Cylinder Diameter = 11.000"*

Long Term Items:
620-190-002 (11.0") 1
Rod Nut 620-174-001 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-044 1
*Obsolete and not available for production. For reference only.


Cylinder Class = C15G Cylinder Number = 413CC Cylinder Diameter = 12.000"

Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

Valve - Plate (All) B-757 -828-032 8
*Spring - Valve (Std) Suct. B-757-833-045 52
*Spring - Valve (Std) Disch. B-757-833-012 104
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-036 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-052 (12.0") 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-049 (12.5") 1
Ring - Compression B-600-129-004 (12.5") 2
1-208 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
620-191-002 (12.5") 1
Rod Nut 620-174-001 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-036 1


Cylinder Class = C15H Cylinder Number = 415CC Cylinder Diameter = 13.500"

Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

Valve - Plate (All) B-757 -828-029 8
*Spring - Valve (Std) B-757-833-008 (Suct.) 112
*Spring - Valve (Std) B-757-833-012 (Disch.) 112
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-023 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-055(14.0") 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-054(13.5") 1
Ring - Compression B-600-129-006(13.5") 1
Ring - Compression B-600-129-005(13.0") 1
1-210 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
620-192-002 (14.0") 1
Rod Nut 620-174-001 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-023 1



Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

*Spring - Valve (Std) D-757-833-008 (Suct.) 68
*Spring - Valve (Std) D-757-833-044 (Disch.) 136
Gasket Body
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-023 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent C-900-838-001 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-055 (14.0") 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-054 (13.5") 1
1-212 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
620-192-002 (14.0") 1
Rod Nut 620-174-001 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-023 1


Cylinder Class = C15I Cylinder Number = 417CC Cylinder Diameter = 15.500"

Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

*Spring - Valve (Std) (Suct.) B-757-833-008 72
*Spring - Valve (Std) (Disch.) B-757-833-044 144
Gasket Body C-600-099 2
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-030 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent
Ring - Rider C-903-108-046 (15.5") 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-047 (16.0") 1
1-214 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
620-193-002 (16.0") 1
Rod Nut 620-174-001 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-021 1


Cylinder Class = C15J Cylinder Number = 419CC Cylinder Diameter = 17.500"

Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

Cushion Plate B-757-137-005 8
Gasket Body B-600-157 1
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-042 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent
Ring - Rider C-903-108-051 (18.0") 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-050 (17.5") 1
1-216 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
620-194-002 (18.0") 1
Rod Nut 620-174-001 1
O-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-042 1


Cylinder Class = C15K Cylinder Number = 421CC Cylinder Diameter = 19.500"

Start Up Spares:
Short Term Items:

Cushion Plate B-757-137-005 8
Gasket Body B-600-273 1
O-ring, V.V. Head C-900-838-042 1
O-ring, V.V. Vent
Ring - Rider C-903-108-061 (20.0") 1
Ring - Rider C-903-108-060 (19.5") 1
1-218 RAM-DB-05-01-2002


Long Term Items:
620-195-002 (20.0") 1
Rod Nut 620-174-001 1
0-ring, V.V. Shaft C-900-838-029 1
O-ring - Std. head C-900-838-042 1

Parts Interchangeability
Frame Parts Interchangeability
The following list provides a summary of parts that are interchangeable
between the RAM-52 and the RAM-54. Most major components are
interchangeable between the two compressor frames facilitating quick
and accurate inventory control. This is especially helpful at those sites
which may operate both two and four throw RAM compressors. Although
quantities may vary, all tubing, piping and hardware will generally be the
same between RAM compressor models. Some parts will be labeled “See
Table” indicating that a choice can be made. This table of options is the
same for both RAM-52 and RAM-54 models; therefore, the parts listed may
all be the same.
Description Part No.

Crankcase Breather 904-181
Main Bearing Cap Bolt (1-8 X 5.5") 04CS1644PC
Main Bearing Bolt Washer 600-02 1
Crosshead Guide Cover 600-034
Blank Throw Cover 600-011
Vibration Switch (Optional) 016-760
Crankcase Heater (Optional) See Table 1.
Crankcase Relief Valve (Optional) See Table 2.
Oil Gauge & Pressure Switch 907-427
Oil Level Control (Optional) See Table 3.
Main Bearing Shell (Per Half) 600- 007
Rod Bearing Shell (Per Half) 600-007
Crankshaft Seal 600-044-002
Thrust Bearing (Per Half) 600-006
Connecting Rod Assembly 600-522-001
Crosshead Pin Bushing 600-019
Connecting Rod Bolt 600-523-001
Crosshead Shoe 600-018
Heavy Crosshead (95 Lbs) 600-0 16
Light Crosshead (55 Lbs) 600-014
Crosshead Pin 600-017
Crosshead Pin Snap Ring 024-876
Balance Weights 600-020-001
Lube Oil Filter Element Assembly 600-048
Lube Oil Cooler 919-142
Bare Lube Oil Pump 600-040
Pump Adaptor Plate 600-036
Lube Oil Strainer Assembly 600-049
Lube Oil Hand Pump 103-775
1-220 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Frame Parts Interchangeability (Continued)

Force Feed Lubricator 922-009
No-Flow Shutdown See Table 4
Filter-Primer Assembly 900-715
Regul ator 928-511
Rupture Indicator and Disk Kit See Table 5
Lubricator Drive Shaft 600-057
Drive Shaft Seal 600-044-001
Lubricator Drive Shaft Coupling 909-524-001
Auxiliary End Cover 600-030
Lubricator Pump 901-572-003
Lubricator Pump Drive Box 926-727-001
Distribution Block Assembly See Table 6
Lube Meter Panel See Table 7
Special Service Tools See Figure 7-1
Table 1. Optional Equipment Crankcase Heater
Description Phase Part No.

120V Thermostat Range10° C - 120° C Single 901-575-001
208V Thermostat Range10° C - 120° C Three 901-575-002

Table 2. Optional Equipment Crankcase Relief Valve

Bicera Type 6A Rebuild Kit 935-033
Hoerbiger Type 122EV 757-462-004
Table 3. Optional Equipment Oil Level

Control REN Type (With Mounting Hardware)

Level Control - REN Model RA 911-071
Flange Gasket 911-075
Flange 600-050
Lockwasher 3/8" 01LW0600P0
Hex Head Capscrew (3/8"-16 X 1-1/2") 01CS0612PC
Close Nipple (1-1/2" X 1-3/4") 11TN1214SP
Pipe Nipple (1-1/2" X 4.75") 028-027-06
Elbow (1-1/2" X 90 Deg.) 11TE1200MA
Fitting (1/4" NPT X 1/4" Tube) 061-369-010
Tubing (.25" OD X .10" ID) 04TU040260
Fitting (3/8" NPT X 1/4" Tube) 061-369-012
Table 4. Optional Equipment No-Flow Shutdown

Pneumatic (Standard) 922-046
Actuator Repair Kit L50-560-001 -130
Lube Sentry Repair Kit L50-560-001 -110
Electric (Standard) 922- 181
Electric (CSA Approved) 922-182
1-222 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Table 5. Optional Equipment No-flow Shutdown

Rupture Indicator Rupture Disk Rating Color
Part No. Kit No.
912-919-001 912-917-001 1175 Green

912-919-002 912-917-002 1450 Yellow
912-919-003 919-917-003 1750 Red
912-919-004 919-917-004 2050 Orange
912-919-005 919-917-005 2350 Aluminum
912-919-007 919-917-008 2950 Blue
912-919-008 919-917-009 3250 Purple
912-919-009 912-917-012 5500 Brown
Table 6. Optional Equipment Distribution

Block and Related Components
Description Part No. Description Part No.
Inlet Base plate 901-873-001 Divider Block (Trabon)
Int. Base Plate 901-876 6T Block 920-762-007
End Base Plate 901-875 6S Block 920-762-008
9T Block 920-762-009
3-Section Tie Rod 901-874-001
12T Block 920-762-010
and Nut Assembly
12S Block 920-762-011
4-Section Tie Rod 901-874-002 18T Block 920-762-013
and Nut Assembly 18S Block 920-762-014
PIN Indicator (Orange)
2000 PSI 901-113-001
2500 PSI 901-113-002
2800 PSI 912-918-001
3700 PSI 912-918-002
4600 PSI 912-918-003
5500 PSI 912-918-004
6400 PSI 912-918-005

Table 7. Optional Equipment Lube Meter Panel

Digital Meter (Standard) 912-889
Approved Battery Cells

Duracell® MN9100
Everready® E 90
Panasonic® AM5
Analog Type - Canadian Issue 911-992

(CSA Approved)
Repair Kit 758-140
1-224 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Cylinder and Valve Parts Interchangeability

The following list provides a sumary of major cylinder parts to illustrate
the interchangeability of these parts between RAM cylinders. Although these
cylinders range in size and application widely, they have been standardized
to the greatest degree possible in order to facilitate inventory control.
List A illustrates parts which are the same throughout all of the cylinders.
List B illustrates the valve combinations available and the different
packing combinations available at this time. List C is a breakdown
of the remaining major components.
List A
VVP Stem 902-045-001
VVP Packing O-Ring 900-838-029
VVP Backup Ring 926-404-001
VVP Handwheel 912-151
Wiper Packing Case Assembly 600-313
List B Compressor Valves

Cylinder Cylinder Valve Valve
Number Diameter Diameter Assembly No.
Suctn. YB 600 283
401 4.500" 3.250" Disch. YB 600 284
Suctn. YB 600 283

402 5.000" 3.250" Disch. YB 600 284
Suctn. YB 600 394

403 5.500" 4.000" Disch. YB 600 395
Suctn. YB 600 389

403 5.500" 4.000" Disch. YB 600 393
Suctn. YB 600 392

403 5.500" 4.000" Disch. YB 600 390

List B (Continued)
Suctn. YB 600 394
404 6.000" 4.000" Disch. YB 600 395
Suctn. YB 600 389

404 6.000" 4.000" Disch. YB 600 393
Suctn. YB 600 392

404 6.000" 4.000" Disch. YB 600 390
Suctn. YB 600 392

405 6.500" 4.000" Disch. YB 600 390
Suctn. YB 600 392

406 7.000" 4.000" Disch. YB 600 390
Suctn. YB 600 285

407 7.750" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 286
Suctn. YB 600 295

407 7.750" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 296
Suctn. YB 600 297

407 7.750" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 298
Suctn. YB 600 285

408 8.250" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 286
Suctn. YB 600 295

408 8.250" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 296
Suctn. YB 600 297

408 8.250" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 298
Suctn. YB 600 295

409 9.000" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 296
Suctn. YB 600 297

409 9.000" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 298
Suctn. YB 600 410

409 9.000" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 411
Suctn. YB 600 295

410 9.500" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 296
Suctn. YB 600 297

410 9.500" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 298
Suctn. YB 600 410

410 9.500" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 411
1-226 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
List B (Continued)
Suctn. YB 600 287
411 10.500" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 288
Suctn. YB 600 289

411 10.500" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 290
Suctn. YB 600 291

411 10.500" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 292
Suctn. YB 600 287

412 11.000" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 288
Suctn. YB 600 289

412 11.000" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 290
Suctn. YB 600 291

412 11.000" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 292
Suctn. YB 600 289

413 12.000" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 290
Suctn. YB 600 291

413 12.000" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 292
Suctn. YB 600 408

413 12.000" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 409
Suctn. YB 600 289

414 12.500" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 290
Suctn. YB 600 291

414 12.500" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 292
Suctn. YB 600 408

414 12.500" 5.250" Disch. YB 600 409
Suctn. YB 600 285

415 13.500" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 286
Suctn. YB 600 295

415 13.500" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 296
Suctn. YB 600 285

416 14.000" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 286
Suctn. YB 600 295

416 14.000" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 296

List B (Continued)
Suctn. YB 600 183
417 15.500" 7.000" Disch. YB 600 184
Suctn. YB 600 299

417 15.500" 7.000" Disch. YB 600 300
Suctn. YB 600 406

417 15.500" 7.000" Disch. YB 600 407
Suctn. YB 600 183

418 16.000" 7.000" Disch. YB 600 184
Suctn. YB 600 299

418 16.000" 7.000" Disch. YB 600 300
Suctn. YB 600 406

418 16.000" 7.000" Disch. YB 600 407
Suctn. YB 600 301

419 17.500" 8.000" Disch. YB 600 302
Suctn. YB 600 301

420 18.000" 8.000" Disch. YB 600 302
Suctn. YB 600 301

421 19.500" 8.000" Disch. YB 600 302
Suctn. YB 600 404

421 19.500" 8.000" Disch. YB 600 405
Suctn. YB 600 301

422 20.000" 8.000" Disch. YB 600 302
Suctn. YB 600 404

422 20.000" 8.000" Disch. YB 600 405
Suctn. YB 600 352

423 6.500" 4.875" Disch. YB 600 353
Suctn. YB 600 354

423 6.500" 4.875" Disch. YB 600 355
Suctn. YB 600 356

423 6.500" 4.875" Disch. YB 600 357
1-228 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
List B (Continued)
Suctn. YB 600 352
424 6.500" 4.875" Disch. YB 600 353
Suctn. YB 600 354

424 6.500" 4.875" Disch. YB 600 355
Suctn. YB 600 356

424 6.500" 4.875" Disch. YB 600 357
Suctn. YB 600 348

425 13.500" 6.500" Disch. YB 600 349
Suctn. YB 600 350

425 13.500” 6.500" Disch. YB 600 351
Suctn. YB 600 402

425 13.500” 6.500" Disch. YB 600 403
Suctn. YB 600 348

426 14.000" 6.500" Disch. YB 600 349
Suctn. YB 600 350

426 14.000" 6.500" Disch. YB 600 351
Suctn. YB 600 402

426 14.000" 6.500" Disch. YB 600 403
Suctn. YB 600 285

427 7.750" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 286
Suctn. YB 600 295

427 7.750" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 296
Suctn. YB 600 297

427 7.750" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 298
Suctn. YB 600 285

428 8.250" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 286
Suctn. YB 600 295

428 8.250" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 296
Suctn. YB 600 297

428 8.250" 5.750" Disch. YB 600 298

Packing Case Assemblies

Cylinder Range Packing Case Number
4.5" - 6.0" 600-132-001
6.5" - 9.5" 600-070-001
10.5" - 20.0" 600-110-001
List C Valve Cap

Cylinder Range Number
4.5" - 5.0" 600-254-001
6.5"- 7.0" (4.00" valve) 600-241-001
6.5"- 7.0" (4.88" valve) 600-120-002
7.75"- 8.25" 600-081-001
9.0"- 9.5" 600-173-001
13.5"- 14.0" (5.75" valve) 600-173-001
13.5"- 14.0" (6.50" valve) 600-173-002
10.5"- 11.0" 600-120-001
12.0"- 12.5" 600-197-001
15.5"- 16.0" 600-105-001
17.5"- 20.0" 600-163-001
List C Valve Cap Seal

4 5"- 5 0" 908-822-010
5.5"- 6.0" 900-838-014
6.5"- 7.0" (4.00" valve) 900-838-013
6.5"- 7.0" (4.88" valve) 900-838-015
7.75"- 9.5" 900-838-031
13.5"- 14.0" (5.75" valve) 900-838-031
13.5"- 14.0" (6.50" valve) 900-838-018
10.5"- 12.5" 900-838-015
15.5"- 16.0" 900-838-011
17.5"- 20.0" 900-838-033
1-230 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
VVP Head
4.5" - 5.0" 600-257-001
5.5" 600-243-001
6.0" 600-243-003
6.5" 600-233-001
7.0" 600-233-003
7.75"/407CC 600-075-001
7.75"/427CC 600-399-001
8.25"/408CC 600-075-002
8.25"/428CC 600-399-002
9.0" 600-206-001
9.5" 600-206-003
10.5" -11.0" 600-116-002
12.0" 600-196-001
12.5" 600-196-003
13.5" 600- 171-001
14.0" 600-171-003
15.5" - 16.0" 600- 101-001
17.5"- 20.0" 600-159-001
VVP Piston
4.5"- 5.0" 600-261-001
5.5"- 6.0" 600-076-003
6.5"- 7.0" 600-076-008
7.75"- 8.25" 600-076-001
9.0"- 9.5" 600-076-007
10.5"-11.0" 600-076-002
15.5"- 16.0" 600-076-002
12.0"- 12.5" 600-076-006
13.5"- 14.0" 600-076-005
17.5"- 20.0" 600-076-004

VVP Piston Ring

4.5"- 5.0" 600-077-009
5.5"- 6.0" 600-077-002
6.5"- 7.0" 600-077-008
7.75"- 8.25" 600-077-001
9.0"- 9.5" 600-077-007
10.5"- 11.0" 600-077-003
15.5"- 16.0" 600-077-003
12.0"- 12.5" 600-077-006
13.5"- 14.0" 600-077-005
17.5"- 20.0" 600-077-004
Valve Gasket
Cylinder No. Cylinder Range Part Number
401/402 4.5"- 5.0" 909-981-191
403/404 5.5"- 6 0" 909-981-192
423/424 6.5"- 7.0" 909-981-212
407/408/427/428 7.75"- 8.25" 909-981-199
409/410 9.0"- 9.5" 909-981-200
411/412 10.5"- 11.0" 909-981-197
413/414 12.0"- 12.5" 909-981-197
425/426 13.5"- 14.0" 909-981-211
417/418 13.5"- 16.0" 909-981-201
419/420 17.5"- 18.0" 909-981-125
421/422 19.5"- 20.0" 909-981-125
405/406 6.5"-7.0" 909-981-193
415/416 13.5"- 14.0" 909-981-199
1-232 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Special Service Tools for RAM Compressor
1 3
4 To come
2 6
5
7 8
1 Valve Removal Bracket
Cylinder Valve Part

Size Diameter Number 2 Valve Removal Tool 600-306
4.50" 5.00" 3.25" 600-323 3 Main Bearing Removal Tool 600-318
5.50" 6.00" 4.00" 600-324 4 Rod Insertion Tool 620-116-004
6.50" 7.00" 4.875" 600-322 5 Auxiliary Lube Drive
7.75" 8.25" 5.75" 600-307 Shaft Seal Installer 600-187
9.00" 9.50" 5.75" 600-307 6 Crankshaft Seal Installer 600-188
10.50" 11.00" 5.25" 600-322 7 Spanner Wrench 600-124
12.00" 12.50" 5.25" 600-322 8 Crosshead Nut Wrench 600-123
13.50" 14.00" 6.50" 600-322
15.50" 16.00" 7.00" 600-308
17.50" 18.00" 8.00" 600-309
19.50" 20.00" 8.00" 600-309

1-234 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS
Chapter 1 General:
API 11P and 618 Comments and Exceptions
Comments and Exceptions to API 618,

4th Edition, for Superior MH, WH, W7,
WG & RAM Compressors
Introduction
API 618/4th Edition/June 1995 is a specification covering “requirements
for reciprocating compressors and their drivers used in the petroleum,
chemical and gas industry services for handling process air or gas.” These
applications are normally outside of the natural gas industry and are
predominantly associated with process gases such as hydrogen, ammonia,
carbon dioxide, etc.
The compressors used in these refinery and process applications are
designed and manufactured in accordance with API 618, are low to
moderate speed compressors in the range of 300 - 450 rpm and are
normally driven by electric motors or steam turbine drivers used in
refineries and process plants.
Compressors complying with API 618 are traditionally engineered from the
ground up for the specific job application and typical delivery cycles are
10-12 months from receipt of order.
Paragraph 1.1.1 of API 618 specifically excludes gas engine and steam
engine drivers from coverage by API 618 and goes on to say that
“Requirements for packaged high-speed reciprocating compressors for oil
and gas production services are covered in API Specification 11P.”
API Specification 11P covers requirements for “a packager supplied,
designed and fabricated, skid-mounted, reciprocating, … compressor … and
its prime movers used in oil and gas production services.” Compressors
intended for refinery or petroleum industries as covered by API 618 are
specifically excluded from API 11P.
The requirements of API 11P are specifically tailored to the needs of
the natural gas production and transmission industries and allow the
incorporation of manufacturers’ standard compressor frame and cylinder
configurations, which are available within lead times of 20-30 weeks.
Summary
• API 618 is not specifically applicable to compression equipment in
the natural gas production industry—API 11P is.
• Superior compressors are tailored primarily to the natural gas
production and transmission industries, and thus conform more
closely to the specifications of API 11P rather than API 618.

Chapter 1: API 11P and 618 Comments and Exceptions
• CES strives to comply with API 618 to the extent that it does
not compromise our objectives of short delivery lead times and
low cost as compared to fully compliant API 618 equipment.
The following comments and exceptions define those areas where
Superior equipment or documentation deviates from API 618.
General
CES' primary scope of supply is the compressor, gas engine driver (if
applicable), and information directly related to this equipment. Other
equipment, services, and information is typically provided through a third
party which contracts directly with the purchaser or CES. This company
can be a distributor, packager, or engineering company. API specification
applying to services not provided CES must be reviewed and confirmed by
the contractor.
Technically, Superior compressors are not API 618 compressors, but there
is some flexibility in the scope of supply that often allows the equipment
to meet many of the customer’s API 618 goals. That flexibility falls into
four categories:
• Standard options which may be added to the basic equipment at an
established price;
• Special options which are designed and manufactured for a specific
application. Due to their limited applicability, lead times will be
extended and pricing will be substantially higher than the base
equipment or standard options;
• Standard documentation is information that can be readily provided
upon request;
• Special documentation must be created specifically for the order.
Pricing will be established as required.
Although CES attempts to meet as many of the purchaser’s special
requirements as possible, any request outside of the standard equipment
or information offering adds to the time and cost involved in the project.
Accordingly, special requests should be limited to those items that are
absolutely necessary.
Standard documentation for CES equipment is not as extensive as outlined
in API 618, Appendix A or F, etc. It is typically limited to the Sales Release
(which includes equipment identification, customer specifications, and
performance), separate frame and cylinder outline drawings, performance
curves, Technical Data Manuals, and Instruction Manuals/Parts Lists.
Since CES does not routinely provide information in the API 618 format,
the customer should discuss specific documentation needs with their CES
representative.
1-238 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
All comments and exceptions apply to the MH, WH, W7, and RAM
compressor models unless noted otherwise.
Section 1 - General
1.4.27 Superior rated power is from cylinder suction to the cylinder
discharge flange.
Section 2 – Basic Design

2.1.1 Three years of uninterrupted operation is not typical for high
speed compressors. Parts such as valve plates, springs, and
piston rings require service more frequently.
2.1.2 For given operating conditions, Superior compressors have a
natural sound pressure level (SPL). This SPL is less than that
from a gas engine driver, and frequently less than the SPL of the
gas piping. When SPL control is required it is best accomplished
by insulating the piping, equipment building, or other methods.
This is typically contracted through a third party engineering
service.
2.1.11 Foundation and piping design are not within CES’ scope of
supply. Data, such as base and bolt pattern drawings, equipment
weights and unbalanced forces can be provided to the packager or
foundation contractor as required.
2.1.15 Performance software is set up to report volume flow in standard
(rather than inlet) million cubic feet per day. Although the
standard typically used is 14.7 psi and 60o F, it could be any
required basis.
CES normally does not use API 618 formatted data sheets to
convey this information unless specifically requested to do so.
The information required by this paragraph is normally published
in the compressor and performance section of CES’ standard
Sales Release.
2.3.1 Cylinders may operate up to 375° F rather than 300° F. Materials
are selected based on the customer’s application. This also
applies to the note in paragraph 2.3.2.
2.5.1 Lateral vibration analysis is not performed. Experience has
shown that the mass arrangement of the compressor and driver at
normal operating speeds keep lateral vibrations of the equipment
within allowable limits. The packager or engineering company
must take precautions to insure that the piping to and from the
compressor is properly supported to prevent vibration.

Torsional analysis is performed only when an electric motor is

used as the driver. Engine-compressor sets do not have the
potential for torsional resonance found in motor-compressor sets.
2.5.2 See 2.5.1.
2.6.2.1 Cold rod runouts are typically .0005 inch per inch of stroke
and can be as much as .0008 for large bore cylinders in new
condition. Since Superior cylinders are used to compress gases
over a wide range of temperatures which affect piston ring
growth and piston position, the hot runout will vary. Piston ring
wear will increase cold runout. These traditional runouts have
proven to work well in Superior equipment.
Calculated cold runouts are not routinely provided, but can be
upon request. Runout is not measured until the equipment is final
assembled at the customer’s facility.
2.6.2.2 Allowable flange loads are available upon request.
2.6.2.3 Liners are standard equipment in forged steel cylinder bodies
(3.0 – 6.75-inch diameter). These are installed with an
interference fit such that pinning or clamping is not required.
Liners are available as standard options for many ductile iron
cylinders. These are held in place by clamping only, which
greatly simplifies liner replacement.
Although many liners are 3/8” thick, some are less than this.
Information on specific cylinder liners is available upon request.
2.6.2.4 Standard cylinders do not have 1/8" overbore capability.
Cylinders are designed with valves located as close to the
cylinder bore as possible to minimize clearance volume.
2.6.2.5 Cylinder bore finish is 32 microinches rather than 8 – 24.
2.6.2.7 Cap screws are used in place of studs on the RAM and in some
cases on the MH/WH/W7 for ease of assembly/disassembly. Cap
screws have proven to work well for these applications.
Long studs are not provided.
2.6.2.10 CES does not use this method for setting studs. An anaerobic
adhesive is applied, and the stud is driven to a specified
projection height.
2.6.2.11.1 Fasteners are standard coarse thread series, so diameters greater
than 1” will have fewer than 8 threads per inch.
2.6.2.11.5 Connecting rod bolts are positively locked. Bolting on other parts
are not.
1-240 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
2.6.3.1.4 All RAM cylinders are air cooled, as are a few MH/WH/W7
ductile iron cylinders in the 5.75 – 8.0 inch bore range. Forged
steel cylinders are air cooled, but water cooling is available as a
standard option.
2.6.3.2 Air cooled cylinders may be the only type available in selected
bore sizes. CES can provide a list of cylinders and types of
cooling upon request.
2.6.4.1 Gas flanges are not studded at the factory. Piping flanges are
typically bolted to the cylinders by the packager. Bolts, as
opposed to studs, greatly simplify installation.
Ring type joints are used as standard for gas connections on
forged steel cylinder bodies rated above 3000 psi.
2.6.4.2 See 2.6.4.1. The customer shall specify when studs are required.
2.6.4.3 Some cylinder gas flanges require special rectangular or oval
connections. Drawings of face and bolt patterns are available
upon request. Transition pieces are fabricated by the packager or
other subvendor.
2.6.4.4 Cylinder flange faces are not serrated.
2.6.4.5 Connections are NPTF rather than NPS.
2.6.4.6 Indicator taps are NPTF rather than NPS. Taps on cylinders rated
over 5000 psi are special.
2.7.2 Finger-type suction valve unloaders do not provide visual
indication of position, others do.
2.7.9 CES does not provide valve dynamic studies. These services can
be contracted through subvendors.
2.7.12 In addition to unloading by the specified methods, capacity can
also be controlled by manually adjusted variable volume heads
on low to moderately high pressure cylinders.
2.7.13 In finger-type valve unloaders, actuating air and process gas
that leak past their respective seals may mix in the intermediate
compartment that separates the working parts of the actuator
from the valve cap. This is a vented compartment. In the event
that both the air and gas seals fail and the vent line is restricted,
it would be possible for the two gases to mix in the actuator or
compressor cylinder. This is highly unlikely, but is theoretically
possible.
2.8.1 Piston and crosshead nuts are not positively locked.
Not all nuts are torqued to 1.5 times the threads root stress at
maximum rod load. All through bolts are torqued to at least 1.5
times, as are both the piston and crosshead nuts on the RAM.

2.8.2 Standard pistons do not have a drilled vent. Hollow pistons are
made of two or three pieces, which will allow pressure to escape
once external pressure is removed.
2.8.3 Standard cylinders may have loads higher than 5 psi on rings for
non-lubricated service.
2.8.4 Coated piston rods are available options. Rods for most standard
services are induction hardened.
2.8.4.2 Piston rods are within .001 inch in roundness and .002 inch in
diametrical variation.
2.8.5 Thread relief area is not polished but is 16 microinches. Material
information is available upon request.
2.8.6 See 2.6.2.1 and 2.8.4.
2.9.5 The RAM connecting rod is nodular cast iron, A536 Grade
80-55-06 [forged rod will be available in late 1998]. All others
are forged steel.
Cap on the crank pin end is removable; crosshead pin end is
solid.
Changes in section have ground rather than polished radii.
Crank pin bushings are press fit rather than locked in place.
Only the MH/WH model connecting rod bolts are wired; others
use nylon insert locking nuts, which have proven to be very
dependable for those models.
2.9.6 Crossheads are nodular iron rather than steel. Shoes are
replaceable, but not shim-adjustable.
2.9.7 MH/WH/W7 four- and six-throw frames come standard with
crankcase over-pressure relief valves. Valves are available options
for two-throw compressors and all RAMs.
Valves are mounted on the top of the frames due to space
constraints.
2.10.1 For clarity of definition, a long distance piece will permit the use
of an oil slinger, but a short distance piece will not. Since this is
a function of stroke and space inside the distance piece, the same
distance piece can be long for one cylinder but short for another,
depending on the frame and packing case.
2.10.1.1 Type A - The distance pieces for all forged steel cylinders and the
RAM are short. A slinger is not recommended for MH cylinder
nos. 630-636, 668-670.
1-242 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
The RAM does not have a separate distance piece, but

incorporates the wiper ring into the piston rod packing case.
There is a closed chamber on the crank end of the cylinder for
the cylinder-side vent and drain. There is a separate packing drain
into the crosshead guide (or auxiliary distance piece if provided).
2.10.1.2 Type B - The standard distance pieces for cylinders other than
those mentioned in 2.10.1.1 are long.
2.10.1.3 Type C - The second (or auxiliary) distance piece is long in
all cases. See 2.10.1.1 and 2.10.1.2 for information on first
distance piece. Separate lubrication of the intermediate packing
is provided on MH/WH/W7, but is not necessary on RAM.
2.10.1.4 Type D - See 2.10.1.3.
2.10.5 Distance piece pipe threaded connection ports are summarized
below. All are NPTF.
Distance Pc. RAM MH / WH W7
Standard - top (1) 1/2" (2) 1-1/2", (2) 3/4" (2) 1-1/2", (2) 3/4"
- bottom (1) 1/2" (1) 1-1/2", (4) 3/4" (1) 1-1/2", (4) 3/4"
Auxiliary - top (2) 3/4" (2) 1-1/2", (2) 3/4" (4) 1"
- bottom (2) 3/4" (1) 1-1/2", (4) 3/4" (2) 1”
2.11.2 Cast iron packing case flanges are often used for lower pressure
service.
2.11.4.2.1 In cases where water cooling is applied at pressures below 2000
psi, o-rings do encircle the piston rod. Some vendors’ packing
cases do not require o-rings.
2.11.4.3 Although water cooling is always used in non-lubricated service,
it is normally only supplied with lubricated service at pressures
greater than 2000 psi. Steel plugs in packings are not a standard
option.
2.11.4.4 When required, an inline water filter for the packing is normally
provided by the packager.
2.11.5 Packing cooling information is available upon request. Cooling
should be separate from cylinder jacket cooling systems. Pressure
drop may exceed 25 psi at higher flow rates.
2.11.9 Rod installation sleeves are slightly larger than piston rod
diameters.
2.12.1 Crankcase lubrication is a pressurized system with an oil
temperature of about 180° F.

2.12.3.1 Some parts of the frame oil supply, such as the relief valve and
strainer housings, are cast iron.
2.12.3.2 A manual pre-lube pump mounted on the frame is an available
option. Auxiliary oil pumps are normally available through the
packager.
2.12.3.3 External relief valves are cast iron. The relief valve on the RAM is
integral to the oil pump.
2.12.3.4 Frame lubrication systems are rated at 120 psi rather than 150 psi.
2.12.3.5 CES does not supply a lube oil console.
2.12.4 Oil supply temperature can range from 140 – 175° F.
Tube bundles are not removable. Tube O.D. is 3/8" rather than 5/8".
Tubes can be copper.
Tube sheets can be aluminum (MH/WH), brass or steel (RAM/W7).
Cooler end caps are cast iron.
MH/WH coolers do not have drain plugs on the oil side.
2.12.5 Oil temperature control valve is provided by the packager if
specified.
2.12.6 Frame oil filters have 20 micron filter elements. The RAM has a 10
micron element option available.
Oil heaters are available options.
Filters cannot be replaced during operation.
Filter housings are not equipped with thermal relief valves.
2.13.1.1 CES recommends against single plunger-per-point systems, and
uses divider block systems almost exclusively.
2.13.1.4 The cylinder lubricant supply does not come from the lubricator
box. In cases where oil is drawn from the compressor frame,
a frame oil heater is available when required. External supplies
with heaters are in the packager’s or engineering contractor’s scope
of supply.
2.13.1.8 Cast-in oil passages through cylinder walls are carbon steel rather
than stainless.
Tubing is not match-tagged, but tubing is run to connection points
on both the frame and cylinders.
2.13.1.9 Superior cylinders are primed to prevent rust and are frequently
stocked for a variety of applications. Some synthetic oils may not
be compatible with the paint, which will necessitate stripping of
the paint from the cylinder. This procedure adds time and expense
to the process.
1-244 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
2.13.2 See 2.13.1.1.

2.13.2.3 See 2.13.1.4.
2.13.2.4 See 2.13.1.4.
2.13.3.3 A pressure gauge indicating lubricator pump discharge pressure
is not within the normal scope of supply.
2.14.1.1 CES has successful experience with component materials which
differ from those in Appendix H. These are summarized below,
with exceptions shown in italics. Information on the metallurgy
of major components is available upon request.
Part Material Form

Crossheads Cast Iron Cast (Used in frames rated over 200 HP.)
Pistons Aluminum Plate
Valve Plates Non-metallic Molded and machined
Valve Springs Nimonic Formed (Used in H2S service)
Packing Flange Cast Iron Cast bar
Piston Rings Non-metallic Molded and machined
2.14.1.2 Information on the metallurgy of major components is available

upon request.
2.14.1.10 Superior compressors are designed to meet API 11P corrosive gas
requirements rather than NACE MR0175.
Standard materials are used up to 2% H2S regardless of pressure.
Standard valves are used up to 5% H2S.
Special materials are only used for parts which are exposed to the
gas stream. Exterior fasteners are the standard material.
2.14.2.1 Referencing Table 2, nodular iron has been applied successfully
in cylinder bodies up to 2200 psi and in cylinder heads up to
3200 psi.
2.14.2.5 Information on material grade is available upon request.
2.14.3.4 CES uses ASTM A 536 castings for pressure containing parts.
2.14.3.5.1 Impact tests are not performed.
2.14.3.5.2 The test block is poured prior to the part casting.
2.14.3.5.4 Typically only one hardness reading is taken.
2.14.4 Forgings are ASTM A 668, except for WH connecting rod, which
is ASTM A 521 (85-55-22).

2.14.6.1 CES has two classes of repairs. The first are those for
common defects which have repair procedures pre-approved by
engineering. The second class of repairs are those which are
reviewed on a case by case basis.
Repairs are not submitted to the purchaser for review unless
specified in the order.
Repair records are maintained by CES but are available to the
purchaser.
2.14.6.2 Impregnation is used for cylinder body repair when appropriate.
2.15.2 Rotation arrows on the MH/WH are high temperature plastic.
2.15.3 Standard nameplates do not have a location for purchaser item
or tag number.
2.15.4 Standard cylinder nameplates do not have locations for maximum
allowable temperature or cold clearance.
2.15.5 Although torque curves are provided to the motor manufacturer
and are available to the purchaser, an auxiliary nameplate
is normally not provided with the motor unless specifically
requested.
2.15.6 U.S. Customary units are used on nameplates.
Section 3 – Accessories
3.1.1.1 Although CES provides the information necessary for sizing
electric motor drivers, the motor selection and procurement is not
within CES’ scope of supply.
3.1.2.8 Shaft extensions for motor are not used. Most motors used to
drive Superior compressors have internal bearings supporting
both ends of the shaft. In rare cases where the drive end of the
motor shaft does not have a bearing, it is rigidly connected to
the compressor shaft by a hub. The compressor crankshaft does
not use a key, but rather a taper and pull-down bolt to press the
hub on.
3.2.2.1 Guards are provided by the packager.
3.5 Mounting plates, skids, and foundations are outside CES’ scope
of supply. CES does provide alignment requirements, weights
and unbalanced forces to the packager and foundation contractor.
3.6 Controls, instrument panels, and most machine instrumentation
are normally provided by the packager.
3.6.1.5 Standard compressor instrumentation specifications are available
upon request.
1-246 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
3.6.1.7 Most instrumentation cannot be replaced without shutting down

the equipment, since the instruments are located in the gas
stream, oil supply lines, or near moving parts.
3.6.2.3 Unloading steps are not to be assumed. They must be agreed
upon by the purchaser and CES.
3.6.2.5 Clearance added by head end pockets is available upon request.
3.6.3.3 Control panels, wiring or piping are typically contracted through
the packager.
3.6.4.1 Tachometers are provided by the driver vendor.
3.6.4.2.6 Standard packing cases do not have ports for thermocouples or
RTDs. Special cases can be purchased.
3.6.4.2.7 When they are required, the wiring is not enclosed in a conduit
due to space limitations in the frame.
3.6.4.2.8 Valve temperature detectors are not available.
3.6.4.5.1 Relief valves are provided on the frame and cylinder oil systems.
The frame relief valve is adjustable, but is typically set at 45 psi.
The cylinder lubrication system is protected by a factory installed
rupture disc assembly, which is selected based on specified field
operating conditions.
3.6.4.5.2 Relief valves have cast iron rather than steel bodies.
3.6.5.1 Protective instrumentation supplied by CES consists of cylinder/
packing lubrication monitor and no-flow shut down, low frame
oil pressure switch, optional main bearing temperature sensors.
3.6.7.2 Rod drop detectors are special equipment.
3.7 All on-frame piping systems are fabricated in accordance with
CES standard practices.
3.7.1.3 All piping, except that mounted on the frame, is typically
contracted with the packager.
3.7.1.10 (d) Air is vented from the cylinder and packing oil supply lines
by loosening fittings.
3.7.1.11 RAM frame oil piping consists of fitted pipes and connections
rather than fabrications.
3.7.1.12.8 Relief valves and MH/WH oil suction pipe are cast iron rather
than steel.
3.7.1.12.22 Standard tube fittings are carbon steel (standard RAM fittings are
stainless), but optional stainless steel fittings are available.
3.7.2.1 See 3.7.1.3.

3.7.2.5 In addition to the exceptions to 3.7.1.12.8, RAM fittings (elbows, tees,

etc) are cast iron. All other standard piping is steel, with stainless
steel being an available option.
3.7.3.1 See 3.7.1.12.22.
3.7.4.2 Coolant system is contracted with packager.
3.7.4.3 See 3.7.4.2.
3.7.5 Instrument piping is by packager.
3.7.7 Drain and vent lines to cylinders are by packager.
3.7.8 Inter and after coolers and piping are by packager.
3.9.2 An acoustical simulation analysis is available from Cooper Energy
Services as a purchased option.
3.9.3 Pulsation suppression devices are fabricated by the packager or other
subcontractor.
3.9.4 Supports for pulsation suppression devices are by packager.
3.10 Intake filters for air compression are outside contracted items.
3.11.1 A complete set of instructions for tool use is not available, but
applications for many of the tools are identified in the Instruction
Manual. Also, a Technical Data Manual is available which labels the
tools by function.
3.11.3 Tools are not packaged in a toolbox and are not labeled, other than
by part number.
Section 4 – Inspection, Testing, and Preparation

for Shipping
4.2.1.1 Mill test reports and purchasing specs are generally not recorded or
kept on file unless specifically requested in advance by the purchaser.
4.2.1.2 Castings are normally painted with primer to prevent rusting.
4.2.2.3.3 Crankshafts are ultrasonically tested prior to machining. Ultrasonic
testing reveals internal void or bubbles which are not affected by
machining.
4.3.2.1 (c) Not all components of the oil systems are hydrostatically tested.
Since many cylinder components are made for stock, it is frequently
impractical to test all parts in the final assembly. Test fixtures with
reusable gaskets or o-rings are used to simulate the final assembly
configuration.
4.3.2.2 See 4.2.1.2.
4.3.2.2 (a) Pressure tests with helium are not performed on cylinders in H2S
service unless requested by the purchaser.
1-248 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
4.3.2.6 Due to their relative simplicity, valve caps are tested for 15 rather
than 30 minutes.
4.3.2.7 See 4.3.2.1 (c).
4.3.3.2 Full equipment run tests can in some cases be contracted at the
packager facility.
4.3.4.1 A frame bar-over test is performed in the factory without
cylinders. Since the frame is shipped without the cylinders
attached, piston end clearance and rod runout are best done at the
customer’s facility after final assembly.
4.4.3.6 Suction and discharge flange openings on the cylinder are
covered with plywood.
4.4.3.7 Some threaded openings are plugged with plastic plugs.
4.4.3.9 Equipment lifting points and center of gravity are not identified.
4.4.3.9.1 Handling instructions and special lifting equipment are not
provided with compressor.
4.4.3.9.2 Metal tags are not used to identify separately shipped equipment.
4.4.7 Installation information is included in the Instruction Manual,
which is shipped separately from the equipment.
Section 5 – Vendor’s Data

5.1.1 CES does not typically complete the VDDR form. Much of the
information is not within CES’ scope of supply. In cases where
CES is a subcontractor, this information is best provided by the
prime contractor. In any case, CES can provide the information
related to the normal scope of supply upon request.
5.2.2 (a) Skid outlines are obtained through the package contractor.
Outlines for frames and cylinders are readily available, but
engine/compressor set outlines are special drawings. Other
information, such as weights and direction of rotation, is
available upon request.
5.2.2 (b/c) Information available upon request.
5.2.3 Much of the information in this section is readily available, but
not all is automatically provided in the proposal. The purchaser
should specify the required information.
5.3.3.2 Rod load data is available, but generally not plotted.
5.3.3.4 Acceleration times are not calculated.
5.3.7.2 Installation information pertaining to the compressor is contained
in the Instruction Manual.

Comments and Exceptions to API 11P,

for Superior RAM Compressors
Introduction
The following exceptions and comments to API Standard 11P is an accurate
representation of CES’ current standards relative to the standards set
forth by API. However, due to the constant upgrades and re-engineering
efforts made to all CES products, these comments and exceptions
may change. If in doubt, consult with CES Marketing; updates
regarding comments and exceptions to API 11P will be provided when
these changes occur.
The API “Packaged Compressor Data Sheet” is included for the sole purpose
of providing additional data for those needing general information. The data
listed will vary due to the array of different materials and their subsequent
specifications. These materials and specifications are available to match
most special construction requirements.
1-250 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
API Packaged Compressor Data Sheet
Reprint of API 11p Annendix D. Pace 2 of Proposed 5/88 Edition
AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE

APPENDIX D — API SPECIFICATION 11p
API PACKAGED COMPRESSOR DATA SHEETS
PART 2- PACKAGER’S DESIGN
RAM COMPRESSOR STANDARD CONSTRUCTION
CYLINDERLUBRICATION SYSTEM BLOCK TYPE: YES NO

LINE FILTERS: YES NO
LUBE METER: YES NO
FAULT INDICATORS: YES NO
PUMP-TO-POINT TYPE: YES NO
GALLON LUBRICATOR OIL STORAGE TANK
COUPLING: OPTIONAL WITH LEVEL GAGE: YES NO

"TOBE PROVIDED FOR BY
ENGINE MANUFACTURER TYPE: ______ MPG: _______ MODEL: ___
OR MCKAGING AGENT" DISC PACK: STEEL 0 OR STAINLESS STEEL 0
COMPRESSOR CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
SERVICE
ITEM NUMBER
STAGE
CYLINDER BORE - INCHES 4.5" - 20.0"
COOLED/NON-COOLED CYLINDER "Air-Cooled" Cylinder
MATERIALS
CYLINDER Ductile Iron
CYLINDER LINER (IF FURNISHED) No Liner Furnished
PISTON CI (4-5" 8.25" Cylinders)
Teflon Coated AL with (9.00" - 20.0" Cylinders)
Steel Ring Carriers
PISTON RINGS (RIDER-COMPRESSION) Carbon Filled Teflon®
WEAR BANDS Carbon Filled Teflon®
PISTON ROD 4140 Heat Treated Steel
PISTON ROD HARDNESS (BASE) - Rc 50-56 Rc Hardness
PISTON ROD COATING (Optional) Sour Gas - Tungsten Carbide
PISTON ROD COATING HARDNESS - Re (Optional) Sour Gas
VALVE SEATS 416 Stainless Steel (Hoerbiger - standard)
VALVE GUARDS (STOPS) 416 Stainless Steel (Hoerbiger - standard)
VALVE PLATES Peek (Polyetheretheketone) or Nylon or MT
VALVE SPRINGS Nimomic 90l
ROD PACKING CASE Cast Iron, or Steel
ROD PRESSURE PACKING RINGS Carbon Filled Teflon®
ROD WIPER PACKING RINGS Tinnized Cast Iron
CRANKSHAFT SAE 5046 Forged Steel/Counter Weighted
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL BEARINGS Trimetal Copper, Lead, Tin
CONNECTING ROD Forged 4140 Steel

CONNECTING ROD BEARINGS Same as Main Bearings
CROSSHEAD Heat Treated Ductile Iron
CROSSHEAD PIN Heat Treated Steel 30,000# E.R. L., Full Floating
CROSSHEAD PIN BUSHING Bronze per SAE 792
CROSSHEAD SHOES (IF FURNISHED) Aluminum with Tinnized Lead Flashing
CYLINDER INDICATOR CONNECTIONS (Optional) Kiene or Whitey Type
®
REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF E.I. DUPONT

Comments on API 11P

Listed below are comments on the API 11-P for the RAM Compressor:
API 11-P Paragraph Comment
Number
2.1.1 Quoted capacity for the RAM
compressor is from cylinder inlet
flange to cylinder discharge flange.
Interstage pressure drops are estimated
unless provided.
2.9.1 RAM cylinder bodies have a distance
space designed into the mounting end.
A separate distance piece can be added
to create a second compartment that
can be used for purging.
2.9.3 Explosion relief device available for
top covers of frame only.
3.2.1.1 Fixed clearance pockets not available
for the RAM.
3.2.1.3 Non-reversible and
non-interchangeable valve spacers
provided standard on 6.5" through 20"
diameter cylinders.
3.2.1.4 Clearance bottles not available for
RAM.
3.2.1.5 Head spacers not available.
3.2.1.6 Clearance plugs not available.
3.2.2.2 Design of valve unloaders in progress.
5.3.1 Cylinders are air-cooled.
15.3.3.3 The RAM cylinder’s built-in distance
space and the auxiliary distance piece
provide a two compartment setup
similar to the Type ‘3’ (partitioned off,
each compartment with its own vent
and drain).
1-252 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Exceptions to API 11P

Listed below are exceptions to the API 11-P for the RAM Compressor:
API 11-P Paragraph Exception
Number
2.7.1 Securing device not used on piston nut.
2.11.4 No inlet and outlet pressure gages.

1-254 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS
Chapter 2 RAM Frame Data:

General Frame Data
Model Nomenclature and Benefits

The RAM
In 1986 Ajax-Superior decided to design and produce a high speed separable
compressor capable of speeds up to 1,500 RPM and power ranging to
2,375 horsepower. After careful analysis of industry requirements, the RAM
series gas compressor was successfully designed and built. It proved to be
another outstanding compressor to complement Superior’s existing line of
equipment.
The RAM compressor has net rod load capabilities of up to 35,000
pounds. It is available in a two and a four throw design, depending upon
the compression requirements of a particular application. (A number will
immediately follow the RAM model name that identifies the particular
design).
RAM 52
As the model number 52 indicates, this is a five inch stroke, two-throw
machine. The RAM 52 is capable of handling power requirements of up to
1,188 horsepower @ 1500 RPM.
RAM 54
This design also has a five inch stroke, four-throw frame capable of handling
power requirements of up to 2,375 horsepower @ 1500 RPM.
Compact and Simple

Superior’s RAM compressor, with its minimal overall packaged dimensions,
can be installed within a limited space. On and offshore transportation and
serviceability problems are minimized due to reduced foundation and piping
requirements and simplified packaging on portable skids.
Cost Effective
The RAM compressor incorporates the latest design technology so that its
compact, heavy duty construction delivers the horsepower needed to fulfill
the requirements of almost any job. The low initial investment is a direct
result of the many years of engineering consideration given to the RAM’s
design and development.

Chapter 2: General Frame Data
Standard Equipment Summary

Crankcase
Heavily-ribbed, high-strength cast iron base with an integral crosshead
guide. Aluminum top cover and removable drive end cover for added
serviceability and spacer bars for added support. Crankcase breather(s) are
standard.
Crankshaft
Heavy-duty, one-piece design made from hardened SAE 5046 forged steel
with integral counterweights for exceptional balancing. Precision ground
and polished for long life and durability. Both rod and main journals share
the same 4.9" (124mm) diameter. The replacement bearings incorporate the
same design and construction. The drive end extension is tapered* and the
auxiliary end is drilled and tapped for direct mounting of the lubricator/lube
oil pump drive shaft and gear. A coupling hub designed to fit a Thomas 550
or 600 CMR coupling can be supplied as required.
*Units produced in 1993 and before have keyway crankshafts.
Frame, Crosshead, and Crosshead Guides

The heavily-ribbed, high-strength cast iron base has integrally forged
crosshead guides. The guides are constructed with a large O-ring sealed
access door. An aluminum top cover (mounted with a standard breather) and
a removable drive-end, cast iron cover provide minimal access for services.
The gear-driven lubricator and lube oil pump are mounted directly on the
auxiliary end of the frame. The lubricator and pump are driven directly by
the crankshaft, eliminating the use of chains. For added rigidity, the open
frame uses steel tie rods individually fitted over each nodular (ductile) iron
main bearing cap. An auxiliary distance piece is also offered for sour gas
applications.
Crosshead
A heat-treated cast iron crosshead is precision machined to accept
provisional balancing weights and two replaceable, tin-plated, aluminum
crosshead shoes. The crosshead shoes are precision machined and no
shims are required for their adjustment. This prevents costly downtime due
to damaged crossheads and crosshead guides. Two different designs are
available for greater balancing flexibility. (Refer to the balancing detail in
Section 1 for more information.) The crosshead pin is full floating and
retained by two snap rings. The crosshead area can be easily serviced
through a large O-ring sealed access door. This seal prohibits oil leakage
during long periods of operation.
2-4 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Connecting Rod
Connecting rods are constructed of forged steel and are precision machined.
Each rod is shot-peened to enhance fatigue life. Two precision bushings are
press-fitted into the outboard eye of the rod. A .375" diameter, rifle-drilled
hole allows full-pressure lubrication to travel to the pin bushings and to the
crosshead shoes. Standard rod bolts are constructed of SAE 4140 steel with
rolled threads.
Main and Rod Bearings

Heavy-duty, precision tri-metal main and rod bearings are constructed of
steel-backed tin, copper, and lead alloy. Both main and rod bearings use the
same “tang lock” design and construction, simplifying spare parts inventory.
Thrust bearings are manufactured using a high-strength, bronze bi-metal
material.
Gear Drive
The RAM incorporates a gear-driven, lube oil pump and pressure force-feed
lubricator system designed to eliminate the use of chains. All gears are
induction-hardened, 4145 heat-treated steel to ensure long, trouble-free
operation.
Studs and Connecting Rod Bolts

SAE 4140 undercut design with rolled threads.
Frame Lubrication
The gear-driven, Viking model lubricating oil pump is flange mounted to the
frame with a pressure relief valve included for cold-start protection. A shell
and tube oil cooler, shipped separately for remote mounting, is provided.
The cooler is constructed of copper or admiralty tubing with threaded oil
and water connections. Other features include a non-shielded oil-pressure
gauge, low oil pressure shutdown switch, and an oil level sight glass. All the
necessary piping is supplied and mounted. Please note that while the hand-
operated pre-lube pump is no longer offered as a standard item, a pre-lube
pump of some sort is still required for proper operation.
Filtration
Filtration is accomplished by a frame-mounted, 10 micron, full-flow lube
oil filter. The filter has replaceable cartridge, seals, and a sight indicator
mounted with necessary piping. A lube oil strainer with screen, bushing, and
magnetic plug is also mounted with necessary piping.

Crankcase Oil Breather(s)

Crankcase breather with 1-1/4" pipe connection is mounted to the aluminum
top cover.
Force Feed Cylinder Lubrication System

The frame-mounted, pressurized lubricator with Model 55 type pumps
is available from Premier (preferred), Mega Industries (preferred), or
Lincoln (alternate). A Digital (standard) or an analog (Canadian issue -
CSA approved) lubricator flow meter is provided. (Depending upon the
requirements, the flow meter may be shipped separately). The standard
automatic divisioning system consists of a rupture indicator, a strainer,
a no-flow shutdown and filter-primer (typically manufactured by Trabon),
and a Model 67 regulator manufactured by Fischer, Inc. Unless otherwise
specified by the packager or the customer, the system is tubed and mounted
to the frame with the necessary check valves, standard stainless steel tubing
and fittings.
Oil Cooler
A cooler is separately shipped for remote mounting. The cooler is complete
with copper or admiralty tubing and threaded water and oil-line connections.
2-6 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Summary of Estimated Frame

Component Weights
RAM 52
Description Weight
Lbs (kg)
Frame (Dry Assembly Weight) 2.500 (1.134)
Crankshaft 276 (125)
Connecting Rod 57 (26)
Crosshead. Light 56 (25)
Crosshead, Heavy 96 (44)
Crosshead Pin 13.5 (6.1)
Auxiliary Distance Piece 215 (97.5)
RAM 54
Description Weight
Lbs (kg)
Frame (Dry Assembly Weight) 5,250 (2,381)
Crankshaft 552 (251)
Connecting Rod 57 (26)
Crosshead, Light 56 (25)
Crosshead, Heavy 96 (44)
Crosshead Pin 13.5 (6.1)
Auxiliary Distance Piece 215 (97.5)

Optional Equipment Summary

Drive Coupling
A coupling hub for the compressor is a standard option that will be supplied
to fit a Thomas 550 or 600 CMR coupling. The coupling, less hub, is a
special option that can be supplied upon request by Superior or purchased
from the coupling manufacturer. Superior’s engineering will ascertain which
coupling is best for a particular engine compressor combination.
To select the proper Thomas coupling for the uprated RAM compressor with
the tapered shaft extension, the following procedure is recommended:
Determine the torque requirement of the unit (in inch-pounds). (Note:
For electric motor drives the Rated BHP should include the increased
horsepower available due to application of any motor service factors, and
the Rated RPM should be the full load RPM. A torsional analysis will be
required for the final selection of the coupling and flywheel.)
Req’d Torque = (Rated BHP) X (63.025) inch-pounds
(Rated RPM)
A) For a RAM 52, multiply the “Req’d Torque” by 4.0. Select the smallest
Thomas coupling for which the “Maximum Continuous Torque” rating
in the Thomas catalog exceeds the multiplied value.
B) For a RAM 54, multiply the “Req’d Torque” by 3.0. Select the smallest
Thomas coupling for which the “Maximum Continuous Torque” rating
in the Thomas catalog exceeds the multiplied value.
For motor-driven RAMS which require flywheels, any size coupling
may be selected - as determined by the preceding criteria. In
order to match the bolt pattern on standard flywheels, the coupling
flywheel adaptor should be 20-3/8" 0.D. with (8) 29/32" holes on
18-1/2" bolt circle (Thomas heavy-duty bolting). For motor driven
compressors which require AM type couplings and for all engine drives,
there will be only two coupling sizes available - Thomas 55OCMR and
600CMR. For motor drives, the preceding criteria should be used to
determine which of the smaller of these two couplings may be used.
2-8 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
BILL OF MATERIAL
6 WASHERS SUPPLIED WITH
WASHERS SUPPLIED WITH ADAPTOR PLATE MUST BE ITEM QUAN DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
6
ADAPTOR PLATE MUST BE INSTALLED BETWEEN THE
INSTALLED BETWEEN THE ADAPTOR PLATE AND THE 1 1 HUB B-600-400
ADAPTOR PLATE AND THE COUPLING DISC PACK.
COUPLING DISC PACK. 2 1 NUT-COUPLING B-600-401
4 5
3 2 SETSCREW 09SS1008PF
7
4 5 4 1 ADAPTOR SEE TABLE
7
5 8 CAPSCREWS 03CS1620PC
6 4 WASHERS SUPPLIED WITH ADAPTOR
"D"
Cooper Energy Services

7 1 COUPLING SEE TABLE
"D"
1 2 3
1 2 3
ON HUB
5.71
FIRST BOLT
FACE OF HOLE COMPRESSOR
COUPLING CL FIRST BOLT FACE OF
COUPLINGG
L BOLT HOLE
"B"
ENGINE
"AA" "CC"
CL BOLT HOLE
"C" "B"
ASSEMBLIES FOR ENGINES ASSEMBLIES FOR ENGINES

1706G2, 1712G, 1716G, 1712G W/OPT. MOUNTING FEET &
2406G & 2408G 1716G W/OPT. MOUNTING FEET.
ENGINE COMP. ITEM NO. 4 ITEM NO. 7 COUPLING

ADAPTOR COUPLING 550 600 "A" "AA" "B" "C" "CC" "D"Ø
1706G2 RAM 52 B-600-413 YB-903-866 X .14 ------ 17.40 17.54 ------ 22.500/22.497
1706G2 RAM 54 B-600-413 YB-903-866 X .14 ------ 17.40 17.54 ------ 22.500/22.497
1712G RAM 52 B-600-413 YB-903-865 X .83 ------ 17.40 18.23 ------ 26.500/26.497 ALT. DESCRIPTION DATE
1712G RAM 52 B-600-413 YB-903-865 X ------ 4.37 17.40 ------ 13.03 26.500/26.497
1712G RAM 54 B-600-413 YB-903-865 X .83 ------ 18.23 ------ 26.500/26.497 REVISED DIM'S A & C,
1712G RAM 54 B-600-413 YB-903-865 X ------ 4.37 17.40 ------ 13.03 26.500/26.497 A 7/21/95
ADDED DIM'S AA, CC, & D
COOPER
AJAX-SUPERIOR
1716G RAM 54 B-600-413 YB-903-865 X .83 ------ 17.40 18.23 ------ 26.500/26.497 THE ENCLOSED DRAWINGS CONTAIN CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INDUSTRIES PO BOX 540, SPRINGFIELD, OHIO 45501
INFORMATION WHICH IS THE PROPERTY OF COOPER INDUSTRIES SUPERIOR
1716G RAM 54 B-600-413 YB-903-865 X ------ 17.40 ------ 13.03 26.500/26.497 AND RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO LOAN, OUTLINE DRAWING
SELL, OR OTHERWISE DISCLOSE SAID INFORMATION. REPRODUCTION OR
2406G RAM 54 B-600-413 YB-903-865 X 15.55 ------ 17.40 32.95 ------ 26.500/26.497 USE OF SAID INFORMATION FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THAT IN SHT OF ALT. NO.
CONNECTION WITH WHICH SAID INFORMATION WAS SUPPLIED MAY NOT BE
A
2408G RAM 54 B-600-412 YC-903-749 X 15.55 ------ 18.40 33.95 ------ 26.500/26.497 MADE WITHOUT EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF COOPER INDUSTRIES
DRAWING NO.
SUPERIOR. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO COOPER INDUSTRIES COUPLING
SUPERIOR UPON REQUEST AND IN ALL EVENTS UPON COMPLETION OF THE
PURPOSE FOR WHICH IT IS LOANED. ARRANGEMENTS SK-7500 -302
2-9
CSA Approved Crankcase Heater

Chromolox, Inc.
This explosion proof oil emersion heater is a special option that features
a 1100 Watt rating, a built in thermostat, a steel sheath for oil emersion
service, a 1 1/4" electrical pipe outlet and a standard 2" NPT crankcase
installation neck. Customer to specify voltage and phase required.
Crankcase Pressure Relief Valve

Bicera, Inc.
A Type 6A 9 1/2" rapid pressure relief valve is a standard option with a built
in flange for the compressor top cover access.
Minimum Clearance Heads

Ductile iron “hat” style heads to be used in place of the standard variable
volume pocket style heads. These heads are non-adjustable.
Sour Gas Construction Requirements

A. Special compressor valves constructed of stainless steel, thermoplastic,
or inconel materials, depending upon the application.
B. “17-4 PH” stainless steel rod material with tungsten carbide coating in
the packing area of the piston rod.
C. Separate vented distance piece with separate oil wiper packing case,
longer rod, and oil slinger.
Cylinders Drilled for Indicator Cocks

Accepts 1/2" NPT.
Special Service Tools

It is recommended that a set of special service tools be purchased to properly
maintain the equipment. Refer to the Section 1 (Service Data) of this manual
for a complete special tool listing.
2-10 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Lubrication
General
The complete lubrication system of the compressor may be conveniently
divided into two parts of equal importance:
– The system that provides lubrication to the frame running parts.
(See Figure 2-1)
– The system that provide lubrication for the cylinders. (See Figure 3-3)
Refer to Engineering Standards 1001 and 1002 in Section 1 for lube oil
specifications. This section deals with frame lubrication. Refer to Section 3
(General Cylinder Data) for information about cylinder lubrication.
Frame Lubrication System Components

A gear-driven Viking Model lubricating oil pump is flange mounted to the
frame with a pressure relief valve included for cold start protection. A shell
and tube oil cooler, shipped separately for remote mounting, is provided.
The cooler is constructed of copper or admiralty tubing with threaded oil
and water connections. Other features include a non-shielded oil pressure
gauge, a low oil pressure shutdown switch and an oil level sight glass. All the
necessary piping is supplied and mounted. Please note that while the hand
operated pre-lube pump is no longer offered as a standard item, a pre-lube
pump of some sort is still required for proper operation.
Frame Lubricant and Lubrication Suggestions

Providing that the compressor’s crankcase is sealed off from the cylinders,
a good mineral oil, which provides resistance to oxidation and corrosion, is
generally satisfactory to use. However, there is no objection to the use of a
detergent type of oil if it is more readily available. To assure oil suitability,
use a product of well known merit, produced by a responsible concern, and
in accordance with the manufacturer’ s recommendations.
In some cases, it may be convenient or practical to use the same type of oil in
the compressor as is used in the compressor drive engine. This is permissible
as long as the engine oil is of proper viscosity. CES recommends SAE 40
for all normal compressor operation and SAE 30 when ambient temperatures
are below freezing. Refer to Engineering Standards 1001 and 1002 in this
manual for further information concerning this matter.
If start-ups are to take place when the ambient temperature is below freezing,
the pour point of the oil must be low enough to insure flow to the oil pump.
Heavier oil can be heated before starting.

If a compounded oil is used, the non-corrosiveness of this oil must be looked

into very carefully. The oil must not contain substances which might be
injurious to tin or lead base babbitts. It is also highly desirable that it be
non-corrosive to copper-lead alloys.
The oil level in the frame sump should be checked while the compressor is
running. The correct level is shown by the sight gauge on the auxiliary end
of the compressor. Oil level (while running) should be no higher than the
top and no lower than the bottom of the sight gauge. Oil is added through
the breather cap hole in the top cover. The breather cap is designed to be
threaded into its bushing by hand and no wrenches are to be used.
Oil change periods, in general, may be longer than the period required for
compressor drive engines. An initial break in period of 300 to 500 hours
is recommended. Thereafter, the oil afld filter element change interval can
be increased to 2000 hours or longer, providing that the filter element
remains in good shape and the oil remains reasonably clean. Experience will
determine when to change the filter element and the oil.
2-12 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Figure 2-1: Typical RAM Frame Lubrication Logic Diagram
Note: All lubrication tubing supplied by

Superior will be stainless steel
with stainless steel fittings. Check valve 3000 PSIG
@ 100° F 1/2" rating
To
cylinder
lubrication
1/2" con.
Operating Lube oil filter

Temp. 160 o with sight flow
H 2O in - 155° F indicator
Heat load BTU/HR
RAM 52 - 16,000 H 2O Flow
RAM 54 - 32,000 Oil Cooler RAM 52 - 15 GPM P 1.2 PSI
(remote mounted) RAM 54 - 30 GPM P 3.4 PSI Main lube
oil header
compressor
H 2O out - 158 oF frame
1 1/4" pipe
Optional
Pressure pre-lube
Lube oil capacity relief valve oil
RAM 52 -14 internal line with (Optional)
RAM 54 - 20 check valve Pre-lube
3/4" check valve 3/4" tubing hand pump
100 complete
Oil pump strokes for
initial priming
1 1/4" pipe on cold start
1 1/4"
check
valve 3/4" tubing
Keckley Off mounted
lube oil Optional pre-lube
strainer pump (to be supplied
by customer).
Sump
Refer to cooler requirements section in service manual.
i
Represents typical engine jacket water temperatures.
All specifications based on 1200 RPM. The RAM frame lubri-
Typical differential pressure or temperature. cation logic diagram
Piping to be supplied by customer. is subject to change
Represents direction of fluid flow. without notice.

2-14
CRANK
CL
13.00
THROW #2
CLT
PLAN VIEW
COMPR.
CRANK
CL
11.50
11.38 1/2 NPT LUBE SIDE VIEW

DRIVE END OIL INLET 5.72 (THROW #2)
ALT. DESCRIPTION DATE

1 ADD PROPRIETARY STAMP 09-08-92
2 DRAWING NUMBER WAS SHTREN 11-17-93
COOPER
AJAX-SUPERIOR
THE ENCLOSED DRAWINGS CONTAIN CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INDUSTRIES PO BOX 540, SPRINGFIELD, OHIO 45501
AND RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO LOAN,
USE OF SAID INFORMATION FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THAT IN SHT OF ALT. NO. 2
MADE WITHOUT EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF COOPER INDUSTRIES DRAWING NO.
SUPERIOR. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO COOPER INDUSTRIES REN LUBE OIL
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
PURPOSE FOR WHICH IT IS LOANED.
LEVEL CONTROL
SK-7500-301
RAM COMPRESSORS

RAM 52
Frame Specifications
RAM 52 Standard Frame Specifications
Power Rated *
1,500 RPM BHP (kW) 1,188 (866)
1,200 RPM BHP (kW) 950 (709)
Maximum Horsepower
Per Any One Throw BHP (kW) 600 (447)
Number of Throws 2
Stroke in (mm) 5 (127)
Maximum Piston Speed

1,500 RPM FPM (m/s) 1,250 (6.35)
1,200 RPM FPM (m/s) 1,000 (5.08)
Speed Range ** RPM 600 -1,500
External Rod Load Lb (kg) 30,000 (13,608)
Internal (Gas) Rod Load Lb (kg) 40,000 (18,144)
Net Rod Load Lb (kg) 35,000 (15,876)
Sump Capacity Gal (lit) 10 (38)
Lube Oil Pump Capacity

1,500 RPM GPM (lit/sec) 17.0 (1.07)
1,200 RPM GPM (lit/sec) 14.0 (0.88)
* Frames with keyway shafts have power ratings of 800 BHP (597 kW) at
1,200 RPM and 1,000 BHP (746 kW) at 1,500 RPM.
** Some speed restrictions may apply to larger bore cylinders.

Chapter 2: RAM 52
RAM 52 Standard Auxiliary Equipment

Specifications
Lube Oil Sight Gauge ..................................... Design pressure 1500 Psi
Max operating temp 500° F
Lube Oil Strainer ............................................. Strainer with magnetic plug.

Screen - 51 holes per sq/in.
Lube Oil Filter ................................................. Visual indicator, 15 PsiG factory

setting, 10 micron @ 200 Psi
max operating pressure
Crankcase Breather ......................................... 1-1/2" NPT cover connection

1 supplied
Oil Cooler (shipped separately ........................ Shell and tube heat exhanger
for remote mounting)
2-18 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM 52 Frame Construction Specifications

Frame
Dry Assembly Weight Lbs (kg) 2,500 (1,134)
Length in (mm) 45.81 (1,164)
Height in (mm) 28.17 (716)
Width in (mm) 51.25 (1,302)
Centerline in (mm) 14.17 (360) from bottom
Base Bore Diameter in (mm) 5.250 (133.3)
Crankshaft
Weight Lbs (kg) 276 (125)
Length in (mm) 31.13 (790.6)
Extension Length (tapered)* in (mm) 4.88 (123.83)
Extension Diameter in (mm) 5.13 (130.18)
Journal Diameter in (mm) 4.9 (124)
* Units produced in 1993 and before have a keyway shaft.
Bearings
Main and Rod Bearings, Split Shell
Inside Diameter in (mm) 4.9 (124)
Width in (mm) 2.8 (71.1)
Thickness in (mm) 0.350 (9.0)
Quantity, per unit No. 8
Thrust Bearings
Inside Diameter in (mm) 5.3 (134.6)
Width in (mm) 1.3 (33.6)
Connecting Rod Pin Bushings

Width in (mm) 1.5 (38.1)
Quantity, per rod No. 2
Connecting Rod
Length, ctr. -ctr. in (mm) 12 (304.8)
Bolt Quantity and Arrangement Two - 1" bolts per rod

Chapter 2: RAM 52
Crosshead
Weight
Light Lbs (kg) 55-57 (25.4)
Heavy Lbs (kg) 95-97 (44.0)
Diameter
Light in (mm) 9.5 (241.3)
Heavy in (mm) 9.2 (233.7)
Width
Light in (mm) 7.1 (180.3)
Heavy in (mm) 7.75 (196.8)
Length in (mm) 9.2 (233.6)
Shoe Length in (mm) 8.2 (208.3)

Shoe Width in (mm) 5.5 (140)
Shoe Thickness in (mm) 0.250 (6.35)
Pin Diameter in (mm) 3.5 (88.9)

Pin Length in (mm) 6.0 (152.4)
Pin Weight Lbs (kg) 13.5 (6.1)
Oil Cooler Requirements

Oil Flow To Cooler
1,500 RPM GPM (lit/sec) 17.0 (1.07)
1,200 RPM GPM (lit/sec) 14.0 (0.883)
Recommended Oil
Operating Temp. °F (°C) 160 (70.4)
H20 Pressure Drop Across

Cooler @ 1,200 RPM Psi (gr/sq.cm) 1.2 (84.4)
Heat Rejection
1,500 RPM BTU/hr (Watt) 21,500 (6,300)
1,200 RPM BTU/hr (Watt) 16,000 (4,690)
H2O Flow GPM (lit/sec) 15 (.95)
H2O Temperature To
Cooler (typical) °F (°C) 155 (67.65)
H20 Temperature From

2-20 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Standard Connection Sizes

Oil Pump Inlet And Outlet 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Filter Inlet 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Outlet To Cooler 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Inlet From Cooler 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Strainer - Base 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Discharge Line - Base 1" NPT
Lube Oil Fill Connection 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Drain Connection 3/4" NPT

Chapter 2: RAM 52
RAM 52 Frame Material Specifications

Frame ................................................... Cast iron with heavy ribbed
reinforcement, wide
foundation mounting, tie-rod
construction, aluminum
service doors, and nodular
(ductile) iron bearing caps.
Crankshaft .................................................. SAE 5046 forged steel, counterweighted

Hardness 241-277 HB
Tensile Strength 110,000 Psi
760 (MPa)
Bearings
Main and Rod Bearings ............ Steel-backed, tinnized with lead/tin
overlay, P 77 babbited flashing
Thrust Bearing Material............. Bronze with babbited flashing
Connecting Rod Pin Bushing .... SAE 792 steel backed bronze
(Crosshead Pin Bushing)
Connecting Rod.......................................... Forged steel, bolts are SAE 4140

rolled thread.
Hardness 174-217 HB
586 (MPa)
Crosshead ................................................... Cast (ductile) iron
Crosshead Shoes......................................... Aluminum with tinnized lead flashing
Crosshead Pin............................................. Steel, full-floating type
2-22 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM 52 Starting Torque Data

Superior RAM separable compressors will typically be driven by gas
engines; however, turbines and electric motors also provide prime moving
power for many of the compressors in the field today. Engines and turbines
have enough power to overcome the compressor breakaway torque and
accelerate to its intended operating speed. Electric motors, on the other
hand, will overheat during the start-up and acceleration period if this
period lasts too long. When selecting an electric motor, proper speed/torque
characteristics to meet compressor starting torque requirements should be
taken into consideration.
The starting torque imposed by the compressor consists of three torques:
friction, compression, and inertia.
Following breakaway, friction usually becomes a minor factor; however, as
the speed increases, so does the load imposed by the gas flow through the
system. Unloader systems and bypass systems are designed specifically to
keep this compression torque within satisfactory limits. The third torque,
inertia, must be overcome as the speed of the compressor is increased. The
ability to overcome inertia depends upon the motor characteristics and must
be calculated by the motor manufacturer. Inertia is rarely a problem for
reciprocating compressors unless extremely heavy flywheels are used.

Chapter 2: RAM 52
Superior RAM 52 Compressor Start-up Torque Chart
Torque Ft. Lbs.

500
400
300
200
Suction Pressure = Discharge Pressure = Atmospheric
(Bypass Open)
100 Breakaway Torque = 50 Ft. - Lbs.
0
0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600
Speed-RPM
2-24 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
LEGEND
CONN. DE SCRIPTI
ON CONN. SIZE
A LUBE O ILOU TLETTO COO LER 1-1/4" NPT
B LUBE O IL INLETOFR
M COO LER 1-1/4" NPT
Z C LUBE O IL FILL
CONNECTION 1-1/4" NPT
D LUBE O IL DRAINCONNECTION 3/4" NPT
W W
DRIVE END
21.00 21.00

9.00 (4) 3/4-10 TAPPED HOLES
CL FOR LEVELING SCREWS
6.19
C
X
CL THROW #1
6.19
2.00 25.31
23.50 THROW #2
6.16 CL
26.00
2.06
10.72
B
A (8) 1.00 DIA. HOLES

1.25 11.75 11.75 FOR .88 DIA. FOUNDATION BOLTS
PLAN VIEW 13.75 C (USE OF INBOARD 4 IS OPTIONAL)
SAFE ATMOSPHERE IF 13.75
NECESSARY 16.75 16.75 (4) .750 DIA. HOLES
Y
W 19.75 19.75 FOR SOLE PLATES
W
B FOUNDATION PLAN
ROT.
28.17
X
24.42
14.17
15.14 ALT. DESCRIPTION DATE
11.19 (360 MM)
C ADDED SOLE PLATE HLS. PCN55169 12/10/99 MW
5.68 B ADDED SHT3 W/SHIPPED LOOSE ITEMS 9/29/95 DP3
2.92 A ADDED ROTATION ARROW 7/31/95 DP3
COO PER
AJAX-SUPERIOR
THE EN CLOSED DRAWIN GS CONTAINCONFIDENTIAL AND TRADESECRET IND USTRIES PO BOX 540 , SPRINGFIELD
, OHIO 4550 1
INFORMATION WH ICH IS THE PROPERTY OF COOPER IND USTRIES SUPERIO R
1.50 LUBE OIL LEVEL AND RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO LOAN, OUTLINE DRAWING
2" NPT FOR OPTIONAL SELL,OR OTHERWISE DISCLOSE SAID INFORMATION. REPRODUCTIONOR
D SIGHT GUAGE
LUBE OIL HEATER USE OF SAID INFORMATION FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THAT IN SH T 1 OF 3 ALT.NO. C
CONNECTIO N WITH WH ICH SAID INFORMATION WA S SUPPLIED MAYNOT BE
MADE WITH OUT EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF COOPER IND USTRIES
AUX END VIEW DRAWING NO .
SUPERIO R. TH IS D OCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO COOPER IND USTRIES MODE L
SUPERIOR UPON REQUEST AND IN ALL EVENTS UPON COMPLETION OFE TH
PURPOSE FOR WH ICH IT IS LOANED . RAM 52 SK-7500-104
2-25
2-26
LEGEND
CONN. DESCRIPTION CONN. SIZE

A LUBE OIL OUTLET TO COOLER 1-1/4" NPT
B LUBE OIL INLET FROM COOLER 1-1/4" NPT
W
25.63 25.63
CL COMPRESSOR
16.00 DIA B.C.
THROW #1 THROW #2 Z
CL
X
5.68
118.00
8.00
8.00 DDIA
IA
IA
Y
4.81 1-1/2" NPT FOR LUBE
OIL LEVEL CONTROLLER ID I W
1 DIA.
( W2 8
(WHEN REQUIRED)
5.71 A CD A W
"1A -.7,504A032 -"A.
COOPER
AJAX-SUPERIOR
THE ENCLOSED DRAWINGS CONTAIN CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INDUSTRIES PO BOX 540, SPRINGFIELD, OHIO 45501
AND RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO LOAN,
USE OF SAID INFORMATION FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THAT IN SHT 2 OF 3 ALT. NO. C
MADE WITHOUT EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF COOPER INDUSTRIES DRAWING NO.
SUPERIOR. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO COOPER INDUSTRIES MODEL
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
PURPOSE FOR WHICH IT IS LOANED.
Chapter 2: RAM 52
RAM52 SK-7500-104

Chapter 2: RAM 52
2-28 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS

RAM 54
Frame Specifications
RAM 54 Standard Frame Specifications
Power Rated *
1,500 RPM BHP (kW) 2,375 (1,772)
1,200 RPM BHP (kW) 1,900 (1,418)
Maximum Horsepower
Per Any One Throw BHP (kW) 600 (447)
Number of Throws 4
Stroke in (mm) 5 (127)

1,500 RPM FPM (m/s) 1,250 (6.35)
1,200 RPM FPM (m/s) 1,000 (5.08)
Speed Range ** RPM 600 -1,500
Internal (Gas) Rod Load Lb (kg) 40,000 (18,144)
Net Rod Load Lb (kg) 35,000 (15,876)
Sump Capacity Gal (lit) 30 (113.5)
Lube Oil Pump Capacity

1,500 RPM GPM (lit/sec) 21 (1.33)
1,200 RPM GPM (lit/sec) 20 (1.26)
* Frames with keyway shafts have power ratings of 1,600 BHP (1,193kW)
at 1,200 RPM and 2,000 BHP (1,491kW) at 1,500 RPM.
** Some speed restrictions may apply to larger bore cylinders.

Chapter 2: RAM 54
RAM 54 Standard Auxiliary Equipment

Specifications
Lube Oil Sight Gauge ..................................... Design pressure 1500 Psi
Max operating temp 500° F
Lube Oil Strainer ............................................. Strainer with magnetic plug.

Screen - 51 holes per sq/in.
Lube Oil Filter ................................................. Visual indicator, 15 PsiG factory

setting, 10 micron @ 200 Psi
max operating pressure
Crankcase Breather ......................................... 1-1/2" NPT cover connection

2 supplied
Oil Cooler (shipped separately ........................ Shell and tube heat exchanger
for remote mounting)
2-32 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM 54 Frame Construction Specifications

Frame
Dry Assembly Weight Lbs (kg) 5,250 (2,381)
Length in (mm) 81.75 (2,076)
Height in (mm) 28.17 (716)
Width in (mm) 51.25 (1,302)
Centerline in (mm) 14.17 (360) from bottom
Distance between throws in (mm) 36 (914)
Base Bore Diameter in (mm) 5.250 (133.3)
Crankshaft
Weight Lbs (kg) 552 (250.38)
Length in (mm) 67.13 (1,705)
Extension Length (tapered)* in (mm) 4.88 (123.83)
Extension Diameter in (mm) 5.13 (130.18)
Journal Diameter in (mm) 4.9 (124)
* Units produced in 1993 and before have a keyway shaft.
Bearings
Main and Rod Bearings, Split Shell
Inside Diameter in (mm) 4.9 (124)
Width in (mm) 2.8 (71.1)
Thrust Bearings
Width in (mm) 1.3 (33.6)
Connecting Rod Pin Bushings

Width in (mm) 1.5 (38.1)
Quantity, per rod No. 2
Connecting Rod
Length, ctr. -ctr. in (mm) 12 (304.8)
Bolt Quantity and Arrangement Two - 1" bolts per rod

Chapter 2: RAM 54
Crosshead
Weight
Light Lbs (kg) 55-57 (25.4)
Heavy Lbs (kg) 95-97 (44.0)
Diameter
Light in (mm) 9.5 (241.3)
Heavy in (mm) 9.2 (233.7)
Width
Light in (mm) 7.1 (180.3)
Heavy in (mm) 7.75 (196.8)
Length in (mm) 9.2 (233.6)
Shoe Length in (mm) 8.2 (208.3)

Shoe Width in (mm) 5.5 (140)
Shoe Thickness in (mm) 0.250 (6.35)
Pin Diameter in (mm) 3.5 (88.9)

Pin Length in (mm) 6 (152.4)
Pin Weight Lbs (kg) 13.5 (6.1)
Oil Cooler Requirements

Oil Flow To Cooler
1,500 RPM GPM (lit/sec) 21.0 (1.33)
1,200 RPM GPM (lit/sec) 20.0 (1.26)
Recommended Oil
Operating Temp. °F (°C) 160 (70.4)
H20 Pressure Drop Across

Cooler @ 1,200 RPM Psi (gr/sq.cm) 3.4 (239)
Heat Rejection
1,500 RPM BTU/hr (Watt) 43,000 (12,600)
1,200 RPM BTU/hr (Watt) 32,000 (9,378)
H2O Flow GPM (lit/sec) 30 (1.89)
H2O Temperature To
H20 Temperature From

2-34 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Standard Connection Sizes

Oil Pump Inlet And Outlet 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Filter Inlet 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Outlet To Cooler 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Inlet From Cooler 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Strainer - Base 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Discharge Line - Base 1" NPT
Lube Oil Fill Connection 1-1/4" NPT
Lube Oil Drain Connection 3/4" NPT

Chapter 2: RAM 54
RAM 54 Frame Material Specifications

Frame ................................................... Cast iron with heavy ribbed
reinforcement, wide
foundation mounting, tie-rod
construction, aluminum
service doors, and nodular
(ductile) iron bearing caps.
Crankshaft .................................................. SAE 5046 forged steel, counterweighted

Hardness 241-277 HB
760 (MPa)
Bearings
Main and Rod Bearings ............ Tri-metal copper, lead, tin
Thrust Bearing Material............. Bronze with babbited flashing
Connecting Rod Pin Bushing .... SAE 792 steel backed bronze
(Crosshead Pin Bushing)
Connecting Rod.......................................... Forged steel, bolts are SAE 4140

rolled thread.
Hardness 174-217 HB
586 (MPa)
Crosshead ................................................... Cast (ductile) iron
Crosshead Shoes......................................... Aluminum with tinnized lead flashing
Crosshead Pin............................................. Steel, full-floating type
2-36 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM 54 Starting Torque Data

Superior RAM separable compressors will typically be driven by gas
engines; however, turbines and electric motors also provide prime moving
power for many of the compressors in the field today. Engines and turbines
have enough power to overcome the compressor breakaway torque and
accelerate to its intended operating speed. Electric motors, on the other
hand, will overheat during the start-up and acceleration period if this
period lasts too long. When selecting an electric motor, proper speed/torque
characteristics to meet compressor starting torque requirements should be
taken into consideration.
The starting torque imposed by the compressor consists of three torques:
friction, compression, and inertia.
Following breakaway, friction usually becomes a minor factor; however, as
the speed increases, so does the load imposed by the gas flow through the
system. Unloader systems and bypass systems are designed specifically to
keep this compression torque within satisfactory limits. The third torque,
inertia, must be overcome as the speed of the compressor is increased. The
ability to overcome inertia depends upon the motor characteristics and must
be calculated by the motor manufacturer. Inertia is rarely a problem for
reciprocating compressors unless extremely heavy flywheels are used.

Chapter 2: RAM 54
Superior RAM 54 Compressor Start-up Torque Chart
Torque Ft. Lbs.

1,000
900
800
700
600
500
400
Suction Pressure = Discharge Pressure = Atmospheric
300 (Bypass Open)
Breakaway Torque = 100 Ft. - Lbs.
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600
Speed-RPM
2-38 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
MEGEO D
UFFPQ VF1 )7, 405.21 WCSSGF JROGV CPOO . CDQBPGNR
GML CPOO . TI E
H R U OGYGOLQIVEUGZ V
A MVBE PIMPVUMEUUP CPPMES 1-1/4" PRV
/. ,- - . 6,42
. 3,42 B MVBE PIM IOMEU FS
PN CPPMES 1-1/4" PRV
EO WJUR Z ( 2 EO .0,4 2
6,- - 03,- - C MVBE PIM FIMM
CPOO ECUIPO 1-1/4" OQU
. -, 4/
EO EUCQNVJCH W D MVBE PIM DSAIOCPOO ECUIPO 2. 3" LNR
5,1. WJUR Z ( 5
6,- -
03,--
. 3,42 E
. 6,42
/ . ,- - )9, /86 FLC/ JROG
V
UFFPQ VF1 H R U VROG SOCWGV PQ VFA1.VIF JPPFTTQ Y Q G GQW PEBVJQ P CQ NVIQ NFU BTF

PQ V OBPEBVQ T . VIF OB CF WUFE YI FP
/,-3 DQPEJVJQPU TFS WJTF.
3,/ 2 / 0,2-
)27, 2/11 FLC/ JROG V
03,-- )XVG RH LQDRCUF 9 LV RSWLRQC O,
26,2- . ,/ 2
H R U /99 FLC/ H RX QFCWLR Q DR OWV
3/ ,- - / 5,. 4
H RX QFCWLR Q SOCQ O
8IA7LCAI ) MAFLLG
J7BA 7LE GJHCAI A .1 ,. 4
O O "03- EE (
DB FA9AJJ7IP P 2,34
N
OXDG R LO OGY
GO
VLIJWIXCIG
EO WJUR Z ( 2 EO
3,. 6
BNV. EFUDTJRVJQP E BVF
3,. 6 . ,2-
Q P E BEEFE UQNF RNBVF INU. RDP55169 12/10/99 O Y
D BEEFE PQVF1 5/23/96 ER3
EO WJUR Z ( 3 1,2- EO WJURZZ(5 1,42
C BEEFE UIV 3 Y /UIJR NQQUF JVFOU 9/28/95 ER3
2,30
B BEEFE TQVBVJQP BTTQY 7/31/95 ER3
F RFD DLBIMQDC CP9UGL Q BMLR9GLBMLEGCDLRG9I 9LC RP9CD QDBPDR
GLEMPJ9R GML UFGBF GQ RFD NPMNDPRWME BMMNDP GL CSQRPGDQ QSNDPGMP
9LC PDBDGNR MP NMQQDQQGML CMDQ LMR BMLTDW 9LW PG FRQ RM IM9L
E C QDII MP MRFDPUGQD CGQBIMQD Q9GC GLEMPJ9RGML- PDNPMCSBRGML MP
3" QSW H R U OXDG R LO JGCW
GU SQD ME Q9GC GLEPPJ9R GML EMP 9LWNSPNMQD MRFDP RF9L RF9RGL
BMLLDBRGML UGRF UFGBF Q9GC GL EMPJ9R GML U9Q QSNNIGDC J9WLMR AD
)ZJGQ UGTXLUGF,
J9CD UGRF MS R DVNPDQQDC UPGRRDL NDPJGQQGML ME BMMNDP GLCSQRPGDQ
QSNDPGMP- RFGQ CMBSJDLR GQ RM AD PDRSPLDCRM BMMNDP GLCSQRPGDQ
D QSNDPGMP SNML PD OSDQR 9LC GL 9II DTDLRQ SNML BMJNIDRGML MEDRF
NSPNMQD EMP UFGBF GRGS IM9LDC-
N / ,- - N
O O / ,- - CPPQES
AJAY-TVQESIPS
3,51 IOD VTUSIET QP BPY 540, TQSIOGFIEMD
, PHIP 45501
SOCQ YLGZ /, 6/
.., . 6
. 2,. 1 TH U 1 PF 2 AMU. OP. D
/1 ,1/ ETBYJPH PQ.
NPDE M
CX GQF YLGZ P9J 43 QH, 64//,1 /3
2-39
2-40
IBD BLA
9MLL, ABP9OFNQFML 9MLL, PFV

B
7 IR 8B MFIMR QIBQQM 9MMIBO /)/ -2" LNQ
8 IR 8B MFI FLIBQMJ
CO 9MMIBO /)/ -2" LNQ
3" EJB0VITW
5 5 A / IQ NFU
URBDFE BU UIQ Y P
) . /, ) . /, FBDI GNBPH F
DN DQ ORTFUUQT
( ).
( / "" 3 42
9
VITQ Y ( 3 VITQY
V (4 8 B
DN DN
6 (. 9
. /1
DN VITQ Y ( 4 ( / "" 3 42 DN VITQ Y ( 6

- 1( 3/314" PRV GQT NWCF . 0( ,/ " "
Q JN NFXFN
DQ PVTQ NNFT
ETJXF FPE XJFY
7 7
,YIFP TFSWJTFE- UJEF XJFY
,VITQY (4 ) (6 -
9MMNBO
AJAY.TVQESIPS
IODVTUSIET NM 8MT 32. ( PNOFLDCFBIA
( MEFM 233./
TH U 0 PF 1 AMU/ OP/ A
NPDE M AO7SFLD LM,
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Chapter 2: RAM 54
O7J 32 PH)5 3. . )0.2


Chapter 2: RAM 54
2-42 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS
Chapter 3 RAM Cylinder Data:

General Cylinder Data
Cylinder Nomenclature and Benefits

Standard Cylinder Lineup
A complete line of non-cooled, lubricated, cylinders have been designed
and tested to complement the RAM compressor. Bore sizes range from 4.0"
to 20" diameter to accommodate most compression requirements. These
cylinders are identified by a cylinder class number and a cylinder size
number. Each cylinder class will contain at least two different cylinder sizes
that share the same casting.
Example:
Cylinder Class:
C15A 2000 MWP
Cylinder Numbers:
401CC 4.5" diameter
402CC 5.0" diameter
The two code letters on the end of the cylinder number (CC) designate
the cylinder material, rod load rating, and whether or not the cylinder is
equipped with a replaceable liner. (Refer to Section 3 in this manual for a
more complete explanation of the designation scheme). All RAM cylinders
are constructed of ductile iron with an net rod load rating of 35,000 Lbs.
All cylinders are lubricated, contain API non-reversible and non-
interchangeable compressor valves, and share a common 2" compressor
rod with rolled threads. Packing is typically lubricated in high pressure
applications. Packing and piston ring/band material will generally be made
of Carbon Filled Teflon unless other wise specified by the customer.
Flexibility
A broad range of cylinders provide great flexibility for changing field
conditions. Special spacers and a standard variable volume pocket unloader
allow for maximum capacity control. Minimum clearance heads are also
available if specified by the customer. Prime movers can be selected from
Superior’s extensive line of high performance diesel, duel fuel, and natural
gas engines.
State-of-the-art Design
The standard line-up of RAM cylinders are all non-cooled and precision
machined from cast ductile iron or forged steel. This increases their strength
under high pressure conditions. Each cylinder is pressure tested to one
and one-half times its maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) to
guarantee the RAM’s safe and efficient operation.

Chapter 3: General Cylinder Data
Standard Equipment Summary

Cylinder
Cooper Energy Services designed the RAM compressor cylinder with two
major features in mind: (1) a cylinder that conforms to API specifications
regarding the non-interchangeability of suction and discharge valves and
non-interchangeability of clearance spacers within the cylinder pockets; and
(2) non-cooled cylinders for greater mounting and packaging flexibility.
Horizontal, single- or double-acting, non-cooled cylinders are available in a
one- or two-piece ductile iron design or a forged steel design. Each cylinder
contains four or eight API-type, non-interchangeable valves. All cylinders
are lubricated and designed to operate without replaceable liners in order
to keep clearance within the cylinder to a minimum. The variable volume
pocket unloader serves as the head; however, a fixed clearance head may
be provided. All cylinders are designed with a standard flat face, circular
flange, and no additional water coolant piping needed for the cylinders or
packing cases. This keeps packaging costs to a minimum.
Cylinders with diameters of 4.5” through 20.0 are available in ductile iron.
Ductile iron cylinder bodies are designed with maximum working pressures
up to 2,000 psi.
Valves and Spacers
Valves
As with all Superior compressors, a wide selection of compressor valves is
available to accommodate any application. The typical compressor valve
has been efficiently designed and engineered for high-speed, low-clearance
applications and precision manufactured using the latest in machining
technology. Hoerbiger Corporation of America was chosen as the
compressor valve supplier because of their flexibility and capability to
respond to any application quickly and efficiently.
Hoerbiger high-speed “CT Series” compressor valves are standard
equipment on RAM compressors. Hoerbiger valves, with stainless steel
bodies and PEEK or MT dependent on valve size plates, are specifically
designed for the RAM’s low-clearance cylinder line-up.
Suction valve unloaders are available. Please note, however, that these are
not standard stock items. Additional engineering time is required to properly
size cylinders and evaluate appropriate operating conditions. Suction valve
unloaders are restricted to use on cylinders with 4-7/8” valve diameters and
larger. Consult Cooper Energy Services Engineering for availability and
information.
3-4 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Valve Spacers
Valve spacers for additional clearance flexibility are standard on 6.5”
cylinders and larger. The spacers are located on top of the valve cage.
Piston and Rod
Piston
The piston is available in a one- or a three-piece integral piston-rod design.
Depending on the cylinder class, it is constructed of cast iron with two cast
aluminum end pieces sandwiching a cast iron ring carrier.
Cooper Energy Services designed the small-bore, high-pressure cylinders
to operate typically with a one-piece, “lubrited” cast iron piston and rider-
compression rings. The rider compression ring creates a tight seal against
the running bore of the cylinder, and supports the piston. Piston and
cylinder bore scuffing will not occur. The larger bore cylinders have a three-
piece piston configuration, consisting of two aluminum piston end pieces
sandwiching a cast iron ring carrier. Standard rider bands and piston rings
are used. See Piston Rings in this section.
Piston Rod
Forged steel cylinders are an integral piston-rod assembly. The piston rod is
constructed of AISI E 4140 heat-treated, induction-hardened steel with class
2A 2”-8 rolled threads. Special optional construction is available for sour
gas applications. See Sour Gas Cylinder Specifications in the Additional
Information section. A single nut secures the piston to the end of the rod,
allowing for easy field servicing of the assembly.
Piston Rings
Two-piece, rider-compression rings are standard on all cylinders up to 9.5”
in bore. A combination of two-piece compression rings and rider band
is standard on all other cylinders, ranging from the 10.5” to 20” series.
The “rider-compression” ring concept provides the same protection as the
standard rider band, enhancing the service life of the high-stage RAM
cylinder lineup. Carbon-filled Teflon is used as a standard material for
construction; however, other materials may be substituted as dictated by the
application and/or by customer preferences.

Chapter 3: General Cylinder Data
Variable Volume Pocket Unloader

Mounted on the head-end of the cylinder, the VVP is offered for greater
capacity control and is a standard feature. The piston ring is one piece,
constructed of a carbon-filled Teflon material. A minimal clearance head is
also offered in place of the VVP when specified by the customer.
Packing
Full-floating, vented, and non-cooled packing consists of carbon-filled
Teflon pressure rings and tinnized cast iron oil rings. The packing assembly
is typically lubricated on the small-bore (high stage) cylinders. Forged steel
cylinder packings are water-cooled and lubricated.
3-6 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS

Valve Data
RAM Cylinder Valves -

MT Plates / No Cushion Plate
Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Clearance Valve Valve Suction or CES Part Comments
Size (in.) Number End (%) Size (in.) Model Discharge Number
(Quantity)
S (1) 600-283- Class C15A
D (1) 600-284-
H/E 20.8 3-1/4 75CT
S (1) 600-283-
4.50 401
D (1) 600-284-
C/E 25.9 3-1/4 75CT
S (1) 600-283- (Class C15A)
D (1) 600-284-
H/E 18.1 3-1/4 75CT
S (1) 600-283-
5.00 402
D (1) 600-284-
C/E 20.5 3-1/4 75CT
S (1) 600-490- Class C15B
D (1) 600-491-
H/E 20.5 4 90CT
S (1) 600-490-
5.50 403
D (1) 600-491-
C/E 24.4 4 90CT
S (1) 600-490-
D (1) 600-491-
H/E 18.6 4 90CT
S (1) 600-490-
6.00 404
D (1) 600-491-
C/E 20.4 4 90CT
S (1) 600-492- Class C15C
D (1) 600-493-
H/E 19.4 4-7/8 118CT
S (1) 600-492-
6.50 423
D (1) 600-493-
C/E 22.7 4-7/8 118CT
S (1) 600-492-
D (1) 600-493-
H/E 17.7 4-7/8 118CT
S (1) 600-492-
7.00 424
D (1) 600-493-
C/E 19.6 4-7/8 118CT
S (1)600-496-Class C15D
D (1) 600-497-
H/E 18.0 5-3/4 137CT
S (1) 600-496-
7.75 427
D (1) 600-497-
C/E 20.0 5-3/4 137CT
S (1) 600-496-
D (1) 600-497-
H/E 17.3 5-3/4 137CT
S (1) 600-496-
8.25 428
D (1) 600-497-
C/E 18.1 5-3/4 137CT
S (1) 600-496- Class C15E
D (1) 600-497-
H/E 14.3 5-3/4 137CT
S (1) 600-496-
9.00 409
D (1) 600-497-
C/E 15.5 5-3/4 137CT
S (1) 600-496-
D (1) 600-497-
H/E 14.0 5-3/4 137CT
S (1) 600-496-
9.50 410
D (1) 600-497-
C/E 14.1 5-3/4 137CT
S (2) 600-494- Class C15F
D (2) 600-495- (#434 lined from 11"#433)
H/E 29.7 5-1/4 127CT
S (2) 600-494-
9.50 434
D (2) 600-495-
C/E 29.0 5-1/4 127CT

Chapter 3: Valve Data

MT Plates / No Cushion Plate (Cont.)
H/E 14.3 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494-

10.50 411 D (2) 600-495-
C/E 15.7 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494-
D (2) 600-495-
H/E 16.7 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494-
11.00 433 D (2) 600-495-
C/E 15.7 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494-
D (2) 600-495-
H/E 16.7 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494- (#433 is linerable #412)
11.00 434 D (2) 600-495-

C/E 15.7 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494-
D (2) 600-495-
H/E 12.2 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494- Class C15G
12.00 413 D (2) 600-495-
C/E 16.2 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494-
D (2) 600-495-
H/E 12.3 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494-
12.50 414 D (2) 600-495-
C/E 12.4 5-1/4 127CT S (2) 600-494-
H/E 14.6 6-1/2 158CT D (2) 600-495-
13.50 425 S (2) 600-498- Class C15H
C/E 16.2 6-1/2 158CT D (2) 600-499-
S (2) 600-498-
H/E 15.2 6-1/2 158CT D (2) 600-499-
14.00 426 S (2) 600-498-
C/E 15.1 6-1/2 158CT D (2) 600-499-
S (2) 600-498-
H/E 11.9 7 169CT D (2) 600-499-
15.50 417 S (2) 600-500- Class C15I
C/E 12.2 7 169CT D (2) 600-501-
S (2) 600-500-
H/E 11.7 7 169CT D (2) 600-501-
16.00 418 S (2) 600-500-
C/E 11.8 7 169CT D (2) 600-501-
S (2) 600-500-
D (2) 600-501-
3-10 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

MT Plates / No Cushion Plate (Cont.)
(Quantity)
S (2) 600-502- Class C15J
H/E 12.5 8 190CT D (2) 600-503-
17.50 419 S (2) 600-502-
C/E 12.7 8 190CT D (2) 600-503-
S (2) 600-502-
H/E 11.9 8 190CT D (2) 600-503-
18.00 420 S (2) 600-502-
C/E 12.1 8 190CT D (2) 600-503-
S (2) 600-502-
H/E 10.2 8 190CT D (2) 600-503-
19.50 421 S (2) 600-502-
C/E 10.3 8 190CT D (2) 600-503-
S (2) 600-502-
H/E 9.7 8 190CT D (2) 600-503-
20.00 422 S (2) 600-502-
C/E 9.8 8 190CT D (2) 600-503-

RAM Cylinder Lineup Chart

Cylinder Data
Cyl. Cyl. Cyl. #VLVS/ MFA/ ----@ 1200 RPM - 2.000" Diameter Rod - 5.00" Stroke----
Diameter Class Number Corner Valve HD CD TD HV CV Avg. Vel.
4.50 C15A 401CC 1 2.744 55.22 44.31 99.54 5796 4651 5224
5.00 C15A 402CC 1 2.744 68.18 57.27 125.45 7156 6011 6583
5.50 C15B 403CC 1 3.193 82.49 71.59 154.08 7441 6457 6949
6.00 C15B 404CC 1 3.193 98.17 87.27 185.44 8855 7871 8363
* 6.50 C15C 405CC 1 3.193 115.22 104.31 219.53 10392 9409 9900
* 7.00 C15C 406CC 1 3.193 133.63 122.72 256.34 12053 11069 11561
6.50 C15C 423CC 1 5.689 155.22 104.31 219.53 5833 5281 5557
7.00 C15C 424CC 1 5.689 133.63 122.72 256.34 6765 6212 6488
* 7.75 C15D 407CC 1 8.029 163.79 152.89 316.68 5875 5484 5680
* 8.25 C15D 408CC 1 8.029 185.61 174.70 360.31 6658 6267 6462
7.75 C15D 427CC 1 8.029 163.79 152.89 316.68 5875 5484 5680
8.25 C15D 428CC 1 8.029 185.61 174.70 360.31 6658 6267 6462
9.00 C15E 409CC 1 8.029 220.89 209.98 430.88 7923 7532 7728
9.50 C15E 410CC 1 8.029 246.12 235.21 481.33 8828 8437 8633
9.50 C15FC 434DC
10.50 C15F 411CC 2 7.006 300.66 289.75 590.41 6180 5956 6068
11.00 C15F 412CC 2 7.006 329.98 319.07 649.04 6782 6558 6670
11.00 C15FC 433CC
12.00 C15G 413CC 2 7.006 392.70 381.79 774.49 8071 7847 7959
12.50 C15G 414CC 2 7.006 426.10 415.20 841.30 8758 8534 8646
* 13.50 C15H 415CC 2 8.029 497.01 488.10 983.11 8914 8718 8816
* 14.00 C15H 416CC 2 8.029 534.51 523.60 1058.11 9586 9391 9489
13.50 C15H 425CC 2 11.530 497.01 486.10 983.11 6207 6070 6139
14.00 C15H 426CC 2 11.530 534.51 523.60 1058.10 6676 6539 6607
15.50 C15I 417CC 2 13.380 655.18 64.27 1299.45 7051 6934 6993
16.00 C15I 418CC 2 13.380 698.13 687.22 1385.35 7514 7396 7455
17.50 C15J 419CC 2 18.060 835.16 824.26 1659.42 6659 6572 6616
18.00 C15J 420CC 2 18.060 883.57 872.66 1756.23 7045 6958 7002
19.50 C15K 421CC 2 18.060 1036.97 1026.06 2063.03 8268 8181 8225
20.00 C15K 422CC 2 18.060 1090.83 1079.92 2170.75 8698 8611 8654
MWP = Maximum Working Pressure. Psi.

MFA/Valve = Minimum Flow Area per Valve
HD = Head End Displacement, cu. ft./min
CD = Crank End Displacement, cu. ft./min
TD = Total Displacement, cu. ft./min
HV = Head End Valve Velocity, feet per minute
CV = Crank End Valve Velocity, feet per minute
Cylinder diameter expressed in inches.
Minimum flow area expressed in square inches.
3-12 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Cylinder Data (continued)

Cyl. Cyl. Cyl. #VLVS/ MFA/ ----@ 1500 RPM - 2.000" Diameter Rod - 5.00" Stroke----
Diameter Class Number Corner Valve HD CD TD HV CV Avg. Vel.
4.50 C15A 401CC 1 2.744 69.03 55.39 124.42 7245 5814 6529
5.00 C15A 402CC 1 2.744 85.22 71.59 156.81 8945 7513 8229
5.50 C15B 403CC 1 3.193 103.12 89.48 192.60 8478 7357 7917
6.00 C15B 404CC 1 3.193 122.72 109.08 231.80 10089 8968 9529
* 6.50 C15C 405CC 1 3.193 Not Recommended for 1500 RPM operation *
7.00 C15C 406CC 1 3.193 Not Recommended for 1500 RPM operation
6.50 C15C 423CC 1 5.689 144.02 130.39 274.41 7291 6601 6946
7.00 C15C 424CC 1 5.689 167.03 153.40 320.43 8456 7766 8111
* 7.75 C15D 407CC 1 8.029 204.74 191.11 395.85 7344 6855 7100
* 8.25 C15D 408CC 1 8.029 232.01 218.38 450.39 8322 7833 8078
7.75 C15D 427CC 1 8.029 204.74 191.11 395.85 7344 6855 7100
8.25 C15D 428CC 1 8.029 232.01 218.38 450.39 8322 7833 8078
9.00 C15E 409CC 1 8.029 276.12 262.48 538.60 9904 9415 9660
9.50 C15E 410CC 1 8.029 307.65 294.01 601.66 11035 10546 10791
9.50 C15FC 434DC
10.50 C15F 411CC 2 7.006 375.82 362.19 738.01 7725 7444 7585
11.00 C15F 412CC 2 7.006 412.47 398.83 811.360 8478 8198 8338
11.00 C15FC 433CC
12.00 C15G 413CC 2 7.006 490.87 477.24 968.11 10089 9809 9949
12.50 C15G 414CC 2 7.006 532.63 519.00 1051.63 10948 10667 10808
* 13.50 C15H 415CC 2 8.029 621.26 607.63 1228.89 11142 10898 11020
* 14.00 C15H 416CC 2 8.029 668.14 654.50 1322.64 11983 11738 11861
13.50 C15H 425CC 2 11.530 621.26 607.63 1228.89 7759 7589 7674
14.00 C15H 426CC 2 11.530 668.13 654.50 1322.63 8344 8174 8259
15.50 C15I 417CC 2 13.380 818.97 805.34 1624.31 8814 8667 8741
16.00 C15I 418CC 2 13.380 872.66 859.03 1731.69 9392 9245 9319
17.50 C15J 419CC 2 18.060 1043.96 1030.32 2074.28 8324 8215 8270
18.00 C15J 420CC 2 18.060 1104.47 1090.83 2195.30 8806 8698 8752
19.50 C15K 421CC 2 18.060 1296.21 1282.58 2578.79 10335 10227 10281
20.00 C15K 422CC 2 18.060 1363.54 1349.90 2713.40 10872 10763 10818

MFA/Valve = Minimum Flow Area per Valve
HD = Head End Displacement, cu. ft./min
CD = Crank End Displacement, cu. ft./min
TD = Total Displacement, cu. ft./min
HV = Head End Valve Velocity, feet per minute
CV = Crank End Valve Velocity, feet per minute
Cylinder diameter expressed in inches.
Minimum flow area expressed in square inches.
* Obsolete and not available for production. For reference only.
** Consult Superior Application Group for operation approval above 1200 RPM.

3-14 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS

Application and Other Data
Standard Options for Sour Gas

Machines
(Lubricated Service)
The following information is based on ES13 and
ES1002 requirements
i 1. In cases where there
is 2 mole % or more
H2S and 5 mole % CO2,
Level 0-11P (Trace to 2.0 mole %H2S Content) then added caustic effect will
necessitate a jump to the next
1. Purged packaging. higher class. Trim as per Level
2-11P.
- or - 2. Forged steel cylinder
bodies made of AISI-1045,
2. API 11P Type 3 (without an oil slinger & AISI 4140 piston rod). 4140, or low-alloy steel
are to have a maximum hard-
ness of 235HB. Some cylinder
Level 1-11P (2.0 mole % to 5.0 mole % H2S Content) *1 pressure ratings
may be reduced because
Includes: of the mechanical properties
restrictions. CES Compressor
a. API 11P Type 2 distance piece with an oil slinger. Engineering will evaluate on
an individual basis.
b. 17-4PH stainless steel piston rod w/ tungsten carbide coating in the
packaging area.
c. All steel gas-wetted parts to be a maximum hardness of 22 HRC.

Chapter 3: Application and Other Data
i 1. Sour gas trim valves

do not meet NACE
Bolts and studs: ASTM A193-B7M, Nuts: ASTM A194-2HM*2.
requirements and include:
a. Softened AISI
4140 steel valve
Special Options for Sour Gas
bodies.
b. Nimonic valve
Machines
springs.
c. “MT” valve The following information is based on ES13 and
plate material.
d. When metallic ES1002 requirements
plates are requested,
Inconel X-750 will
be required. Level 2-11P (5.0 mole % and higher H2S Content)
Includes:
3-18 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
a. All of Level 1-11P Requirements.

b. Valves with Sour Gas trim *1.
Standard Options for Carbon Dioxide

Machines
The following information is based on ES13
and ES1002 requirements
Gas Concentration Levels Requiring CO2 Trim*1

1. For lubricated compression units operating below 400 psig suction
pressure or with pressure/CO2 concentration parameters to the left of the
curve, no special trim is required. All metal gaskets should be soft iron
or aluminum and o-rings should be nitrile, neoprene, or viton, depending
on operating conditions.
2. Corrosion will not be a problem in dry CO2; therefore, if the customer can
guarantee that his dehydration equipment will absolutely prevent moisture
dropout anywhere in the equipment downstream of the dehydration
process, then special trim will not be required. This agreement of bone dry
gas should be in writing and filed in the sales packet.
3. For non-lubricated compression jobs, special trim will be required for any
CO2 concentration above 2 mole %.
4. In the actual application of this standard, lubricated units having CO2
levels falling to the left of the curve should be judged on an individual
basis. If the gas is known to be extremely dirty, or if customer maintenance
is known from past experience to be poor, or if the unit is designed to
operate with more than the normal number of stops and starts, or with
complex unloading, then special trim may be necessary at lower CO2

i 1. Total gas content

must be considered
concentrations and pressures.
when applying
Superior ES 14. Consult
the curve for trimming require-
Figure 3-1: Trimming Curve for CO2 Applications (Lubricated Units with < 2% H2S)
ments. Includes:
2. In cases where there
is 2 mole % or more H2S a. API 11P Type 2 distance piece without an oil slinger & 17-4 PH
and 5 mole % CO2, then piston rod.
added caustic effect will
necessitate the need to trim
the compressor as per Level
2-11P. The curve in figure 3-1
should not be followed.
3-20 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Assembly Weight Charts

Estimated Average Reciprocating Assembly Weights (Piston,
Rod, Nuts, and Rings)
Assembly Weight - Lbs (kg)

Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Piston Piston Piston, Ring, With Aux.
Class Number Diameter Style Material & Std. Rod Distance Pce.
C15A 401CC 4.5 Solid C.I. 50 (23)
402CC 5.0 Solid C.I. 56 (25)
C15B 403CC 5.5 Solid C.I. 77 (35)
404CC 6.0 Solid C.I. 88 (40)
C15C **405/423CC6.5 Solid C.I. 99 (45)
**406/424CC 7.0 Solid C.I. 112 (51)
C15D **407/427CC 7.75 Solid C.I. 131 (59)
**408/428CC 8.25 Solid C.I. 142 (64)
C15E 409CC 9.0 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 89.09 (40.41) 97.54 (44.24)
410CC 9.5 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 95.04 (43.11) 103.49 (46.94)
434DC 9.5 3-Piece Alum/C.I.
C15F 411CC 10.5 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 117.33 (53.22) 125.78 (57.05)
**412CC 11.0 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 127.73 (57.94) 136.18 (61.77)
433CC 11.0 3-Piece Alum/C.I.
Cl5G 413CC 12.0 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 119.59 (54.25) 128.04 (58.08)
414CC 12.5 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 125.92 (57.12) 134.37 (60.95)
C15H 415/425CC 13.5 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 133.2 (60.42) 141.65 (64.25)
416/426CC 14.0 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 135.8 (61.6) 144.25 (65.43)
C15I 417CC *15.5 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 172.7 (78.34) 181.15 (82.17)
418CC *16.0 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 174.05 (78.95) 182.5 (82.78)
C15J 419CC *17.5 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 187.87 (85.22) 196.35 (89.05)
420CC *18.0 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 191.75 (86.98) 200.2 (90.81)
C15K 421CC *19.5 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 184.17 (83.54) 192.62 (87.37)
422CC *20.0 3-Piece Alum/C.I. 191.49 (86.86) 199.94 (90.70)
*Distance Piece is now standard on these cylinders.

** Obsolete and not available for production. For reference only.

Estimated Cylinder Assembly Weights
Cylinder Cylinder Bare Weight Assembly Weight

Class Number Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
C15A 401CC 1,250 (568) 1,823 (827)
402CC 1,250 (568) 1,829 (831)
C15B 403CC 1,801 (819) 2,529 (1,147)

404CC 1,760 (800) 2,497 (1,133)
C 15C *405/423CC 1,800 (818) 2,423 (1,101)

*406/424CC 1,800 (818) 2,433 (1,106)
C15D *407/427CC 1,252 (569) 1,984 (902)

*408/428CC 1,231 (560) 1,969 (895)
C15E 409CC 1,380 (627) 2,064 (938)

410CC 1,330 (605) 2,020 (918)
434DC
C15F 411CC 1,659 (754) 2,654 (1,206)

*412CC 1,629 (740) 2,624 (1,193)
433CC
C15G 413CC 1,940 (882) 2,955 (1,343)

414CC 1,930 (877) 2,945 (1,339)
C15H 415/425CC 2,200 (1,000) 3,359 (1,527)

416/426CC 2,200 (1,000) 3,359 (1,527)
C15I 417CC 2,369 (1,077) 3,567 (1,621)

418CC 2,264 (1,029) 3,462 (1,574)
C15J 419CC 2,500 (1,136) 3,717 (1,690)

420CC 2,500 (1,136) 3,717 (1,690)
C15K 421CC 3,000 (1,364) 4,217 (1,917)

422CC 3,000 (1,364) 4,217 (1,917)
3-22 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Standard Cylinder Specifications

Cylinder, Non-lined and Lubricated
Material Annealed Ductile Iron
Hardness HB 143 - 196
Tensile Strength Psi (MPa) 65,000 (448)
Valve Materials
Valve Seat 416 Stainless Steel
Valve Guard 416 Stainless Steel
Guide Ring 416 Stainless Steel
Springs 17-7 PH Stainless
Steel
Valve Plate Non-Metallic -
PEEK or MT
Piston
Material:
Lubrited CI 4.5" - 8.25"
Hardness HB 183 - 285
Cast Aluminum ends 9.00" - 20.00"
Hardness HB 70
Cast Iron Carrier HB 183 - 285
Number of Pieces:
Solid (one-piece) 4.5" - 8.25"
Split (three-piece) 9.00" - 20.00"

1,500 RPM FPM (m/s) 1250 (6.35)
1,200 RPM FPM (m/s) 1,000 (5.08)
Piston Rod
Diameter In (mm) 2 (50.8)
Material 4140 Steel, heat
treated
Hardness Induction hardened
HB (Rc) 269 - 321 (50 - 56)
Tensile Strength Psi (MPa) 130,000 (634)

Standard Cylinder Specifications (continued)

Piston Rod (concluded)
Rod Finish 16 Ra finish ground
Thread Type and Finish Class 2A 2"-8,
rolled 32 Ra
finish ground
Stroke In (mm) 5 (127)
Internal Rod Load Lb (kg) 40,000 (18,144)
Net Rod Load Lb (kg) 35,000 (15,876)
Piston and Rod Bolting Single collar nut and

Arrangement washer fastening the
piston to the rod
Packing, non-cooled
Pressure Ring Carbon filled Teflon
Wiper Ring Tinnized cast iron
Flange Material Steel 09-001
Cup Material Cast iron 09-009
Number Of Ring Sets

4.5" - 6.0" 7 sets, lubricated
6.50" - 9.5" 6 sets, lubricated
10.5" - 20.0" 5 sets, non-lubricated
Gasket and Seal Materials

Packing Case Cup Gasket Armco Iron
Packing Case Flange Seal Viton, grade 90
VVP Head Seal Viton, grade 90
VVP Shaft Seal Viton, grade 90
Cap Seal, suction and discharge Viton, grade 90
Valve Seat Gasket ASTM A620
sheet steel
Valve Spacer Gasket ASTM A620
sheet steel
Crosshead Guide Cover Seal Buna - N
Cylinder To Crosshead Seal Buna-N
Cylinder To Distance Piece Seal Buna-N
“Clam Shell” Design Cylinder Flat fiber gasket,
Head Gasket Armstrong type
TN 9000
3-24 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM Cylinder Lineup Chart

RAM Cylinder Lineup Data Summary @ 1200 RPM and @1500
RPM
Cyl. Valve Size

Diameter MWP Class Number and Number HC HCO HC1 CC HCS CCS
4.50 2000 C15A 401CC 3.25" -4 20.77 20.77 7.47 25.86 None None
5.00 2000 C15A 402CC 3.25" -4 18.10 18.10 6.05 20.51 None None
5.50 1600 C15B 403CC 4.00" -4 20.48 20.48 8.10 24.35 None None
6.00 1600 C15B 404CC 4.00" -4 18.58 18.58 6.81 20.40 None None
* 6.50 1250 C15C 405CC 4.00" -4 15.21 15.21 9.59 17.47 7.44 8.22
* 7.00 1250 C15C 406CC 4.00" -4 14.23 14.23 8.26 15.33 6.41 7.01
6.50 1500 C15C 423CC 4.88" -4 19.37 19.37 9.59 22.70 11.32 12.51
7.00 1350 C15C 424CC 4.88" -4 17.69 17.69 8.26 19.60 9.76 10.63
* 7.75 900 C15D 407CC 5.75" -4 17.95 17.95 10.07 19.98 10.95 11.73
* 8.25 900 C15D 408CC 5.75" -4 18.20 18.20 8.89 18.10 9.66 10.27
7.75 1250 C15D 427CC 5.75" -4 17.95 17.95 10.07 19.98 10.95 11.73
8.25 1200 C15D 428CC 5.75" -4 18.20 17.28 8.89 18.10 9.66 10.27
9.00 850 C15E 409CC 5.75" -4 14.29 14.29 12.10 15.53 8.12 8.54
9.50 850 C15E 410CC 5.75" -4 13.85 13.85 10.86 14.07 7.29 7.62
9.50 600 C15FC 434DC 5.25" -8
10.50 600 C15F 411CC 5.25" -8 14.27 14.27 11.61 15.72 4.89 5.07
*11.00 600 C15F 412CC 5.25" -8 16.04 16.04 10.58 16.20 4.57 4.60
11.00 600 C15FC 433CC 5.25" -8
12.00 500 C15G 413CC 5.25" -8 12.15 12.15 13.89 13.19 3.74 3.85
12.50 500 C15G 414CC 5.25" -8 12.28 12.28 12.80 12.38 3.45 3.54
*13.50 280 C15H 415CC 5.75" -8 11.78 11.78 13.28 12.77 3.61 3.69
*14.00 280 C15H 416CC 5.75" -8 12.14 12.14 12.35 11.94 3.36 3.43
13.50 450 C15H 425CC 6.50" -8 14.56 14.56 13.28 16.17 4.37 4.47
14.00 450 C15H 426CC 6.50" -8 15.20 15.20 12.35 15.14 4.37 4.47
15.50 325 C15I 417CC 7.00" -8 11.94 11.94 5.33 12.15 5.02 5.10
16.00 300 C15I 418CC 7.00" -8 11.65 11.65 5.00 11.84 4.71 4.78
17.50 200 C15J 419CC 8.00" -8 12.51 12.51 5.29 12.69 6.18 6.26
18.00 200 C15J 420CC 8.00" -8 11.89 11.89 5.00 12.05 5.84 5.91
19.50 185 C15K 421CC 8.00" -8 10.23 10.23 4.26 10.32 4.97 5.03
20.00 175 C15K 422CC 8.00" -8 9.69 9.69 4.05 9.80 4.73 4.78
MWP = Maximum Working Pressure. Psi. HCS = Head End Clearance Added per Valve Spacer
HC = Minimum Head End Clearance with CCS = Crank End Clearance Added per Valve Spacer
Minimum Clearance Head Variable Volume Pocket Travel = 5.0 inches
HCO = Minimum Head End Clearance with
Variable Volume Clearance Pocket
HC1 = % Clearance Added per Inch of Pocket Travel
Maximum Rod Load = 30,000 lbs.
i RAM Cylinder
Maximum Working Pres-
CC = Crank End Clearance sures were
uprated midyear 1993.
(Clearances are expressed as a percentage of total cylinder volume.)

RAM Cylinder Lineup Data @ 1200 RPM and @ 1500 RPM
Cyl. ——@ 1200 RPM—— ——@ 1500 RPM——

Diameter MWP Class Number HA CA HD CD TD HD
CD TD
4.50 20000 C15A 401CC 15.90 12.76 55.22 44.31 99.54 69.03 55.39 124.42
5.00 2000 C15A 402CC 19.63 16.49 68.18 57.27 125.45 85.22 71.59 156.81
5.50 1600 C15B 403CC 23.76 20.62 82.49 71.59 154.08 103.12 89.48 192.60
6.00 1600 C15B 404CC 28.27 25.13 98.17 87.27 185.44 122.72 109.08 231.80
* 6.50 1250 C15C 405CC 33.18 30.04 115.22 104.31 219.53 144.05 130.39 274.41
* 7.00 1250 C15C 406CC 38.48 35.34 133.63 122.72 256.34 167.036 153.40 320.43
6.50 1500 C15C 423CC 33.18 30.04 155.22 104.31 219.53 144.02 130.39 274.41
7.00 1350 C15C 424CC 38.48 35.34 133.63 122.72 256.34 167.03 153.40 320.43
* 7.75 900 C15D 407CC 47.17 44.03 163.79 152.89 316.68 204.74 191.11 395.85
* 8.25 900 C15D 408CC 53.46 50.31 185.61 174.70 360.31 232.01 218.38 450.39
7.75 1250 C15D 427CC 47.17 44.03 163.79 152.89 316.68 204.74 191.11 395.85
8.25 1200 C15D 428CC 53.46 50.31 185.61 174.70 360.31 232.01 218.38 450.39
9.00 850 C15E 409CC 63.62 60.48 220.89 209.98 430.88 276.12 262.48 538.60
9.50 850 C15E 410CC 70.88 67.74 246.12 235.21 481.33 307.65 294.01 601.66
9.50 600 C15FC 434DC

10.50 600 C15F 411CC 86.59 83.45 300.66 289.75 590.41 375.82 362.19 738.01
* 11.00 600 C15F 412CC 95.03 91.89 329.98 319.07 649.04 412.47 398.83 811.30
11.00 600 C15FC 433CC
12.00 500 C15G 413CC 113.10 109.96 392.70 381.79 774.49 490.87 477.24 968.11
12.50 500 C15G 414CC 122.72 119.58 426.10 415.20 841.30 532.63 519.00 1051.63
* 13.50 280 C15H 415CC 143.14 140.00 497.01 486.10 983.11 621.26 607.63 1228.89
* 14.00 280 C15H 416CC 153.94 150.80 534.51 523.60 1058.10 668.13 654.50 1322.63
13.50 450 C15H 425CC 143.15 140.00 497.01 486.10 983.11 621.26 607.63 1228.89
14.00 450 C15H 426CC 153.94 150.80 534.51 523.60 1058.10 668.13 654.50 1322.63
15.50 325 C15I 417CC 188.69 185.55 655.18 644.27 1299.45 818.97 805.34 1624.31
16.00 300 C15I 418CC 201.06 197.92 698.13 687.22 1385.35 872.66 859.03 1731.69
17.50 200 C15J 419CC 240.53 237.39 835.16 824.26 1659.42 1043.96 1030.32 2074.28
18.00 200 C15J 420CC 254.47 251.33 883.57 872.66 1756.23 1104.47 1090.83 2195.30
19.50 185 C15K 421CC 298.68 295.51 1036.97 1026.06 2063.03 1296.21 1282.58 2578.79
20.00 175 C15K 422CC 314.16 311.02 1090.83 1079.92 2170.75 1363.54 1349.90 2713.40

HA = Head End Area. sq. in.
CA = Crank End Area. sq. in
HD = Head End Displacement. cu. ft./minute
CD = Crank End Displacement. cu. ft./minute
TD = Total Displacement. cu. ft./minute
* Obsolete and not available for production. For reference only.
i RAM Cylinder
Maximum Working Pres-
sures were
uprated midyear 1993.
3-26 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Cylinder Head End Support Recommendations

Packaging Recommendations for Cylinder Head End
Supports
Cylinder Bore CylinderCyl + Bottles 1500 RPM Design 1400 RPM Design 1200 RPM Design
Class Range Weight Est Weight Full Support Pipe SupportFull Support Pipe Support Full SupportPipe Support
C15A 4.5/5.0 1825 2920 Required -- Required -- Required --
C15B 5.5/6.0 2510 4015 Required -- Required -- Required --
C15C 6.5/7.0 2430 3885 Required -- Required -- Required --
C15D 7.75/8.25 1975 3160 Required -- Required -- Required --
C15E 9.0/9.5 2050 3280 Required -- Required -- Required --
C15F 10.5/11.0 2640 4225 Required -- Required -- Required --
C15FC
C15G 12.0/12.5 2950 4720 -- Recommended Required -- Required --
C15H 13.5/14.0 3360 5375 -- Recommended -- Recommended Required --
C15I 15.5/16.0 3515 5625 N/A N/A -- Recommended Required --
C15J 17.5/18.0 3720 5950 N/A N/A N/A N/A Required --
C15K 19.5/20.0 4220 6750 N/A N/A N/A N/A -- Recommended
Cylinder Bore CylinderCyl + Bottles 1000 RPM Design 900 RPM Design
Class Range Weight Est Weight Full Support Pipe Support Full Support Pipe Support
C15A 4.5/5.0 1825 2920 Recommended -- Recommended --
C15B 5.5/6.0 2510 4015 Recommended -- Recommended --
C15C 6.5/7.0 2430 3885 Recommended -- Recommended --
C15D 7.75/8.25 1975 3160 Recommended -- Recommended --
C15E 9.0/9.5 2050 3280 Recommended -- Recommended --
C15F 10.5/11.0 2640 4225 Recommended -- Recommended --
C15FC
C15G 12.0/12.5 2950 4720 Required -- Recommended --
C15H 13.5/14.0 3360 5375 Required -- Required --
C15I 15.5/16.0 3515 5625 Required -- Required --
C15J 17.5/18.0 3720 5950 Required -- Required --
C15K 19.5/20.0 4220 6750 Required -- Required --
Bottle weights (sum for both suction and discharge bottles) are estimated to be 60% of the cylinder weight. Weights are in Lbs.
For some cylinder/design speed combinations, the cylinder may be installed on the package with one of several support setups.
The best of the choices is listed as recommended.

Weight Ranges for Acceptable Use of Various Types of

Cylinder Head End Supports
Weight of Cylinder Plus Attached Bottles (in Lbs)

Design Operating Full A-Frame 4" Vertical Pipe No Head End
Speed (RPM) Support Support Support*
900 1500 to 8500 1500 to 4750 1500 to 2000
1000 1500 to 8000 1500 to 4250 3000 to 3600
1200 1500 to 6000 6000 to 8000 2200 to 2600

1500 to 2750
1400 1500 to 4750 4750 to 6250 1500 to 2000

1500 to 2250
1500 1500 to 4225 4225 to 5750 1500 to 1800

1500 to 1900
*Wedge-type discharge bottle supports are to be used only when no head end supports are used.
3-28 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Gas Passage Dimensions

Gas Passage Dimensions
Gas Flange CE Passage CE Valves HE Passage HE Valves Passage
Ext
Cyl. Cyl. Dia. MWPPassageDia. Length Dia. Length Dia. Length Dia. Length Dia. Length Dia.
Length
Class No. (In) (Psi) Volume (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In)
(In3) Df Lf Dcp Lcp Dcv Lcv Dhp Lhp Dhv Lhv Dhe Lhe
C15A 401 4.50 2000 461 4.000 6.130 4.550 4.700 5.880 4.250 4.550 4.700 5.880 4.250 0.000 0.000
C15A 402 5.00 2000 447 4.000 6.130 4.550 4.700 5.880 4.000 4.550 4.700 5.880 4.000 0.000 0.000
C15B 403 5.50 1600 846 4.000 7.750 5.750 5.200 7.000 6.000 5.750 5.200 7.250 6.000 0.000 0.000
C15B 404 6.00 1600 826 4.000 7.750 5.750 5.200 7.000 5.750 5.750 5.200 7.250 5.750 0.000 0.000
C15C 405 6.50 1250 976 4.500 8.250 6.150 5.500 8.000 5.150 6.150 5.500 8.000 5.150 0.000 0.000
C15C 406 7.00 1250 951 4.500 8.250 6.150 5.500 8.000 4.900 6.150 5.500 8.000 4.900 0.000 0.000
C15D 407 7.75 900 925 5.940 8.625 5.580 4.000 7.450 5.625 5.580 4.000 7.450 5.625 0.000 0.000
C15D 408 8.25 900 903 5.940 8.625 5.580 4.000 7.450 5.375 5.580 4.000 7.450 5.375 0.000 0.000
C15E 409 9.00 850 822 6.000 9.250 5.000 5.500 5.500 7.250 5.000 5.500 5.500 7.250 0.000 0.000
C15E 410 9.50 850 810 6.000 9.250 5.000 5.500 5.500 7.000 5.000 5.500 5.500 7.000 0.000 0.000
C15F 411 10.50 600 1744 8.000 9.630 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.250 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.250 0.000 0.000
C15F 412 11.00 600 1717 8.000 9.630 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.000 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.000 0.000 0.000
C15G 413 12.00 500 1769 8.000 10.130 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.250 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.250 0.000 0.000
C15G 414 12.50 500 1742 8.000 10.130 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.000 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.000 0.000 0.000
C15H 415 13.50 280 1921 8.000 9.300 7.070 4.000 9.900 7.400 7.070 4.000 9.900 7.400 0.000 0.000
C15H 416 14.00 280 1882 8.000 9.300 7.040 4.000 9.900 7.150 7.070 4.000 9.900 7.150 0.000 0.000
C15I 417 15.50 325 3563 10.000 9.400 9.870 6.180 12.630 7.500 9.870 6.180 12.630 7.500 0.000 0.000
C15I 418 16.00 300 3501 10.000 9.400 9.870 6.180 12.630 7.250 9.870 6.180 12.630 7.250 0.000 0.000
C15J 419 17.50 200 4543 10.000 9.200 13.440 6.915 11.310 9.250 13.440 6.915 11.310 9.250 0.000 0.000
C15J 420 18.00 200 4493 10.000 9.200 13.440 6.915 11.310 9.000 13.440 6.915 11.310 9.000 0.000 0.000
C15K 421 19.50 185 5471 11.250 11.500 15.300 5.930 12.720 8.450 15.300 5.930 12.720 8.450 0.000 0.000
C15K 422 20.00 175 5408 11.250 11.500 15.300 5.930 12.720 8.200 15.300 5.930 12.720 8.200 0.000 0.000
C15C 423 6.50 1500 976 4.500 8.250 6.150 5.500 8.000 5.150 6.150 5.500 8.000 5.150 0.000 0.000
C15C 424 7.00 1350 951 4.500 8.250 6.150 5.500 8.000 4.900 6.150 5.500 8.000 4.900 0.000 0.000
C15H 425 13.50 450 1921 8.000 9.300 7.070 4.000 9.900 7.400 7.070 4.000 9.900 7.400 0.000 0.000
C15H 426 14.00 450 1882 8.000 9.300 7.070 4.000 9.900 7.150 7.070 4.000 9.900 7.150 0.000 0.000
C15D 427 7.75 1250 925 5.940 8.625 5.580 4.000 5.880 5.625 5.580 4.000 7.450 5.625 0.000 0.000
C15D 428 8.25 1200 903 5.940 8.625 5.580 4.000 5.880 5.375 5.580 4.000 7.450 5.375 0.000 0.000
C15F 433 11.00 600 1717 8.000 9.630 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.000 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.000 0.000 0.000
C15F 434 9.50 600 1717 8.000 9.630 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.000 7.420 5.430 8.330 7.000 0.000 0.000
*Data for this class of cylinders will be available at a later date from CES engineering.

Figure 3-2: Sketch of Cylinder Gas Passages
Cylinder Flange
Lf Df
Lhv Dhe Dhp Dcp Lcv
Dhv Dcv
Lhe Lhp Lcp
Head End Valves Crank End Valves
3-30 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
RAM COMPRESSORS

Cylinder Specifications
Cylinder Number Explanation

401 C C
Maximum Rod Load Limit

(Net)
Rod Load (lbs) Rod Size (in) Model Stroke (in)

C 35,000 2.00 RAM 5
M 42,000 2.25 MH 6
H 55,000 2.50 WH 6
K 70,000 2.75 WG6 6
X 60,000 2.50 W7 7
G 70,000 2.75 WG7 7
Material And Liner Designation

C Ductile Iron cylinder without a liner.
D Ductile Iron cylinder with a field replaceable liner.
J Forged Steel cylinder with a liner (interference fit).
Unique Cylinder Number

Chapter 3: Cylinder Specifications
C15A Class 4.50 - 5.00"

Cylinder Specifications C15A Class
Maximum Working Pressure (MWP) PSI 2000
(kg/cm2) (140.6)
Maximum Allowable (MAWP) PSI 2200
Working Pressure (kg/cm2) (154.7)
Hydrostatic Testing (HTP) PSI 3300
Pressure (kg/cm2) (232.1)
Suction and Discharge Flange
Size in 4
(mm) (101.6)
Rating Lbs 1500
(kg) (680.4)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
Compressor Piston Ring
Rider-Compression Ring
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 4
Compressor Piston
Rider Band
Type N/A
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 0
Clearance to Pull the in 82.38
Piston and Rod Assembly (mm) (2092.5)
From Centerline of Frame
Maximum VVP Travel in 5
(mm) (127.0)
3-34 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Cylinder Number 401CC 402CC

Bore in 4.5 5.0
(mm) (114.3) (127.0)
Crank End Displacement (CD)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 55.39 71.59
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 44.31 57.27
Head End Displacement (HD)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 69.03 85.22
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 55.22 68.18
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 25.86 20.51
% Head end (HC) 20.77 18.10
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 20.77 18.10
% HC 1- per inch VVP 7.47 6.05
% Head end Clearance per spacer (HCS) N/A N/A
% Crank end Clearance per spacer (CCS) N/A N/A
% Minimum Head Clearance 20.77 18.10
VVP Bore Diameter in 2.75 2.75
(mm) (69.9) (69.9)

3-36
S 1/2 MOS UDMS
ENQ O9BIHMF
0,. .
T
/ -2" JMQ M79GFJD HR 8B
4"-1500 EJ9S E9 BD EJ9MFD

BNMMDBSHNM - (8) 1-1/4"-7TMB S9OODC GNJDR
1.88 CDDO DPT9JJX RO9BDC NM .50 CH9. A. B.
12.25 N.C. - RTBSHNM 9MC CHRBG9QFD
7/8- TMB RSTC (4)
OJ9M UHDV /2 ,53
0,/ 1
06,/ 1 /5 ,53 BJD9Q9MBD QDP C. SN

QDLNUD U9JUDR
2/ ,03 9H LPBA ) 24,03 LMBJ
BJD9Q9MBD QDP C. SN QDLNUD
34,53
/ -2" JMQ 9UHFJABO OHRSNM 9MC QNC 9RRDLAJ
S9OODC GNJDR
HR8B ( FJHBQ QLM
M79GFJDH R 8B
U
RTBSHNM
S 1/2 MOS UDMS
/ -2" JMQ 9UHFJABO
ENQ O9BIHMF
HR8B ( FJHBQ 8LQQLI
// ,53
23W
/ 3W
V
V W
/ 4,.. AF7 8,9,
5,. .
/ 6,.. AF7
// ,53
M79GFJ D
CH7J DB
T C79B
CHRBG9QFE 1/2 MOS CQ9HM

/ ,03 ENQ O9BIHMF
/ -2" JMQ CLO
GD9C DMC U MR ODB D7 P
/ -2" JMQ 9UHFJABO 0,. .
SEBJ OB NRFOBA
HR8B ( LJB LJ 87 9G RHCD UHDV BQ9MI DMC
PFAB
ER R SGU
CMC . VXSGUL
RU
LQFXVWUL
GV SR DR 65 1- VSULQIHLGOF
- R JLR 56612
1,03 (2) 5/8-11 Z 1.13 CDDO
S9OODC GNJDR ENQ RTOONQS
4,3. AX NSGDQR VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 5
E OLQFGUEOCVVBEL6C FUCZLQI QR/
E O VLG
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
E OLQFGU QXPDGUVB 512E
E- 513EE
5/606/1 VN.8611.5 12
C15B Class 5.50 - 6.00"

Cylinder Specifications C15B Class
(kg/cm2) (112.5)
Hydrostatic Testing (HTP) PSI 2640
Size in 6
(mm) (152.4)
Rating Lbs 900
(kg) (409.1)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 5
Compressor Piston Rider Band
Type N/A
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 0
(mm) (127.0)


Bore in 5.5 6.0
(mm) (139.7) (152.4)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 89.48 109.08
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 71.59 87.27
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 103.12 122.72
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 82.49 98.17
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 24.35 20.40
% Head end (HC) 20.48 18.58
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 20.48 18.58
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 8.10 6.81
% Head end Clearance per spacer (HCS) N/A N/A
% Crank end Clearance per spacer (CCS) N/A N/A
(mm) (88.9) (88.9)
3-38 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
T 203 QSW YGQW
H R U SCENLQI
0,. .
U
/ -2" LNR N8AHGLE IS9C

7".A11( HOCW HCEG HOCQIG
ERQQGEWLRQ . )23, 2.209".8XQE WCSSGF JROG V
2/99 FGGSGTXCOO VSCEGF RQ 23/61 FLC/ E/ D/
26/11 R/F/ . VXEWL

R Q CQF FLVEJCUI G
809.A XQE VWXF)5,
SOCQ YLGZ /4 ,1/
0,/ 1
10,. . 0/ ,16 EOGCUCQEG UGT F/WR

UGPR YG YCOYGV
22,03 AIMQCB ) 27,03 MNCL
/ -2" LNR AVIGLBC
P CLEARANCE REQ D. TO REMOVE 809.A XQE 2. 203 FGGS
IS9C( GLICR RM
N 41,34
PISTO N AND RO D ASSEMBLY WCSSGFJ R OGV
V
VXEWL
RQ N8AHGLE IS 9C / -2" LNR N8AHGLE IS9C
1/3 QSW YGQW

T
/ -2" LNR AVIGLBC
P FO R PACJING
IS9C( GLICR 9MRR
MJ
/ 1,3. 23Y.,....X Y
23Y
/ 3Y
W W
/ 4,.. BG8 9,A,

4,3.
/ 6,.. BG8
/ 1,3.
/ -2" LNR DMP
U NS PEC E8Q N8AHGLE
TFCL PCO SGPCB DI8LE C
203 QSW FUCLQ D8AC
/ ,03 H R U SCENLQI
DISCHARG E
JGCF GQF V
/ -2" LNR AVIGLB
CP 0,. .
IS9C( MLC ML 98AH EO YCOYGV EO YCOYGV EUCQN GQF ER R SGU
CMC . VXSGUL
RU
QGBC LQFXVWUL
- R JLR 56612
5,1/ 1 5,1/ 1
)3, 609.22 2/24 FGGS VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 7
VLFG YL
GZ
WCSSGFJ R OGVH R U VXSSR UW E OLQFGUEOCVVBEL6D
E O VLG FUCZLQI QR/
D R WJGUV
E- 515EE
6/607/1 VN.8611.5 14
3-39
C15C Class 6.50 - 7.00"

Cylinder Specifications C15C Class
6.5 7.0
Maximum Working Pressure (MWP) PSI 1500 1350
(kg/cm2) (105.6) (95.0)
Maximum Allowable (MAWP) PSI 1650 1485
Working Pressure (kg/cm2) (116.1) (104.5)
Hydrostatic Testing Pressure (HTP) PSI 2475 2228
Pressure (kg/cm2) (174.2) (156.8)
Size in 6
(mm) (152.4)
Rating Lbs 900
(kg) (409.1)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 4
Type N/A
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 0
(mm) (127.0)
3-40 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Cylinder Number
Bore in
405CC
6.5
406CC
7.0
i Cylinders
405CC/406CC are
obsolete and not
(mm) (165.1) (177.8) available for production.
This page is for reference pur-
Crank End Displacement (CD) poses only.
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 130.39 153.40
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 104.31 122.72
1,500RPM (Cu. ft/min) 144.02 167.03
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 115.22 133.63
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 17.47 15.33
% Head end (HC) 15.21 14.23
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 15.21 14.23
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 9.59 8.26
% Head end Clearance per spacer (HCS) 7.44 6.41
% Crank end Clearance per spacer (CCS) 8.22 7.01
(mm) (114.3) (114.3)


Bore in 6.5 7.0
(mm) (165.1) (177.8)
1.500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 130.39 153.40
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 104.31 122.72
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 144.02 167.03
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 115.22 133.63
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 22.70 19.60
% Head end (HC) 19.37 17.69
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 19.37 17.69
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 9.59 8.26
(mm) (114.3) (114.3)
3-42 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
S 203 OQU WFOU
GPS QBDLJO H
0,. .
T
/ -2" JMQ M79GFJD HR8B
7".A11( GMBU GBDF GMBOH F

DPOOFDUJPO . )23, 2.209".8VOD UBQQFE IPMFT
2/99 EFFQFR VBMMZ TQBDFE PO 23/61 EJB/ C/
D/
26/11 P/E / . TVDUJPO BOE EJ TDIBSH F
809.A VOD TUVE)5,

QMBO WJFX / 4,1/
0,/ 1
10,. . 0/ ,15 DMFBSBODF SFR E/ UP

SFNPWF WBMWFT
22,03 9HLPBA ) 26,03 LMBJ
/ -2" JMQ 9UHFJABO DMFBSBODF SFR E/ UP SFNPWF 809.A VOD Y 2.203 EFFQ
HR8B ( FJHBQ QLM 41,34
QJTUPO BOE SPE BTTFNCMZ UBQQFE IPMFT
U / -2" JMQ
TVDUJPO M79GFJDH R 8B
203 OQU WFOU

S
/ -2" JMQ 9UHFJABO GPS QBDLJO H
HR8B ( FJHBQ 8LQQLI
/ 1,3. 23W
23W
/ 3W
V
V / 3W
/ 4,.. AF7 8,9,
4,3.
/ 5,.. AF7
/ 1,3.
/ -2" JMQ CLO
MR ODB D7 P
T M79GFJ D
S EBJ OB NRFOBA
CH7J DB
203 OQU ESBJO C79B
EJTDIBSH F / ,03 GPS QBDLJO H
IFBE FO E U
/ -2" JMQ 9UHFJABO 0,. .
HR8B ( LJB LJ 87 9G DSBOL FOE
ER R SGU
PFAB TJEF WJFX CMC .VXSGUL
RU
LQFXVWULGV SR DR 65 1- VSULQIHLGO
F- RJLR 56612
1,03 )3, 609.22 2/24 EFFQ

UBQQFE IPMFT GPS TVQQPSU E OLQFGUEOCVVBEL6E VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 7
CZ PUIFST E OLQFGU QXPDGUVB 516EE
- 517EE FUCZLQI QR/
E O VLG
E OLQFGU QXPDGUVB 534EE
- 535EE
7/608/1 VN.8611.5 16
3-43
C15D Class 7.75 - 8.25"

Cylinder Specifications C15D Class
7.75 8.25
(kg/cm2) (88.0) (84.5)
Hydrostatic Testing (HTP) PSI 2063 1980
Pressure (kg/cm2) (145.2) (139.4)
Size in 6
(mm) (152.4)
Rating Lbs 600
(kg) (272.7)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 4
Type N/A
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 0
Clearance to Pull the in. 83.7
(mm) (127.0)
3-44 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Cylinder Number
Bore in
407CC
7.75
408CC
8.25
i Cylinders
407CC/408CC are
obsolete and not
(mm) (196.9) (209.6) available for production.
This page is for reference pur-
Crank End Displacement (CD) poses only.
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 191.11 218.38
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 152.89 174.70
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 204.74 232.01
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 163.79 185.61
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 19.98 18.10
% Head end (HC) 17.95 18.20
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 17.95 18.20
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 10.07 8.89
(mm) (139.7) (139.7)


Bore in 7.75 8.25
(mm) (196.9) (209.6)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 191.11 218.38
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 152.89 174.70
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 204.74 232.01
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 163.79 185.61
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 19.98 18.10
% Head end (HC) 17.95 18.20
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 17.95 18.20
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 10.07 8.89
(mm) (139.7) (139.7)
3-46 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
S
203 OQU WFOU

GPS QBDLJO H
0,. .
T
/ -2" JMQ M79GFJD HR 8B
7".711( GMBU GBDF GMBOH F

DPOOFDUJPO . )23, 2".9VOD UBQQFE IPMFT
2/86 EFFQFR VBMMZ TQBDFE PO 22/61 EJB/ C/
D/
/2 ,1/ 809.A VOD TUVE)5,

QMBO WJFX 0,/ 1
06,41
9H LPBA ) 25,03 LMBJ 29/74 DMFBSBODF SFR E/UP

DMFBSBODF SFR E/ UP SFNPWF SFNPWF WBMWFT
36,.4
QJTUPO BOE SPE BTTFNCMZ 809.A VOD Y 2.203 EFFQ
U / -2" JMQ M79GFJD UBQQFE IPMFT
TVDUJPO H R 8B 5 . IPMFT NBSLFE
203 OQU WFOU

S
/ -2" JMQ 9UH , GPS QBDLJO I
H R 8B FJHBQ
QLM
23W
/2 ,. .
23W
/ 3W
V V
/ 3W
/ 4,.. AF7 8,9,
5,. .
/2 ,. . / -2" JMQ CLO

/ -2" JMQ 9UH , MR ODB D7 P / 6,.. AF7
T
H R 8B FJHBQ SEBJ OB NRFOBA
8LQQLI
203 OQU ESB JO M79GFJ D
/ ,03 GPS QBDLJOH BO E CH7J DB
EJTDIBSH F
EJTUBODF QJFDF C79B
IFBE FO E U
0,. .
/ -2" JMQ 9UH , WBMWFT
ER R SGU
DSBOL FOE
CMC .VXSGUL
RU
LQFXVWULGV SR DR 65 1- VSULQIHLGOF
- RJLR 56612
HR8B ( LJB LJ 5,1/ 1 5,1/ 1
87 9G PFAB RX WOLQG FUCZLQ
I
)3, 609.22 2/24 EFFQ TJEF WJFX
1,03 E OLQFGUEOCVVBEL6F VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 8
UBQQFE IPMFT GPS TVQQPSU
CZ PUIFST E OLQFGU QXPDGUVB 518EE
- 519EE E O VLG FUCZLQI QR/
- 539EE
8/8609/36 VN.8611.5 18
3-47
C15E Class 9.00 - 9.50"

Cylinder Specifications C15E Class
(kg/cm2) (59.8)
Hydrostatic Testing Pressure (HTP) PSI 1403
Size in 6
(mm) (152.4)
Rating Lbs 600
(kg) (272.7)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CFTE
Quantity No. 1
Compressor Piston
Rider Compression Ring
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 2
Type N/A
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
(mm) (127.0)
3-48 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

Bore in 9.0 9.5
(mm) (228.6) (241.3)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 262.48 294.01
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 209.98 235.21
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 276.12 307.65
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 220.89 246.12
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 15.53 14.07
% Head end (HC) 14.29 13.85
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 14.29 14.29
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 12.10 10.87
VVP Bore Diameter in 7 7
(mm) (177.8) (177.8)

3-50
T
203 QSW YGQW
H R U SCENL
QI
0,. .
U
/ -2" LNR N8AHGLE IS9C
7".711( HNCV HCEG HNCPIG

EQPPGEVLQP )23, . 2".9WPE VCRRGF JQNGU
2/86 FGGRGS WCNN URCEGF QP 22/61 FLC/ D/E
/
25/11 Q/F/ . UWEVL
Q P CPF FLUEJCTIG
/2 ,1/ 809.A XQE VWXF)5,

SOCQ YLGZ 0,/ 1
06,41
/ 7,03 EOGCUCQEG UGT F/ WR
AIMQCB ) 25,03 MNCL UGPR YG YCOYGV
ENGCTCPEG TG S F/ VQ TGOQXG
36,. 4
RLUVQ P CPF TQ F CUUGODN
V / -2" LNR N8AHGLE
V
VXEWL
RQ
IS 9C
/ -2" LNR AVI, 203 PRV XGPV

T
H Q T RCEML
PI
IS9C GLIC R
RMN 3
U
/2 ,53
23X
/ 3X
W
W / 3X
/ 4,.. BG8 9,A,
5,53
/2 ,53
/ -2" LNR DMP
/ -2" LNR AVI, / 6,. . BG8
NS PEC E8Q
IS9C GLIC R
TFCL PCO SGPCB
9MRRMJ 203 QSW FUCLQ N8AHGLE
/ ,03 H R U SCENL QI DI8LEC
JGCF GQF FLUEJCTIG D8AC
EUCQN GQF
0,. .
/ -2" LNR AVI,
IS9C( MLCML VLFG YL
GZ
ER R SGU
CMC . VXSGUL
RU
98AH QGBC LQFXVWUL
- R JLR 56612
)3, 609.22 2/24 FGGS RX WOLQG FUCZLQ

I
1,03 WCSSGFJ R OGVH R U VXSSR UW
VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 5
D Q VJGTU
E OLQFGUEOCVVBEL6G FUCZLQI QR/
E O VLG
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
E OLQFGU QXPDGUB 51AEE - 521EE
A/10A/6 VN.8611.51A
C15F Class 9.50 - 11.00"

Cylinder Specifications C15F Class
kg/cm2) (42.2)
Size in 8
(mm) (203.2)
Rating Lbs 300
(kg) (136.4)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CFTE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 2
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
(mm) (127.0)

Cylinder Number 411CC *412CC 433CC 4340C

Bore in 10.5 11.0 11.0 9.5
(mm) (266.7) (279.4) (279.4)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 362.19 398.83 398.83
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 289.75 319.07 319.07
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 375.82 412.47 412.47
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 300.66 329.98 329.98
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 15.72 16.20 15.72 29.03
% Head end (HC) 14.27 16.04 16.65 29.72
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 14.27 16.04 16.65 29.72
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 11.61 10.58 10.58 12.31
% Head end Clearance (HCS) 4.89 4.57 4.57 5.31
per spacer
% Crank end Clearance (CCS) 5.07 4.60 4.60 5.17
per spacer
% Minimum Head Clearance 14.27 16.04 16.65 29.72
VVP Bore Diameter in 8 8 8 8
(mm) (203.2) (203.2) (203.2) (203.2)
i Cylinder 412CC is obse-

lete and not available
for production. For refer-
ence only.
3-52 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
- )0" HJO 7S F(
COW/ FGVEULSWL
RQ FCWG FP69 DHF9O
3 CFF OXDG SR LQWV 23.17.A1 OIJ
3
4 CFF SUR SULGWCUVWCPS 1A.19.A3 Q
5 PC Z RUNLQI SUGVVXUG ZCV586 SVL 1A.39.A4
6 FUCZLQI QXPDGU ZC VEL6H 22.27. A4
9".411( HOCW HC EG HOCQIG
ERQQGEWLRQ . )23, 809.AXQE WCSSGF JROGV
2/61 FGGSGTXCOO VSCEGF RQ 24/11 FLC/ E/D/
- (2/
26/11 R/F/ . VXEWL
R Q CQF FLVEJCUI G
PDA AI8GJO A9 9N6SEIC O 8J IP6EI 8J IBE9AIPE6G 6I9 PN69AOA8NAP
EIBJ NH6PEJ I SD E8D EO PDA LNJ LANPUJ B 8J J LAN EI9 QOPNEAO OQLANEJN
R
6I9 NA8AELP JN LJOOAOOEJI 9JAO IJP 8JIRAU 6IU NECDPO PJ GJ6I(
OAGG( JN JPDANSEOA 9EO8GJOA O6E9 EIBJNH6PEJI) NALNJ9Q8PEJIJ N
QOA J B O6E9 EIBJ NH6PEJ Q H R U CQ SXUSRVG R WJGU WJCQ WJCW LQ
8J IIA 8PEJ I SEPD SD E8D O6E9 EIBJ NH6PEJ I S6 O OQLLGEA9 H6UIJ P7A
H69A SEPD JQ P ATLNAOOA9 SNEPPAI LANHEOOEJ I J B 8J J LAN EI9 QOPNEAS

OQLANEJN) PDEO 9J8Q HAIP EO PJ 7A NAPQNIA9 PJ 8J J LAN EI9 QOPNEAO
OQLANEJN QLJI NAMQAOP 6I9 EI 6GG ARAIPO QLJI 8JHLGAPEJI JB PDA 203 QSW YGQW
LQNLJO A BJ N SD E8D EPEO GJ 6IA9 )
QI
H R U SCENL
809.A XQE VWXF)5,

-0 (, ,
SOCQ YLGZ . (- / EOGCUCQEG UGT F/ WR
.- (1, 203 QSW YGQW
UGPR YG YCOYGV H R U SCENL
QI
. 4(,,
- )0" HJO AI M
J5 7EDHB FP69
EOGCUCQEG UGT F/ WR UGPRY G
S 13(2/ S QC9H M9 LPDM98
VXEWL
RQ
-1(31
- 1U
T
T - 1U
- 2(,, 8 D5 6(7(
4(- /
- 4(,, 8D5(
R
-1(3 1 J5 7EDH B
- )0" HJO AI M AF5H B9
JPMB9 B5N A579
- (. 1 QC9H M9 LPDM98
FLVEJCUIG EUCQN GQF
JGCF GQF
203 QSW FUCLQ
- )0" HJO 7S F( H R U SCENL
QI ER R SGU
CMC . VXSGUL
RU
FP69 DHF9O LQFXVWULGV SR DR 65 1- VSULQIHLGO
F- RJLR 56612
3 VLFG YL
GZ
6I OOI G
- (2/
0(. 1 )3, 609.22 2/24 FGGS VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 5
WCSSGFJ R OGVH R U VXSSR UW E OLQFGUEOCVVBEL6H FUCZLQI QR/
D R WJGUV E O VLG
- 523EE
21/6022/1 VN.8611.5 22
3-53
C15G Class 12.00 - 12.50"

Cylinder Specifications C15G Class
(kg/cm2) (35.2)
Size in 8
(mm) (203.2)
Rating Lbs 300
(kg) (136.4)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CFTE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 2
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
(mm) (127.0)
3-54 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

Bore in 12.0 12.5
(mm) (304.8) (317.5)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 477.24 519.0
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 381.79 415.20
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 490.87 532.63
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 392.70 426.10
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 13.19 12.38
% Head end (HC) 12.15 12.28
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 12.15 12.28
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 13.89 12.80
(mm) (254.0) (254.0)

3-56
COW/ FGVEULSWL
RQ FCWG 2
2 CFF OXDG SR LQWV 23.17. A1 . , 1" JMQ 9UH )
3 CFF SUR SULGWCUVWCPS 1A.19.A3 H R 8B FJHBQ
4 PC / Z RUNLQI SUGVVXUG ZCV471 SVL 1A.39.A4
EQPPGEVLQP )23, . 809.AWPE VCRRGF JQNGU
5 FUCZLQI QXPDGU ZC VEL6I 22.27.A4 2/61 FGGRGS WCNN URCEGF QP 24/11 FLC/E/D/
26/11 Q/F/ . UWEVL
Q P CPF FL
UEJCTIG
. )30
RFC CLAIMQCB BP8UGLEQ AMLR8GLAMLDGBCLRG8I 8LB RP8BC UCAPCR
GLDMPJ8RGML UFGAF GQ RFC NPMNCPRWMD AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQQSNCPG MP T
8LB PCACGNR MP NMQQCQQGML BMCQ LMR AMLTCW 8LW PGEFRQ RM( IM8L
QCII( MP MRFCPUGQC BGQAIMQC Q8GB GLDMPJ8RGML, PCNPMBSARGML MP
SQCMD Q8GB GLDMPJ8RGML DMP 8LWNSPNMQCMRFCP RF8L RF8RGL
AMLLCARGOL UGRF UFGAF Q8GB GLDMPJ8RGML U8 Q QSNNIGCB J8WLMR 9C
J8BC UGRF MS R CVNPC QQCB UPGRRCL NCPJGQQGML MD AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQ
QSNCPG MP, RFGQ BMASJCLR GQ RM 9C PCRSPLCBRM AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQ
QSNCPGMP SNML OSCQR
PC 8LB GL 8IICTCLRQ SNML AMJNICRGML MD RF C
NSPNMQCDMP UFGAF GRGQ IM8LCB,
203 PRV XGPV
H Q T RCEML
PI
FGGR VCRRGFJ Q NGU
.1 )- - 809.A WPE UVWF)5,

RNCPXLGY / ). 0 // )- - ENGCTCPEG TG S F/VQ H Q T RCEML
PI
/ 5)-- TGOQ XG XCNXGU
1/ )/ 2 9H LPBA ( 14)/ 2 LMBJ . , 1" JMQ CLO
U 24)30 M79GFJD H R 8B
RLUVQ P CPF TQ F CUUGODN SEBJ OB NRFOBA
UWEVL
QP
.4 )- -
V V
. 2W
. 3)-- AF7 8)9)
6)--
. 5)-- AF7)
T
M79GFJ D
.4 )- - CH7J DB
. , 1" JMQ CLO C79B
MR ODB D7 P
. )/ 2 SEBJ OB NRFOBA
JGCF GQF FLUEJCTIG 203 PRV FTCL P
. , 1" JMQ 9UH ) H Q T RCEMLPI
ETCPM GPF
H R 8B FJHBQ 2 . )30
U ER R SGU
CMC . VXSGUL
RU
ULFG XL
GY LQFXVWULGV SR DR 65 1- VSULQIHLGO
F- RJLR 56612
8LQQLI
1). 0 )3,
)3,
3, 609.22
609. 22 22/24
/24 FFGGR
FG
GGR
VCRRGF
VCCRRGF
R R GF JJQNGU
Q NG
NGU H QHQT
T UUWRRQ
UWRRQTV
W R R Q TV
TV
5)/ 2
VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 5
Q VJGT
VJ GTU
D QVJGTU
E OLQFGUEOCVVBEL6I FUCZLQI QR/
E O VLG
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
E OLQFGU QXPDGUB 524EE - 525EE
23/1023/6 VN.8611.5 24
C15H Class 13.50 - 14.00"

Cylinder Specifications C15H Class
(kg/cm2) (31.7)
Size in 8
(mm) (203.2)
Rating Lbs 300
(kg) (136.4)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CFTE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 2
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
(mm) (127.0)


Bore in 13.5 14.0
(mm) (342.9) (355.6)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 607.63 654.50
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 486.10 523.60
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 621.26 668.13
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 497.01 534.51
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 12.77 11.94
i Cylinders
415CC/416CC are
% Head end
% HC 0 - minimum VVP
(HC) 11.78
11.78
12.14
12.14
obsolete and not
available for production. % HC 1 - per inch VVP 13.28 12.35
This page is for reference pur- % Head end Clearance per spacer (HCS) 3.61 3.36
poses only.
(mm) (279.4) (279.4)
3-58 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

Bore in 13.5 14.0
(mm) (342.9) (355.6)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 607.63 654.50
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 486.10 523.60
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 621.26 668.13
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 497.01 534.51
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 16.17 15.14
% Head end (HC) 14.56 15.20
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 14.56 15.20
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 13.28 12.35
(mm) (279.4) (279.4)

3-60
DPX0 GH WFVMTXM
SR GDXH . , 1" JMQ 9UH )
3 DGG PYEH TS MRXW 34/28/B2 H R 8B FJHBQ 3
4 DGG TVS TVMHXDVWXDQ T 2B/2A/B4 QLM
5 QD 0 SVOMRJ TVHWWYVH D W 4A2 TWM 2B/4A/B5 EQPPGEVLQP )23, . 809.AWPE VCRRGF JQNGU
6 TVHQ0SEWSPHXH F PMRGHVRYQEH VW 637FF ) 638FF 33/38/B5 2/61 FGGRGS WCNN URCEGF QP 24/11 FLC/E/D/
6 GVDMRJ RYQEHV D W FM7L 33/38/B5 26/11 Q/F/ . UWEVL
Q P CPF FLUEJCTIG
.)30
UIF FODMPTFE ESBXJOH T DPOUBJO DPOGJEFOUJBM BOE USBEFTFDSFU

JOGPSNBUJPO XI JDI JT UIF QSPQFSUZ PGDPPQFS JOE VTUSJFT TVQFSJPS T
BOE SFDFJQU PS QPTTFTTJPO EPFT OPU DPOWFZ BOZ SJHIUT UP MPBO-
TFMM- PS PUIFSXJTF EJTDMPTF TBJE JOGPSNBUJPO/ SFQSPEVDUJPO PS
VTF PGTBJE JOGPSNBUJPO GPS BOZ QVSQPTF PUIFS UIBO UIBU JO
AMLLCARGML UGRF UFGAF Q8GB GLDMPJ8RGML U8 Q QSQQMJFE NBZOPU CF
J8BC UGRF MS R CVNPCQQCB UPGRRCL NCPJ GQQGML MD AMMNCP GL
BSQRPGCQ
QSNCPG MP, RFGQ BMAS JCLR GQ RM 9C PCRSPLCBRM AMMNCP GLBSQRPGCQ
QSNCPGMP SNML OSCQR
PC 8LB GL 8II CTCLRQ SNML AMJNICRGML MDC RF
203 PRV XGPV
H Q T RCEML
PI
809.A WPE Z 2.2 03
FGGR VCRRGFJ Q NGU
.1 )- - 809.A WPE UVWF)5, 5 . J Q NGU OCTMGF
RNCP XLG
Y / ). 0
/. )42 203 PRV XGPV
ENGCTCPEG TG S F/VQ
/4 )30 H Q T RCEML
PI
TGO Q XG XCNXGV
1. )55 9H LPBA ( 13)55 LMBJ
. , 1" JMQ CLO
ENGCTCPEG TG S F/ VQ TGOQXG
U 24)/ 2 U M79GFJDH R 8B
QJTUPO BOE SPE BTTGODN
UWEVL
QP SEBJ OB NRFOBA
.4 )/ 2
. 2W
V
V . 2W
. 3)- - AF7 8)9)
6)42
AF7)
.4 )/ 2
. , 1" JMQ CLO M79GFJ D
MR ODB D7 P CH7J DB
SEBJ OB NRFOBA C79B
JGCF GPF FLUEJCTIG . )/ 2 203 PRV FTCL P
U H Q T RCEMLPI
FS S TH V
ETCPM GPF DND / WYTHVMSV
. )30 MRGYWXVMHW TS ES 76 2. WTVMRJIMHP
G. SLMS 67723
H R 8B FJHBQ ULFG XL
GY
8LQQLI 3
1)/ 2 )3, 609.22 2/24 FGGR
VCRRGFJ Q NGU H Q T UWRRQ TV E OLQFGUEOCVVBEL6J WLX SI DPX0R S0 5
5)2- D Q VJGTU E OLQFGU QXPDGUVB 526E
E- 527EE F PWMH GVD MRJ R S0
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
E- 537EE
24/6025/2 WO/9722/637
C15I Class 15.50 - 16.00"

Cylinder Specifications C15I Class
15.5 16.0
(kg/cm2) (22.9) (21.1)
Pressure (kg/cm2) (37.7) (34.8)
Size in 10
(mm) (254.0)
Rating Lbs 300
(kg) (136.4)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CFTE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 2
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
(mm) (127.0)


Bore in 15.5 16.0
(mm) (393.7) (406.4)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 805.34 859.03
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 644.27 687.22
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 818.97 872.66
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 655.18 698.13
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 12.15 11.84
% Head end (HC) 11.94 11.65
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 11.94 11.65
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 5.33 5.00
(mm) (203.2) (203.2)
3-62 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
COW/ FGVEULSWL
RQ FCWG
4 CFF OXDG SR LQWV 23.17. A1 4
/ -2" JMQ A
5 CFF SUR SULGWCUVWCPS 1A.19.A3 IR 9C GJIC 21".411( GMBU GBDF GMBOH F
6 PC Z RUNLQI SUGVVXUG ZCV321 SVL 1A.39.A4 DPOOFDUJPO . )27, 2".9 VOD UBQQFE IPMFT)UISV,
7 FUCZLQI QXPDGU ZC VE26L 22.28. A4 FR VBMMZ TQBDFE PO 26/36 EJB/ C/ D/
RFC CLAIMQCB BP8UGLEQ AMLR8GLAMLDGBCLRG8I 8LB RP8BC QCAPCR

V
GLDMPJ8RGML UFGAF GQ RFC NPMNCPRWMD AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQQSNCPG MP
AMLLCARGML UGRF UFGAF T8GB GLDMPJ8RGML U8 Q QSNNIGCB J8WLMR 9C
J8BC UGRF MS R CVNPC QQCB UPGRRCL NCPJG QQGML MD AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQ
203 QSW YGQW

QSNCPG MP, RFGQ BMAS JCLR GQ RM 9C PCRS PLCBRO AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQ H R U SCENL
QI
QSNCPGMP SNML OSCQR
PC 8LB GL 8II CTCLRQ SNML AMJNICRGML MDC RF
SOCQ YLGZ
4 IR 9C GJIC
Q / 4,.. 809.A XQE 2.2 03 FGGS
QLM WCSSGFJ R OGV
14,66
3.,. 1 AILPCB ) 33,. 1 LMCJ
U
DMFBSBODF SFR E/ UP SFNPWF 809.A XQ E 203 OQU WFOU
37,/ 1
/ ,66 / 1,40 QJTUPO BOE SPE BTTFNCMZ VWXF)5, GPS QBDLJO H
/ -2" JMQ AUI,
IR 9C GJIC Q 4 U
33/36 EOGCUCQEG UGT F // ,65 QLM( JC8O PGBC / ,41 / -2" JMQ
VXEWL
RQ
WR UGPR YG YCOYGV M8AHGJE IR 9C
SFCJ OC NRGOCB
S
/ 6,. . 3/ W
23W
/ 1,40
/ 3W
/ 4,.. BG8 9,A,
/2 ,3. / 6,.. BG8

/ 6,. . T
0,/ 1
M8AHGJ E
/ ,41 DI8J EC
EJTDIBSH F / -2" JMQ DLO D8AC
0,53 EUCQN GQF
/-2" JMQ AUI, MR OEC E8 P
4 IR9C GJIC Q SFCJ OC NRGOCB
JGCF GQF 2,56
203 QSW FUCLQ
,55
H R U SCENL
QI
ER R SGU
CMC . VXSGUL
RU
)3, 609.22 2" FGGS LQFXVWULGV SR DR 65 1- VSULQIHLGOF
- RJLR 56612
0/ ,72
WCSSGFJ R OGVH R U VXSSR UW VLFG YL
GZ
D R WJGUV
E OLQFGUEOCVVBE26L VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 7
E- 529EE E O VLG FUCZLQI QR/
26/6027/1 VN.8611.5 28
3-63
C15J Class 17.50 - 18.00"

Cylinder Specifications C15J Class
(kg/cm2) (14.1)
Size in 10
(mm) (254.0)
Rating Lbs 150
(kg) (68.2)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CFTE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 2
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
(mm) (127.0)
3-64 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

Bore in 17.5 18.0
(mm) (444.5) (457.2)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 1030.32 1090.83
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 824.26 872.66
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 1043.96 1104.47
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 835.16 883.57
Clearance
% Crank end (CC) 12.69 12.05
% Head end (HC) 12.51 11.89
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 12.51 11.89
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 5.29 5.00
(mm) (228.6) (228.6)

3-66
COW/ FGVEULSWL
RQ FCWG 3
3 CFF OXDG SR LQWV 23.17.A1 IS 9C GLIC
R
4 CFF SUR SULGWCUVWCPS 1A.19.A3 9MRRMJ 21".261( GMBU GBDF GMBOH F
5 PC / Z RUNLQI SUGVVXUGZC V311 SVL 1A.39.A4 DPOOFDUJPO . )23, 809.A VOD UBQQFE IPMFT)UISV,
6 FUCZLQI QXPDGU ZC VE26M 22.28. A4 FR VBMMZ TQBDFE PO 25/36 EJB/ C/ D/
27/11 P/E / . TVDUJPO BOE EJ TDIBSHF
RFC CLAIMQCB BP8UGLEQ AMLR8GLAMLDGBCLRG8I 8LB RP8BC QCAPCR

U
GLDMPJ8RGML UFGAF GQ RFC NPMNCPRWMD AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQQSNCPGMP
AMLLCARGML UGRF UFGAF Q8GB GLDMPJ8RGML U8 S QSNNIGCB J8WLMR 9C
J8BC UGRF MS R CVNPCQQCB UPGRRCL NCPJG QQGML MD AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQ
203 OQU WFOU
QSNCPGMP, RFGQ BMAS JCLR GQ RM 9C PCRSPLCBRM AMMNCP GLB SQRPGCQ GPS QBDLJOH BO E
QSNCPGMP SNML PC OSCQR 8LB GL 8II CTCLRQ SNML AMJNICRGML MDC RF 3/ Y.,.... XY EJTUBODF QJFDF
QMBO WJFX / -2" LNR AVI, 809.A XQE 2. 203 FGGS

IS 9C GLICR 3 /2,4 1
RMN
WCSSGFJ R OGV
14,. . 5 . J R OGVPCUNGF
27,/ 1 AIMQCB ) 32,/ 1 MNCL
CLEARANCE REQ'D. TO REMOVE 809.A XQ E 203 OQU WFOU
/ ,3. 35,/ 1 VWXF)5, GPS QBDLJOH BO E
V
36/7A EOGCUCQEG UGT F / -2" LNR AVI, V EJTUBODF QJFDF
/ 3,51 IS 9C GLICR / ,41
TVDUJPO WR UGPR YG YCOYGV / 1,0. 3 / -2" LNR
RMN( LC8P QGBC
T N8AHGLE IS 9C
TFCL PCOSGPCB
/ 7,. . 3/ Y
23Y / 3,51
/ 3Y
W
/ 4,.. BG8 9,A,
/ 4,03
/ 7,. . U
/ 6,. . BG8
0,/ 1
N8AHGLE
/ ,41 DI8LE C
D8AC
EJTDIBS H F / -2" LNR DMP
/-2" LNR AVI, NS PEC E8Q
2,66 IS9C GLIC R TFCL PCO SGPCB DSBOL FOE
3
IFBE FOF 9MRRMJ( D8P QGBC
)3, 609.22 2" EFFQ 203 OQU ESBJO
UBQQFE IPMFT GPS TVQQPSU 5,3. GPS QBDLJOH BO E
ER R SGU
CZ PUIFST ,14 0.,40 EJTUBODF QJFDF CMC . VXSGULRU
LQFXVWULGV SR DR 65 1- VSULQIHLGO
F- RJLR 56612
TJEF WJFX
VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 6
E OLQFGUEOCVVBE26M FUCZLQI QR/
E O VLG
RAM-DB-05-01-2002
E OLQFGU QXPDGUB 52AEE - 531EE
28/6029/1 VN.8611.52A
C15K Class 19.50 - 20.00"

Cylinder Specifications C15K Class
19.5 20.0
(kg/cm2) (13.0) (12.3)
Pressure (kg/cm2) (22.2) (21.1)
Size in 12
(mm) (304.8)
Rating Lbs 150
(kg) (68.2)
VVP Piston Ring
Type One piece,
angle cut
Material CFTE
Quantity No. 1
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 2
Type Two piece,
angle cut
Material CTFE
Quantity No. 1
(mm) (127.0)


Bore in 19.5 20.0
(mm) (495.3) (508.0)
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 1282.58 1349.90
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 1026.06 1079.92
1,500 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 1296.21 1363.54
1,200 RPM (Cu. ft/min) 1036.97 1090.83
Clearance
% -Crank end (CC) 10.32 9.80
% Head end (HC) 10.23 9.69
% HC 0 - minimum VVP 10.23 9.69
% HC 1 - per inch VVP 4.26 4.05
(mm) (228.6) (228.6)
3-68 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
. , 1" JMQ 9UH )
2 H R 8B FJHBQ
COW/ FGVEULSWLRQ FCWG 8LQQLI S 23".261( GMBU GBDF GMBOH F
2 CFF OXDG SR LQWV 23.17.A1
DPOOFDUJPO . )23, 809.A VOD UBQQFE IPMFT)UISV,
3 CFF SUR SULGWCUVWCPS 1A.19.A3
FR VBMMZ TQBDFE PO 28/11 EJB/ C/ D/
4 PC / Z RUNLQI SUGVVXUG ZCV236 SVL 1A.39.A4 2A/11 P/E / . TVDUJPO BOE EJ TDIBS H F
5 FUCZLQI QXPDGU ZC VE26N 22.28. A4
T
QEB BJ9H LPBA AO7TFJD PCOJQ7FJ 9LJCFABJQF7H 7JA QO7AB PB9OBQ
FJCLOI7Q FLJ TEF9E FPQEB MOLMBOQVLC9LLMBO FJA RPQOFBPPRMBOFLO
7JA OB9BFMQ LO MLPPBPPFLJ ALBP JLQ 9LJSBV 7JV OFDEQP QL( HL7J
PBHH ( PS PUIFSXJTF EJTDMPTF TBJE JOGPSNBUJPO/ SFQSPEVDUJPOPS 203 QSW YGQW
RPB LCP7FA FJCLOI7Q FLJ CLO 7JV MROMLPB LQEBO QE7J QE7Q FJ
9LJJB 9QFLJ TFQE TEF9E P7FA FJCLOI7Q FLJ T7 PPRMMHFBA I7VJ LQ 8B
H R U SCENLQI CQF
I7AB TFQE LRQ BUMOBPPBA TOFQQBJ MBOIFPPFLJ LC9LLMBO FJA RPQOFBP FLVWCQEG SLGEG

PRMBOFLO) QEFPAL9RIBJQ FPQL 8B OBQROJBA QL 9LLMBO FJA RPQOFBP
PRMBOFLO RMLJ OBNRBPQ 7JA FJ 7HH BSBJQP RMLJ 9LIMHBQFLJ LC QEB
MROMLPB CLO TEF9E FQFPH L7JBA )
SOCQ YLGZ . , 1" JMQ 9UH )

2 H R 8B FJHBQ . -)2-
QLM
01)- - 809.A XQE 2. 203 FGGS
WCSSGFJ R OGV
U
5 . J R OGVPCUNGF
. )2- ./ )1- DMFBSBODF SFR E/ UP SFNPWF
QJTUPO BOE SPE BTTFNCMZ 809.A XQ E U 203 OQU WFOU
// )65 . ). 0 VWXF)5, GPS QBDLJOH BO E
VXEWL
RQ 2
41/11 EOGCUCQEG UGT F . , 1" JMQ 9UH ) EJTUBODF QJFDF
S
WR UGPR YG YCOYGV . , 1" JMQ
M79GFJDH R 8B
SEBJ OB NRFOBA
/. )55
2- W 00W
.1 )44
. 2W
V . 3)- - AF7 8)9)
. -)--
. 6)42 T
/. )55 . 5)-- AF7
/ ). 0
M79GFJ D
. ). 0 CH7J DB
. , 1" JMQ CLO C79B
MR ODB D7 P
EJTDIBSH F . -)2-
.,1" JMQ 9UH) SEBJ OB NRFOBA
2 HR8B FJHB Q 203 QSW FUCLQ
0)-- EUCQN GQF
)3, 609.22 2/24" FGGS 8LQQLI( C7O PFA
B GPU SCENLQI CQF
ER R SGU
WCSSGFJ R OGVH R U VXSSR UW
CMC . VXSGUL
RU
EJTUBODF QJFDF LQFXVWULGV SR DR 65 1- VSULQIHLGO
F- RJLR 56612
3)-- D R WJGUV . )- 1 . 6)2-
VLFG YL
GZ
JGCF GQF E OLQFGUEOCVVBE26N VJ W RH COW/ QR/ 5

E- 533EE E O VLG FUCZLQI QR/
2A/6031/1 VN.8611.5 32
3-69
Lubrication
General
The complete lubrication system of the compressor may be conveniently
divided into two parts of equal importance:
– The system that provides lubrication to the frame running parts.
(See Figure 2-1).
– The system that provides lubrication for the cylinders.
(See Figure 3-3)
Refer to Engineering Standards 1001 and 1002 in Section 1 for lube oil
specifications. This section deals with cylinder lubrication. Refer to Section
2 (Frame Specifications) for information about frame lubrication.
Cylinder Lubrication System

The cylinder lubrication system consists of a force feed lubricator and
distribution block system that provides lubrication for the cylinder walls and
piston rod packing.
The frame mounted, pressurized lubricator with Model 55-Type pumps is
available. An optional Digital or an analog (Canadian issue -GSA approved)
lubrication flow meter can be provided. (Depending upon the requirements,
the flowmeter may be shipped separately). The automatic divisioning system
consists of a rupture indicator, a strainer, a no-flow shutdown and filter-
primer and a Model 67 regulator. Unless otherwise specified by the
packager or the customer, the system is tubed and mounted to the frame with
the necessary check valves, standard stainless steel tubing and fittings.
Refer to Lubrication in General Frame Data for information on suggested
lubricant and suggested lubrication procedure for the RAM compressor.
3-70 RAM-DB-05-01-2002
Figure 3-3: Optional RAM Cylinder Lubrication Logic

3-72 RAM-DB-05-01-2002

RAM Data Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RAM Data Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SUPERIOR® COMPRESSORS

Warning: Delays between the adoption of engineering revisions

Cooper Energy Services TOC-iii

Application and Performance Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Engineering Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45

Cooper Energy Services TOC-v

ES 1002 Lubrication Recommendations for Superior

Service Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-187

API 11P AND 618 Comments and Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-235

Chapter 2 RAM Frame Data

General Frame Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

RAM 52 .......................................... 2-15

Chapter 3 RAM Cylinder Data

General Cylinder Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Valve Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Application and Other Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Cylinder Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Cooper Energy Services TOC-vii

Balancing Superior Compressors

Cooper Energy Services 1-3

Every effort should be made to achieve as near equal balance between

* Use only on blank throws.

The actual balance achieved at original assembly of a compressor is recorded

Figure 1-1: Cross-Section of Balance Cylinder For RAM Compressor

Cooper Energy Services 1-5

Balance Data for RAM Separable Compressors (1-2)

Consult Superior Engineering

AL 15.50 0-A 0-A 0-A 0-A 2-A 3-A

AL 16.00 0-A 0-A 0-A 2-A 3-A

AL 17.50 0-A 0-A 2-A 3-A

AL 18.00 0-A 2-A 3-A

AL 19.50 0-A 1-A

* Consult Superior Engineering group for proper balance weights.

Step 1: The smaller bore 7.0" cylinder:

Step 2: The larger bore 9.0" cylinder:

i All values left of the

Cooper Energy Services 1-7

Cooper Energy Services 1-9

Conversion Data Tables

TO CONVERT MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN

Volume - Flow Rates

* SI units - the International Standards system

Cooper Energy Services 1-11

TO CONVERT MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN

Units of Work, Energy & Heat

TO CONVERT MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN

Heat Flow Rate

* SI units - the International Standards system

Cooper Energy Services 1-13

Volume - Flow Rates

Thread Root Area Stress Factor

Model Standard Thread Minimum Area

Piston Bearing Load Per API 618

Cooper Energy Services 1-15

Determination of Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter

Determine minimum motor shaft diameter:

If HP/100 RPM (H) is greater than 150:

If shaft material is improved, smaller shaft diameters may be predicted. An

Where (Su) std = Ultimate tensile strength for standard

Adiabatic Discharge Temperature

Suction Temp. x R K Where R = compression ratio

Total Piston Displacement

Pressure Head, in feet